IN CONTEXT v 2015

This is the second edition of IN CONTEXT: Editorial and Opinion and Current Events.

A supplement of the first issue in 2014.

As world events seem to be moving in Fast Forward  >> We anticipate the need for more room in this section dedicated to recent events put in their historical context.

Willy Whitten, Editor

VerityTwo, Associate Editor

Advertisements

274 thoughts on “IN CONTEXT v 2015

  1. Deflation

    “No stock-market crash announced bad times. The depression rather made its presence felt with the serial crashes of dozens of commodity markets. To the affected producers and consumers, the declines were immediate and newsworthy, but they failed to seize the national attention. Certainly, they made no deep impression at the Federal Reserve.”

    Thus wrote author James Grant in his latest thoroughly researched and well-penned book, The Forgotten Depression (1921: The Crash That Cured Itself).
    Commodity price declines were the symptom of sharply deteriorating economic conditions prior to the 1920-21 depression. To be sure, today’s economic environment is different. The world economies are not emerging from a destructive war, nor are we on the gold standard, and U.S. employment is no longer centered in agriculture and factories (over 50% in the U.S. in 1920). The fact remains, however, that global commodity prices are in noticeable retreat. Since the commodity index peak in 2011, prices have plummeted. The Reuters/Jefferies/CRB Future Price Index has dropped 39%. The GSCI Nearby Commodity Index is down 48% (Chart 1), with energy (-56%), metals (-36%), copper (-40%), cotton (-73%), WTI crude (-57%), rubber (-72%), and the list goes on. In some cases this broad-based retreat reflects increased supply, but more clearly it indicates weakening global demand.

    The proximate cause for the current economic maladies and continuing downshift of economic activity has been the over-accumulation of debt. In many cases debt funded the purchase of consumable and non-productive assets, which failed to create a future stream of revenue to repay the debt. This circumstance means that existing and future income has to cover, not only current outlays, but also past expenditures in the form of interest and repayment of debt. Efforts to spur spending through relaxed credit standards, i.e. lower interest rates, minimal down payments, etc., to boost current consumption, merely adds to the total indebtedness. According to Deleveraging? What Deleveraging? (Geneva Report on the World Economy, Report 16) total debt to GDP ratios are 35% higher today than at the initiation of the 2008 crisis. The increase since 2008 has been primarily in emerging economies….”
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2015-01-23/remembering-currency-wars-1920s-1930s-and-central-banks-overused-bag-tricks
    \\][//

  2. SECRETS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE
    By Eustace Mullins

    Here are the simple facts of the great betrayal. Wilson and House knew that they were doing something momentous. One cannot fathom men’s motives and this pair probably believed in what they were up to. What they did not believe in was representative government. They believed in government by an uncontrolled oligarchy whose acts would only become apparent after an interval so long that the electorate would be forever incapable of doing anything efficient to remedy depredations.

    CHAPTER ONE Jekyll Island

    “The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island.”–Paul M. Warburg

    On the night of November 22, 1910, a group of newspaper reporters stood disconsolately in the railway station at Hoboken, New Jersey. They had just watched a delegation of the nation’s leading financiers leave the station on a secret mission. It would be years before they discovered what that mission was, and even then they would not understand that the history of the United States underwent a drastic change after that night in Hoboken.

    The delegation had left in a sealed railway car, with blinds drawn, for an undisclosed destination. They were led by Senator Nelson Aldrich, head of the National Monetary Commission. President Theodore Roosevelt had signed into law the bill creating the National Monetary Commission in 1908, after the tragic Panic of 1907 had resulted in a public outcry that the nation’s monetary system be stabilized. Aldrich had led the members of the Commission on a two-year tour of Europe, spending some three hundred thousand dollars of public money. He had not yet made a report on the results of this trip, nor had he offered any plan for banking reform.

    Accompanying Senator Aldrich at the Hoboken station were his private secretary, Shelton; A. Piatt Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, and Special Assistant of the National Monetary Commission; Frank Vanderlip, president of the National City Bank of New York, Henry P. Davison, senior partner of J.P. Morgan Company, and generally regarded as Morgan’s personal emissary; and Charles D. Norton, president of the Morgan-dominated First National Bank of New York. Joining the group just before the train left the station were Benjamin Strong, also known as a lieutenant of J.P. Morgan; and Paul Warburg, a recent immigrant from Germany who had joined the banking house of Kuhn, Loeb
    . . . . . . . . . . .

    “My original book had traced and named the shadowy figures in the United States who planned the Federal Reserve Act. I now discovered that the men whom I exposed in 1952 as the shadowy figures behind the operation of the Federal Reserve System were themselves shadows, the American fronts for the unknown figures who became known as the “London Connection.” I found that notwithstanding our successes in the Wars of Independence of 1812 against England, we remained an economic and financial colony of Great Britain. For the first time, we located the original stockholders of the Federal Reserve Banks and traced their parent companies to the London Connection.

    This research is substantiated by citations and documentation from hundreds of newspapers, periodicals and books and charts showing blood, marriage, and business relationships. More than a thousand issues of The New York Times on microfilm have been checked not only for original information, but verification of statements from other sources.

    It is a truism of the writing profession that a writer has only one book within him. This seems applicable in my case, because I am now in the fifth decade of continuous writing on a single subject, the inside story of the Federal Reserve System. This book was from its inception commissioned and guided by Ezra Pound. Four of his protégés have previously been awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature, William Butler Yeats for his later poetry, James Joyce for “Ulysses”, Ernest Hemingway for “The Sun Also Rises”, and T.S. Elliot for “The Waste Land”. Pound played a major role in the inspiration and in the editing of these works–which leads us to believe that this present work, also inspired by Pound, represents an ongoing literary tradition.

    Although this book in its inception was expected to be a tortuous work on economic and monetary techniques, it soon developed into a story of such universal and dramatic appeal that from the outset, Ezra Pound urged me to write it as a detective story, a genre which was invented by my fellow Virginian, Edgar Allan Poe. I believe that the continuous circulation of this book during the past forty years has not only exonerated Ezra Pound for his much condemned political and monetary statements, but also that it has been, and will continue to be, the ultimate weapon against the powerful conspirators who compelled him to serve thirteen and a half years without trial, as a political prisoner held in an insane asylum a la KGB. His earliest vindication came when the government agents who represented the conspirators refused to allow him to testify in his own defense; the second vindication came in 1958 when these same agents dropped all charges against him, and he walked out of St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, a free man once more. His third and final vindication is this work, which documents every aspect of his exposure of the ruthless international financiers to whom Ezra Pound became but one more victim, doomed to serve years as the Man in the Iron Mask, because he had dared to alert his fellow-Americans to their furtive acts of treason against all people of the United States.”
    http://www.whale.to/b/mullins1.html
    \\][//

    • Prof. Nathaniel Wright Stephenson, Paul Warburg’s Memorandum, Nelson Aldrich A Leader in American Politics, Scribners, N.Y. 1930 and Company, New York as a partner earning five hundred thousand dollars a year.

      Six years later, a financial writer named Bertie Charles Forbes (who later founded the Forbes Magazine; the present editor, Malcom Forbes, is his son), wrote:

      “Picture a party of the nation’s greatest bankers stealing out of New York on a private railroad car under cover of darkness, stealthily hieing hundred of miles South, embarking on a mysterious launch, sneaking onto an island deserted by all but a few servants, living there a full week under such rigid secrecy that the names of not one of them was once mentioned lest the servants learn the identity and disclose to the world this strangest, most secret expedition in the history of American finance. I am not romancing; I am giving to the world, for the first time, the real story of how the famous Aldrich currency report, the foundation of our new currency system, was written . . . . The utmost secrecy was enjoined upon all. The public must not glean a hint of what was to be done. Senator Aldrich notified each one to go quietly into a private car of which the railroad had received orders to draw up on an unfrequented platform. Off the party set. New York’s ubiquitous reporters had been foiled . . . Nelson (Aldrich) had confided to Henry, Frank, Paul and Piatt that he was to keep them locked up at Jekyll Island, out of the rest of the world, until they had evolved and compiled a scientific currency system for the United States, the real birth of the present Federal Reserve System, the plan done on Jekyll Island in the conference with Paul, Frank and Henry . . . . Warburg is the link that binds the Aldrich system and the present system together. He more than any one man has made the system possible as a working reality.”

      The official biography of Senator Nelson Aldrich states:

      “In the autumn of 1910, six men went out to shoot ducks, Aldrich, his secretary Shelton, Andrews, Davison, Vanderlip and Warburg. Reporters were waiting at the Brunswick (Georgia) station. Mr. Davison went out and talked to them. The reporters dispersed and the secret of the strange journey was not divulged. Mr. Aldrich asked him how he had managed it and he did not volunteer the information.”

      Davison had an excellent reputation as the person who could conciliate warring factions, a role he had performed for J.P. Morgan during the settling of the Money Panic of 1907. Another Morgan partner, T.W. Lamont, says:

      “Henry P. Davison served as arbitrator of the Jekyll Island expedition.”
      \\][//

    • Final Warning: A History of the New World Order Illuminism and the master plan for world domination
      — by: David Allen Rivera, 1994, source: darivera.com


      Flag of the British East India Company

      “As civilization becomes more complex, and as the need for invisible government has been increasingly demonstrated, the technical means have been invented and developed by which public opinion may be regimented. With printing press and newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and airplanes, ideas can be spread rapidly, and even instantaneously, across the whole of America.”~Edward Bernays, 1928
      http://modernhistoryproject.org/mhp?Article=FinalWarning&C=5.1
      \\][//

      • Something more to add to the brew or more preaching to the choir

        THE LIES THAT YOU ARE TOLD BY MAINSTREAM MEDIA HAVE BEEN BUSTED WIDE OPEN
        The Lies That You are Told by Mainstream Media Have Been Busted Wide Open
        Please scroll down for video

        r
        January 31, 2015 – “The high office of the President has been used to foment a plot to destroy America’s freedom and before I leave office, I must inform the citizen of this plight.” JFK

        Right before his death John F. Kennedy tried to warn the people of America about the highly secretive group known as the Illuminati but sadly he never got the chance because his assassination followed shortly there after…

        In truth this group has had their tentacles in almost every aspect of our lives in some way shape or form and they sit in the highest levels of governments secretly implementing their plans of mass human slaughter while the world watches the mainstream media report lies and lives their lives under the normalcy bias.

        Their campaign to eliminate “useless eaters” (that’s you and I) on behalf of the planet’s “privileged ruling elite” is now taking a more ravenous toll as global population levels rise.

        It is no secret, then, that the elite want millions dead, and no longer do they hid it, no, it’s out in the open and they are proud of their stance and any numb-nut who denies it, well, they can just rest in their stupidity.

        The Truth is We Have Already Been Warned….

        “It was not my intention to doubt that, the Doctrines of the Illuminati, and principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more truly satisfied of this fact than I am. The idea that I meant to convey, was, that I did not believe that the Lodges of Free Masons in this Country had, as Societies, endeavored to propagate the diabolical tenets of the first, or pernicious principles of the latter (if they are susceptible of separation). That Individuals of them may… actually had a separation [sic] of the People from their Government in view, is too evident to be questioned.” – George Washington, from a letter that he wrote on October 24, 1798, which can be found in the Library of Congress.

        “I sincerely believe, with you, that banking establishments are more dangerous than standing armies.”

        “A power has risen up in the government greater than the people themselves, consisting of many and various powerful interests, combined in one mass, and held together by the cohesive power of the vast surplus in banks.” – John C. Calhoun, Vice President and U.S. Senator, from a speech given on May 27, 1836

        “Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to befoul the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day.”— Theodore Roosevelt, in his Autobiography, 1913 (Appendix B)

        “A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is privately concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men… [W]e have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated, governments in the civilized world—no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and the duress of small groups of dominant men.” – Woodrow Wilson, The New Freedom, 1913

        “The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation… The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both parties, … and control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country. They use the columns of these papers to club into submission or drive out of office public officials who refuse to do the bidding of the powerful corrupt cliques which compose the invisible government. It operates under cover of a self-created screen [and] seizes our executive officers, legislative bodies, schools, courts, newspapers and every agency created for the public protection.” – New York City Mayor John F. Hylan, New York Times

        “Mr. Chairman, we have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve Board, a Government board, has cheated the Government of the United States and the people of the United States out of enough money to pay the national debt…Mr. Chairman, when the Federal Reserve act was passed, the people of the United States did not perceive that a world system was being set up here… and that this country was to supply financial power to an international superstate — a superstate controlled by international bankers and international industrialists acting together to enslave the world for their own pleasure.” – Congressman Louis T. McFadden, House of Representatives Speech, 1932

        “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.” — Franklin Delano Roosevelt in a letter to Colonel Edward M House

        “Today the path to total dictatorship in the U.S. can be laid by strictly legal means… We have a well-organized political-action group in this country, determined to destroy our Constitution and establish a one-party state… It operates secretly, silently, continuously to transform our Government… This ruthless power-seeking elite is a disease of our century… This group…is answerable neither to the President, the Congress, nor the courts. It is practically irremovable.” –Senator William Jenner, 1954 speech

        “The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings… Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe… no war ever posed a greater threat to our security. If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only say that the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent… For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.” — John F Kennedy

        “The Rockefellers and their allies have, for at least fifty years, been carefully following a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of first America, and then the rest of the world. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes, I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.” Congressman Larry P. McDonald, from the introduction to a book titled The Rockefeller File .

        “There exists a shadowy government with its own Air Force, its own Navy, its own fundraising mechanism, and the ability to pursue its own ideas of national interest, free from all checks and balances, and free from the law itself.” – Daniel K. Inouye, US Senator from Hawaii

        The 20 Goals of the Illuminati….

        1. To establish a One World Government/New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. Many organizations have formed leading us to become globally minded and more likely to accept a form of dictatorship. Here are a few examples of such globally minded organizations:

        The World Trade Organization, according to Encyclopedia Britannica is an international organization established to supervise and liberalize world trade. In other words it monitors and enforces rules governing global trade.

        The United Nations, according to Wikipedia, is an international organization whose stated aims are to facilitate cooperation in international law, international security, economic development, social progress, human rights and achieving world peace. The UN currently has 192 member states.

        The World Bank, according to the World Bank website, “It is a vital source that offers financial and technical assistance to developing countries around the world. They are not a bank in the common sense. They are made up of two unique development institutions owned by 185 member countries—the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and the International Development Association (IDA). Each institution plays a different but collaborative role to advance the vision of an inclusive and sustainable globalization.”

        The World Church Council – The WCC brings together 349 churches, denominations and church fellowships in more than 110 countries and territories throughout the world, representing over 560 million Christians and including most of the world’s Orthodox churches, scores of Anglican, Baptist, Lutheran, Methodist and Reformed churches, as well as many United and Independent churches. It is a community of churches on the way to visible unity in one faith and one eucharistic fellowship, expressed in worship and in common life in Christ. It seeks to advance towards this unity…(Think One World Religion)

        2. To bring about the utter obliteration of all national identity and national pride, which was a primary consideration if the concept of a One World Government was to work. This is why the IRS is targeting the “Tea Party” patriots.

        3. To engineer and bring about the destruction of religion, and more specifically the Christian Religion. Their sole purpose is to bring about a world religion, be it the Vatican, Islam, or New Age. That part is unknown.

        4. To establish the ability to control every person through means of mind control and what Zbignew Brzezinski called techonotronics, which would create human-like robots and a system of terror.

        5. To bring about the end to all industrialization and the production of nuclear generated electric power in what they call “the post-industrial zero-growth society”. Excepted are the computer- and service industries. US industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor is available. As we saw in 1993, this has become a fact through the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement, known as NAFTA. Unemployables in the US, in the wake of industrial destruction, will either become opium-heroin and/or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination of the “excess population” process we know of today as Global 2000.

        6. To eventually legalize and encourage the use of drugs and make pornography an “art-form”, that is widely received and, ultimately, accepted.

        7. To bring about depopulation of large cities using Chemtrails, Vaccines, Fluoride, HAARP, GMO’s, Obamacare, and war.

        a: GMO’s (Genetically Modified Organisms)

        Every wonder why the FDA has placed their stamp of approval on a product that causes tumors, cancer, and infertility in lab animals? Every question why GMO’s are allowed on the shelves when they have been known to lead to the development of tumors and cancer in humans? Every wonder why birthrates have been at a steady decline for the past 12 years? The answer is simple, those seeking control have been implementing their devious schemes on the populace starting with mass sterilization and depopulation through GMOs.

        b: Chemtrails (Geoengineering)

        Our skies are being heavily polluted with aluminum, barium, lead, arsenic, chromium, cadmium, selenium, and silver. All of which attribute to a host of health problems including: neurological effects, heart damage, eyesight issues, reproduction failures, immune system damage, gastrointestinal disorders, damaged kidney, damaged liver, hormonal problems, and more. The elite spray deadly chemtrails in hopes of population reduction. Furthermore they have been known to use chemtrails as biological testing agents on the populace; all while claiming they are nothing more than mere vapor.

        c. Fluoride in the Water

        Fluoride is a highly toxic substance. Consider, for example, the poison warning labels the FDA requires on toothpastes sold in the US; or the extended use of fluorination in pesticides used to kill rats and insects; or the millions of people in China and India who now suffer crippling bone diseases from fluorinated drinking water. Studies continue to demonstrate that fluoride has little to no effect in preventing tooth decay when added to water. However various studies reveal long term effects including: damage to the brain, thyroid disease, arthritic, bone cancer, and other bone diseases, reproductive issues, and more. Fluoride is also known as one of the major chemicals used in behavior modification. It acts like a numbing agent on the brain and works like a sedative; making people docile. This exact ‘fluoridination’ was used by the Germans in WWII.

        d: HAARP (High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program)

        HAARP is a secret government weapon used to manipulate the weather and cause“natural” disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, tsunamis, earthquakes, and thunderstorms. It manipulates the ionosphere and, consequently, modifies the magnetosphere. Furthermore, HAARP emits extremely low frequency waves (ELF) which can create mood changing affects on millions of people.

        e: Vaccines

        Countless testimonies of children having adverse reactions to vaccinations abound across the country. Mothers have painfully witnessed their child’s countenance change upon vaccine injection; only to find out autism has taken over their body. Considering the elite have long enforced injection of these “death shots” on the populace, knowing full well the effects it has on the population, only leads me to believe it is once again a plan of depopulation. While reports continue to claim vaccines prevent disease, they fail to report the adverse side effects including: death, cancer, autism, and more.

        “The chief, if not the sole, cause of the monstrous increase in cancer has been vaccinations.” Dr. Robert Bell

        8. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments currently being scorned and ridiculed by the Illuminati and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion torch would blow the Illuminati’s conception of “limited natural resources” right out of the window. A fusion torch, properly used, could create unlimited and as yet untapped natural resources, even from the most ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion, and would benefit mankind in a manner which, as yet, is not even remotely comprehended by the public.

        9. To cause. by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, by means of starvation and diseases in the Third World countries, the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they call “useless eaters”. The Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title “Global 2000 Report” and was accepted and approved for action by former President James Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of States, for and on behalf of the US Government. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050.

        10. To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, the report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs. The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit.

        11. Creating False Flags to keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then “managing” such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the US, an agency for Crisis Management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).

        12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which include rock music gangsters.

        13. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem Fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out mind control experiments of the Jim Jones and “Son of Sam” type. It is worth noting that the late Khomeini was a creation of British Military Intelligence Div. 6, MI6. This detailed work spelled out the step-by-step process which the US Government implemented to put Khomeini in power.

        14. To export “religious liberation” ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions, but more especially the Christian religion.

        15. To cause a total collapse of the world’s economies and usher in a new Global Currency.

        16. To take control of all foreign and domestic policies of the US.

        17. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements, the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions less effective, by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the UN.

        18. To penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of the nations represented by them.

        19. To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and to negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. This was implemented 9/11 with the World Trade Center Attacks. Furthermore, they have openly placed the term “terrorist” on anyone opposing their system. If you are a patriot, veteran, gun owner, conservative, homeschool, or religious then you are a “terrorist”.

        20. To take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it. The full force effect of this policy is becoming apparent, and will be even more destructive as primary and secondary schools begin to teach Common Core, which is dumbing down America
        http://www.disclose.tv/news/The_Lies_That_You_are_Told_by_Mainstream_Media_Have_Been_Busted_Wide_Open/113621#ixzz3QUXpfhsQ

    • It is really quite amazing that this conversation ever took place on national television.
      This is the main reason Beck has taken all the heat from the so-called Liberals, and the Neo-cons who are nothing but he dialectical mirror of the Liberals.

      Great addition to this thread Veri, thanks!

  3. We want one class of persons to have a liberal education
    and we want another class of persons,
    a very much larger class of necessity,
    to forgo the privileges of a liberal education.”
    — Woodrow Wilson (1909)

    A recent book-size thesis of the University of Utrecht called “The Meaning of Learning and
    Knowing” addresses and answers the key question of this paper:

    Is the current level of learning outcome sufficient to prepare our young people to deal with
    the growing complexity of society, let alone the possible increase in complexity in the
    coming decades? Answering that depends on what role graduates are expected to play in
    society and what kind of society they are expected to play that role in. However, if in
    democratic society all adults are expected to be able to follow logical and reasoned
    arguments and to base their choices, political or otherwise, on evidence and reasoned
    thinking, we must now conclude that higher education is not preparing our young people 3
    for the current complexity of society, and so probably not for any future, more complex
    society. In truth, epistemologically higher education in western democratic society seems to
    be failing its students and society dismally. With more than three quarters of the general
    population persisting in at most multiplist thinking [in which one allows for other opinions
    without the attitude or capacity to critically appraise the quality of the different opinions,
    TA] well into advanced adulthood, it would seem necessary to — at the very least — bring
    higher education, but preferably also secondary education, up to a level that students and
    pupils learn to think well. For the coming decade(s) we would settle for this to come true,
    before calling for education to teach students to think well, as well as wisely. (van Rossum
    & Hamer, 2010) (p 518, emphasis added)
    The Dutch researchers, van Rossum and Hamer, identify what they call a watershed in the
    intellectual development of students: the transition from “all opinions are valid” to “one
    opinion is better (supported) than another”. Most higher education students do not make this
    transition during their studies and might never develop into truly autonomous thinkers and
    actors.

    The administrative progressive movement was the main tool the economic elite, referred to as
    “we” in Woodrow Wilson’s quote, had invented to ensure that a very much larger class, [would] forgo the privileges of a liberal education. The strategy to bring about desired change is
    a classic example of the Hegelian dialectic (ref) in which a debate is initially framed in terms of one extreme point of view (thesis), under control of those who want change to oppose a well reasoned nuanced approach (antithesis). This leads quite natural to shift (synthesis) towards the extreme position. Labaree describes this a follows:
    Being extreme at this stage of reform is quite useful, whereas the kind of nuanced approach
    that Dewey took, with its abhorrence of the very dualism that Snedden loved, was not conducive to launching an effective movement of educational reform. Therefore, the administrative progressive movement was able to become firmly established and positioned for growth because of Snedden’s flame throwing. Put another way, a useful idiot, who says things that resonate with the emerging ideas of his time and helps clear the ideological way for the rhetorical reframing of a major institution, can have vastly more influence than a great thinker, who make a nuanced and prescient argument that is out of tune with his times and too complex to fit on a battle standard.
    In part because Snedden was an Extremist, the tendency in American education leaned strongly his direction and away from Dewey. What we ended up with was a school system that reflected the main elements of the social efficiency agenda: a differentiated curriculum, the de facto tracking by social class, and a school system whose purpose is viewed through a vocational lens (education for human capital development), even if vocational courses never gained more than a relatively marginal part of the curriculum. (p184)

    After his role as “agent provocateur” he had outlived his usefulness and his extremism was more a liability than an asset for the bureaucrats of the ‘administrative progressive movement’ that gradually became the force that shaped not only American education, but education all over the Western world. . The role Snedden was allowed to play was not to succeed in turning all public schools in vocational schools, but to frame the debate so that control over education was transferred from the dedicated educators to administrators and the “educational time-severs” that, as Dewey warned, were more in love with the regime than with the students under their care. More importantly, it also entailed a transition from teacher control over education to centralized control (by the economic elite (Lionni, 1993)). Allowing a gradual nation-wide control over all aspects of schooling.
    […]
    Snedden was actually a typical product of the type of education he promoted so relentlessly. He was narrow-minded, impervious to arguments, and not at all bothered by inconsistencies or his own lack of knowledge. He adopted ideas without understanding them and pursued them relentlessly.

    The demystification of liberal education

    The consequences of foregoing the privileges of a liberal education are well known and refer
    directly to the term liberal. For example a publication called “Liberal Arts Education in the
    Twenty-First Century” of the American Academy for Liberal Arts Education states:
    When we say “liberal” education, we are not, of course, talking about the dreaded
    “L” word of recent American political sloganeering, nor are we even referring to the free
    play of ideas as in traditional liberal political theory. We are borrowing and translating a
    Greek term eleutherios, free, a word used most commonly to contrast free people from
    slaves. [Eleutherios also has connotations of generous, spirited, outspoken, and living the
    way you want, TA]
    A “liberal education” means what a free person ought to know as opposed to what a well
    educated and trusted slave might know. Such a slave might well know a trade, manage a
    business, run a bank, cut a deal. Athenian slaves did these quite well from time to time,
    and sometimes did quite well for themselves, too. Some of them developed a craft or a
    skill, a techne, the Greeks would call it, using the word from which we get “technique”
    and “technology”. (There is nothing highfalutin’ about the word techne in Greek, hence
    my preference for translating it “skill” rather than “art.”)
    Some slaves possessed valuable skills and could be better managers than their masters.
    What slaves (and women, alas) were not allowed to do, was speak in the assembly, or
    participate in any other of the rights and duties of a free citizen, the jury system,
    diplomacy, war. Those activities also took skills —technai, but skills of a kind quite
    different from those looked for in a slave.
    Our term “liberal arts” is derived directly from a Latin translation of the Greek technai.
    Since the skills needed to be an effective citizen are so prominent in the Greek
    conception of a liberal education, it’s not too much of a stretch to retranslate “liberal
    arts” as “the skills of freedom.” Since freedom or slavery was so often at stake in citizen
    decision makings, these were, as well, the skills needed to preserve freedom. (Connor,
    1998) (p 5).
    The difference between a liberal education and a vocational education is one between skills
    for freedom and slavery: both freedom of the individual mind and freedom (and actual
    functioning) of democratic society.
    . . . . .
    \\][//

  4. The NWO financial reset reads as being more of an unintended boondoogle. Looks to me as being a case of the ass leading the donkey, Jack
    https://www.corbettreport.com/shop/
    The International Forecaster
    Draghi Fires His Bazooka, But Will it Blow Up Europe?

    by James Corbett
    corbettreport.com
    January 25, 2015

    There’s an old rule of dramatic writing popularized by the great Russian author Anton Chekov: “If in the first act you have hung a pistol on the wall, then in the following one it should be fired. Otherwise don’t put it there.”

    It’s not clear whether or not European Central Bank chief Mario Draghi is familiar with Chekov’s famous admonition, but in 2012 he hung a pistol on the wall. That was when he began the first of many, many promises that if worst came to worst he would be do “whatever it takes” to shore up the Eurozone economy, including “unlimited” bond purchases in an open-ended QE. This promise became known as ‘Draghi’s bazooka,’ harkening back to Henry Paulson’s observation during the 2008 Fannie Mae / Freddie Mac crisis that “If you have a bazooka in your pocket and people know it, you probably won’t have to use it.”

    Unfortunately for Draghi, Paulson ended up having to use his bazooka. Lehman went bust just months after his original pronouncement. Even worse for Draghi, Paulson’s bazooka wasn’t enough to stop the Lehman meltdown. Sometimes a bazooka is not enough.

    For the better part of the last three years the markets have been engaged in a type of cat-and-mouse with the ECB chair. Every time it looks like one of the Euro’s peripheral countries is going to default on its sovereign bonds, or any time a banking scandal threatens a Euro-wide meltdown, Draghi steps in with his promises of “whatever it takes,” and the markets calm down, content that the central banker is eventually going to crank up the funny money printing to keep the party going a little longer.

    But the markets can only play that game for so long before they call the banker’s bluff. Whether or not Draghi was really planning to announce his stimulus program this week, the surprise Swiss franc decoupling of last week left him no choice. The piper was demanding to be paid. On Thursday he fired his bazooka.

    Surpassing most market expectations, Draghi announced a 1.1 trillion Euro quantitative easing program. Starting March 1st and lasting until at least September of 2016, the ECB will be buying 60 billion Euros worth of assets a month. The purchases will be primarily Eurozone government bonds, and Draghi implied that the program may not end in 2016 if inflation fails to pick up between now and then. Currently Eurozone consumer price inflation is tracking at 0.2%, far short of the central bank’s target of just under 2%. The hope is that the extra stimulus will get investors back into Euro stocks and get money moving through the economy again.

    If the first 48 hours after the announcement are any indication, the first part of that equation has already been accomplished. Not only are Eurozone equities and bonds experiencing an unambiguous rally, so are markets around the world, from the Dow, the S&P and the NASDAQ in the US to the TSE in Canada, the ASX 200 in Australia, and markets across Asia from Japan’s Nikkei 225 to Hong Kong’s Hang Seng (also bolstered by news that China’s slowing manufacturing sector is slowing slightly less quickly now). The markets have spoken, and the oodles of hot new central banker funny money is having its effect in driving investors into stocks.

    But this much was perfectly predictable. After all, a bond and stock buying spree and a plunging currency were the results of similar stimulus measures in recent years from the Fed in Washington, the City of London’s Bank of England and Tokyo’s Bank of Japan. The direct purchase of government bonds by the central bank is designed to drive down yields and force investors into riskier assets. The “whatever it takes” attitude is also meant to reassure investors that inflation really will be coming and they better start spending their money now rather than hoarding it for later.

    Unfortunately, that’s where theory and reality begin to diverge. How exactly this equities rally is supposed to translate into productive economic activity is anybody’s guess. In the States at least you can make the argument that nearly one-quarter of Americans actually hold shares, so the “wealth effect” of a stock bubble might open wallets on Main Street. In the Eurozone, direct ownership of equities is much lower, from under 15% of the population in France to as little as 8% in Italy. As little effect as the paper wealth of the recent record S&P and DOW levels have had on the average Joe Q. America, new records on the FTSE or the DAX will have even less of an effect on Jacques Q. Europe.

    The real problem is that the devaluation of the Euro that is taking place right now doesn’t really have a theoretical floor. The SNB was singlehandedly responsible for keeping a floor under the Euro, but now that the franc has decoupled the Euro is in freefall. While this is momentarily “good news” for markets, all that the surging stock indexes really indicate is that it’s going to take more of those funny colored pieces of Euro-paper to buy a stake in an actual productive piece of the economy. When you think about it, there’s nothing inherently good about that.

    The real secret is that all of this stimulus of the past 7 years has done nothing whatsoever to bolster actual productive economic activity, and the central bankers know it.

    In June of 2013, Andy Haldane, the Executive Director of Financial Stability at the Bank of England admitted “We’ve intentionally blown the biggest government bond bubble in history,” adding that “We need to be vigilant to the consequences of that bubble deflating more quickly than [we] might otherwise have wanted.”

    In October of last year, old “Bubbles” Greenspan himself admitted that economic demand is dead in the water and stated bluntly that the Fed’s quantitative easing program “has not worked” in helping to boost that demand.

    In October of 2013, even the inventor of quantitative easing himself, Professor Richard Werner, admitted that the measures taken in the name of his concept are not what he had in mind when he wrote his original proposal and will not help the economy. “That’s absolutely not what my policy was about,” Professor Werner told the BBC at the time. “In my original article, I specifically argued against either lowering interest rates or expanding central bank reserves. That was my whole point – traditional solutions weren’t going to work. Actually, it was a bit upsetting.”

    Two more big name central bankers added their voices to the mix of QE naysayers this week. Former Bank of England Governor Mervyn King decried Draghi’s move to fire the bazooka. “We have had the biggest monetary stimulus that the world must have ever seen, and we still have not solved the problem of weak demand. The idea that monetary stimulus after six years … is the answer doesn’t seem (right) to me.” And later the same day the former Chief Economist of the Bank for International Settlements concurred: “QE is not going to help at all. Europe has far greater reliance than the US on small and medium-sized companies (SMEs) and they get their money from banks, not from the bond market.”

    So it seems just about unanimous, even amongst central bankers. Draghi fired his bazooka because he had to, not because it’s going to do anything to fundamentally change the state of the European economy.

    So the obvious question is ‘How can we actually reset the economy and get back to normal?’ Ironically the most honest answer comes from the master dissembler himself, Alan Greenspan, who remarked on the current crisis that “It’s only by bringing the economy down can you burst the bubble.” The catch, of course, is that (as he himself admits) he never had the nerve to do that while he was Fed chair. And so he blew bubble after bubble, a policy that has been dutifully emulated by his successors and his colleagues in central banks around the world. But the piper always comes to collect his dues, and when this game of central banker musical chairs finally comes to an end, it’s quite likely that we’re going to find out that there are no chairs left.

    Draghi showed his bazooka in the first act and fired it in the second. Chekov would be happy. Now it just remains to be seen whether this play ends up being a tragedy, a comedy or a farce

    • “But the piper always comes to collect his dues, and when this game of central banker musical chairs finally comes to an end, it’s quite likely that we’re going to find out that there are no chairs left.”~Corbett

      No chairs, no rooms to put them in, no tables, no food to put on the missing tables…

      Dire straits ahead seems the reasonable prognosis. How soon? Any time will be too soon.

      Again, from my perspective it seems that a “Bloody Reset” will happen before any “Recovery”.

      Solutions? There is really no solution to human nature. It is what it is, and that is what it’s always been.
      \\][//

      • I think, in the run of things. We’ve seen examples in the not too distant past of people coming together and organizing as the need for continuity arose. My example is in Greece when it was invaded by the Germans during WW2 thus forcing the monarchy and government stooges into exile. The Germans ruled the main roadways and major centers but the people ruled the countryside and were a major deterrence as to them from occupying the country in totality. They formed an anarchic alliance that served to govern as the need arose for organisation as did happen in Italy also.
        What the British (liberators) did to the people of Greece after the Germans retreated is one of the great travesties of our epoch as the Americans did in the alleged liberation of Italy also.
        Is it a matter of planning on TPTB’s part or just them knowing all along that their ponzi scheme system would eventually fall apart as all schemes of that nature must do. Thus preparing for the inevitable.
        My view is that the latter is what’s happening. Their blunders are so obvious, the only thing holding the story line together is that they control public discourse through propagandized media.
        We’re their biggest threat right now in spreading the word. Is critical thinking a skill or an arrived at vocation?
        We’re scary to those that are bought into the official narrative. The skeptics generally just call us names in their put downs, how dare we question the official story. Then there’s the ones that we put into cognitive dissonance, seems they end up turning either ugly or curl up into the fetal position or are just too dumb to grasp it anyhow.

  5. Jacques Ellul speaks to ‘compartmentalization’ as far as the language aspects of this in The Technological Society, in his dissertation on “Specialized Lexicons” in various technical fields. The specialized meanings of words, often those with a completely different definition in the general lexicon, can prevent not only the lay public from deciphering their works, but also experts in other fields who have divergent meanings of their own for some of these terms. As Ellul points out we end up with a veritable ‘Tower of Babble’ in a high tech society where people are literally speaking in different languages. This problem is exacerbated by the continued arc of specialization as science and technology advances.

    Do not think for a moment that this techno-lingual phenomena is something new for the 21st century. Ellul wrote this tome THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY in the 1960’s. Of course each decade the situation exponentially worsens.
    \\][//

  6. AMERICAN SNIPER — AMERIKAN MURDERER

    “U.S. Navy SEAL Chris Kyle (Bradley Cooper) takes his sole mission — protect his comrades — to heart and becomes one of the most lethal snipers in American history. His pinpoint accuracy not only saves countless lives but also makes him a prime target of insurgents.”–Promo

    This murderer “saves countless lives” by killing people in other people’s countries, and is celebrated as a hero by one of the most insane militaristic societies to ever plague this planet.
    Of course these same Amerikans would be utterly horrified if there was a foreign sniper shooting people here on US soil, and would condemn such a person as a “terrorist”, and yea that is exactly what they would be – just like Kyle is a terrorist on foreign soil.

    gawblesmurkah!
    \\][//

      • They never took the Viet Cong. The Okinawans were disarmed by the Japanese and turned their farm implements into weapons and mastered open handed Te’. Karate. Can you imagine a military thug trained in heavy weapons coming into the bush and confronting ghosts having mastered stealth and this caliber of martial art. The man had an arrow fired at him and shot it in two. Incredible describes it well.
        We, the people may suffer a defeat at the thuggery’s behest but as it’s happened before as the Okinawans did. They used darkness to train at night and became deadly. That’s why they keep us divided, they’re deathly afraid of what we’re capable of should we be given overwhelming reason to put our minds into it.

  7. Spies infiltrate Hollywood: Hunger for espionage stories creates new career opportunities for ex-CIA agents
    Posted: 25 Jan 2015 10:00 PM PST
    The place in Brooklyn looks like a CIA safehouse. Red brick office building with peeling metal awning. No sign. Inside, writers are plotting out the popular Cold War espionage show The Americans — one of an assortment of Hollywood spy or national security dramas being driven by ex-spies. The show’s creator and co-head writer Joe Weisberg is a former CIA officer who never fathomed he would one day sit in an office with Soviet propaganda posters and a cut-out figure of President Ronald Reagan, concocting television fiction.
    http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blacklistednews/hKxa/~3/FrePIQNq5pM/M.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email
    \\][//

  8. NEW SAUDI KING WAS MAJOR SUPPORTER OF AL QAEDA; LIKELY FINANCIER OF 9/11 ATTACKS

    “The new king of Saudi Arabia, Salman bin Abdulaziz al Saud, the half-brother of King Abdullah, who died in his early 90s from complications from pneumonia, is expected to rule with a more Wahhabist-oriented religious bent and concentrate on limiting cautious political reforms started by Abdullah. Salman is also expected to devote his energies to increasing Saudi national security. Salman’s devotion to Saudi security is hypocritical at best due to his past support for Al Qaeda, including some of the individuals implicated in the 9/11 attack on the United States. It is Salman’s involvement with financing 9/11 and other terrorists that will likely reinforce the Obama administration’s refusal to declassify 28 missing pages from the 2002 Senate Intelligence Committee’s report on the intelligence failures surrounding the attack. As the then-governor of Riyadh, Salman’s name likely appears as a «big fish» in the redacted 28 pages from the Senate report.”
    ~Wayne Madsen
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/New_Saudi_King_Was_Major_Supporter_of_Al_Qaeda%3B_Likely_Financier_of_911_Attacks/41203/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

  9. CAN LARGEST 9/11 FACEBOOK FORUM RISE ABOVE RIDICULE, INSULTS, AND CONTRIVED CONTROVERSIES?
    By Craig McKee

    “Under the right conditions, a 9/11 forum can be a great place to share information, test hypotheses, and learn from other truthers. But under the wrong conditions, it can provoke divisions, spread disinformation, and suppress essential evidence.

    The 9/11 Facebook group “9/11 Truth Movement” – the largest of its kind with nearly 40,000 members – can be both. facebook-eye_2459156bIt has some great people posting there on a regular basis, and it has some sincere and hard-working truthers helping to moderate the discussion. But at times it can also operate like a cliquish “club” that applies astounding double standards to enforcing its own rules.”
    See:
    https://truthandshadows.wordpress.com/2015/01/25/can-largest-911-facebook-forum-rise-above-ridicule-insults-and-contrived-controversies/
    \\][//

  10. Gaeton Fonzi quotes Vince Salandria: “Instead, they picked the shooting gallery that was Dealey Plaza and did it in the most barbarous and openly arrogant manner. The cover story was transparent and designed not to hold, to fall apart at the slightest scrutiny. The forces that killed Kennedy wanted the message clear: ‘We are in control and no one – not the President, nor Congress, nor any elected official – no one can do anything about it.’ It was a message to the people that their Government was powerless.”
    \\][//

  11. The illusion of consciousness

    Is consciousness an illusion?

    Is consciousness an illusion?

    By Jon Rappoport
    January 26, 2015
    http://www.nomorefakenews.com

    “Cutting through disinformation about consciousness is vital, because neuroscience is moving toward a mind-controlled society, based on the idea that individual awareness is an illusion, and stimulus-response is the key to shaping a new Collective of synchronized ‘happy’ brains.” (The Underground, Jon Rappoport)

    A brief historical note: Roughly a century ago, as scientists and philosophers were attacking organized religion, they assumed that science would come to “rule” all knowledge, for the benefit of humanity.

    Today, their descendants still believe in the simplistic dichotomy between religion and science:

    If science fails to answer a metaphysical question, just wait a while and it will; otherwise, we will be thrown back into the opiate soup of religion, and that must never happen.

    This is nonsense.

    This either-or approach is fictitious garbage. Religion or science, as the only two choices, is a fraud.

    So…here is one of those metaphysical questions:

    What is consciousness?

    Science has done nothing to explain it. It has tap-danced and speculated and made assurances, but explain it? No.

    But here, a famous biologist faces the question head-on:

    “How it is that anything so remarkable as a state of consciousness comes about as a result of irritating nervous tissue, is just as unaccountable as the appearance of Djin when Aladdin rubbed his lamp.” (Thomas Henry Huxley)

    And here a modern philosopher retreats to the conventional position based on zero evidence: “Above all, consciousness is a biological phenomenon. We should think of consciousness as part of our ordinary biological history, along with digestion, growth, mitosis and meiosis…Conscious states are caused by lower level neurobiological processes in the brain and are themselves higher level features of the brain.” (John R Searle, professor of philosophy, University of California at Berkeley)

    Lower biological processes somehow “give rise” to “higher biological processes,” thus producing consciousness.

    This is about as convincing as using your birthdate to buy a lottery ticket.

    “Well, you see, we’ve learned a great deal about lower biological functions, so as we learn more about the higher functions, we’ll discover what consciousness is.”

    Really? If this is logic, an ant is a spaceship.

    Consciousness, as Huxley was implying, is a different KIND of reality; it isn’t merely atoms bumping into each other or forming structures.

    For example, consciousness is you knowing you’re reading this page right now. It isn’t molecules spitting out a message that “you’re reading this page.”

    Consciousness is you knowing you’re alive. It isn’t the brain somehow producing the words “you’re alive.”

    Consciousness isn’t an illusion. The illusion is supposing the brain knows anything.

    Physicists will readily admit that atoms and sub-atomic particles do not know anything. And since the brain is made up of those particles, there is no reason to assume the brain has the capability of knowing. It’s a system of systems that operates in wide-ranging ways.

    Knowing you’re reading this page isn’t a brain- message you receive. It’s different. It’s not reducible. It’s not something you can break into small pieces.

    You know you’re alive.

    That consciousness, that awareness, that “act” of knowing is not physical. It’s non-physical. It’s not made up of particles. It’s beyond them.

    It’s independent.

    Consciousness isn’t a subject for study in a philosophy department or a physics or biology or chemistry department. It doesn’t fit into any category.

    Is consciousness an illusion? No. The illusion is pretending it’s “the brain.” The illusion is the selling of a future in which all existence will be controlled by science. The illusion is “a better civilization” in which all brains are “harmonized.”

    If consciousness is an illusion, then freedom is, too. If consciousness is just the atoms of the brain marching around and delivering pre-determined impulses, then freedom is a hoax.

    And, under the surface, this is what neuroscience proposes. “Yes, humans believe in a quaint notion of freedom, but we know that’s ludicrous. There is no such thing. It’s merely particles in motion…”

    While I’m at it, taking the particles-in-motion depiction of life as a first principle…then there is no you, either. There is no you, there is no me, there is no anyone. There is no individual, there is no group. All that is illusion as well.

    This is the inescapable conclusion of physics taken to its widest application.

    It’s also the justification for manipulating the brain in any fashion: since “no one is home,” what difference does it make? Nullify a synapse here, rewire a connection there, dose this area with a drug, stimulate those neurons with electromagnetic impulses…and bring about more agreeable obedience.

    There are many educated people who refuse to understand that both organized religion and bottomless faith in science lead to tyranny. They lack the imagination and curiosity to explore other alternatives.

    Therefore, their ignorance is stunning.

    Jon Rappoport

    • I am in total agreement with Rappoport. We have discussed this issue of consciousness on numerous occasions here. The Eternal Moment of Now, and Cosmic Consciousness.
      The technocrats would not need to expend so much effort in controlling the mass consciousness if there was no consciousness. That is why there’s no business like bullshit. Every aspect of the control game is bullshit.
      When is it not Now? Come back and read this sentence “tomorrow” it will be now then just as surely as it is now.
      [1≡∞]
      \\][//

  12. FIAT

    Most assume that he who writes the law makes law.

    Hamilton corrected that, it is he who interprets the law that makes law.

    But the tyrant proves that it is the enforcer who makes law.

    \\][//

  13. MIND CONTROL

    . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
    Also: http://rossinst.com/

    http://memoryholeblog.com/2015/01/20/psychiatry-and-mind-control-101/
    “This sounds like science fiction, but it’s actually fully documented. It’s not reading between the lines. It’s absolutely crystal clear and explicit in the documents. Going back to World War II, a man named G.H. Estabrooks was a psychologist at Colgate College in upstate New York, contracted with the War Department (I have a copy of the contract). He described in a textbook on hypnotism he published in the 1940s the creation of these ‘Manchurian candidates’ which he called ‘super spies,’ and conditioning that person so they had an amnesia barrier. Behind the amnesia barrier they had a newly created personality, who would be assigned the mission–whatever it might be–would carry it out, and would have total amnesia for it.

    CIA_DoctorsI have the actual correspondence of G.H. Estabrooks [communicating] with J. Edgar Hoover for three decades, inviting top-ranked FBI people to seminars on military uses of hypnosis, talking on military uses of hypnosis and the creation of super spies on military bases to military positions. I’ve got [correspondence] of him inviting other experts on mind control who are top secret cleared under CIA mind control programs to his seminars, of co-publishing with him. So there’s this whole network of relationships.

    Two of the people board of the False Memory Syndrome who died in the late 1990s (which is the organization that attacks multiple personality disorder and says it’s all bogus) were Martin Orne and “Jolly” West, who were psychiatrists, cleared at top secret on MKULTRA (the CIA’s mind control program) to study dissociative states, hypnosis, and Manchurian Candidate type of stuff. They were on the board of the organization that was saying all of these civilian cases are bogus. That’s all factual.

    Ross suggests that mind control programs are alive and well today. Indeed, one need look no further than the photos of inmates taken at the Abu Gharib on Guantanamo Bay prison camps to see the creation of today’s Manchurian Candidates who will likely be used in military and intelligence operations throughout the Middle East. While there are several terms that denote mind control, such as “thought reform,” “coercive persuasion,” and “brainwashing,” another less recognized one prevalent in recent news is “enhanced interrogation.”

    Enhanced interrogation is just this new sanitized term for mind control-brainwashing. And so if we look at the photographs and evidence from Abu Gharib on Guantanamo Bay that’s discussed in the media and discussed before the Senate, nobody says, “Waterboarding was never done.” They’ll debate how much. Nobody says, “We never electroshocked people.” They’ll never say, “We never had people standing in painful forced positions for many, many hours.” They’ll never say, “We never used sensory deprivation or sleep deprivation.” Nobody will say, “We didn’t used sexual and religious humiliation, making people masturbate in front of female officers.” We have photographs of all this stuff. And these are all the elements of classical brainwashing-mind control. So it’s absolutely ongoing right up to the present.”~Ross
    \\][//

    • Colin A. Ross
      Medical And Scientific Papers

      Dr. Ross has published over 100 scientific papers and chapters in edited books, which are listed below. Most of these articles can be obtained at any medical school library, or contact us for pricing and availability of reprints.
      http://rossinst.com/medical_papers.html
      \\][//

  14. Hey Maxitwat, if you have a message for me, man-up and come out with it on the current T&S page. This slinking about making blank commentary here on HR1blog is dickspittle.
    \\][//

  15. Waving the “False Flag”
    By Philip Giraldi • Unz Review • January 27, 2015

    “As it remains unclear who might have actually sponsored the recent terrorist attacks in Paris, if indeed anyone did, a great deal of speculation about motives and resources is perhaps inevitable. If one goes by the traditional “cui bono” standard, who benefits, there are perhaps two possible beneficiaries. One would be a terrorist sponsoring group which would be able to claim credit for a dramatic success against a major western government that is regarded as an enemy because it has been participating in wars against Islamic states. Terrorist organizations routinely make such claims after an attack because it establishes their bona fides and serves as a magnet for volunteers and donations from supporters. Very often the claims are suspect, particularly as many terrorist actions are now decentralized franchise operations that are carried out without direction or support by so-called “loners.”

    The other possibility is Israel. Israel would benefit from an Islamist terrorist incident in France and would have powerful motives for allowing or encouraging such an attack to take place. First, it would reverse what it would see as a deplorable trend in France (and in Europe) to support Palestinian statehood, which Paris and other European governments endorsed at the United Nations on December 30 th. Second, it would dramatically shift the narrative in the media away from the continued brutal treatment of the Palestinians. And third it would heighten anti-Islamic sentiments and get the Europeans back on board for the perpetual war on terror, which inextricably links Muslims to terrorism and effectively makes Israel’s enemies the enemies of both Europe and the United States.

    To demonstrate what the actual Israeli government viewpoint might be, one has only to recall the Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s satisfaction when he first heard about 9/11. He said “We are benefiting from one thing, and that is the attack on the Twin Towers and Pentagon, and the American struggle in Iraq, swung American public opinion in our favor.” Netanyahu knew that the attack could be manipulated to inextricably tie the United States to the Israeli view of the nature of Islamic terrorism and what to do about it. In that he was correct and the U.S. has been paying the price for a disproportionate and misguided counter-terrorism policy ever since. Netanyahu’s bizarre performance at the Charlie Hebdo solidarity parade in Paris also suggests that he is prepared to milk the current situation for the maximum political advantage, both for himself and for Israel.

    But in spite of the clear evidence that Tel Aviv would like to see more terrorist attacks in Europe, even hypothesizing that Israel might be directly involved or knowledgeable in some way regarding Charlie Hebdo produces the predictable response, i.e. that it is anti-Semites who are making such a suggestion and that Israel is not so cynical or evil as to engage in such activity. One pundit casually dismisses speculation that the attack might have been engineered by “specifically the mystical supermen of Israel’s Mossad. Such a theory is stupid and scurrilous, as well as on so many grounds self-evidently incorrect.” The author does not explain why it is “self-evidently incorrect.”

    Read the whole article here: https://alethonews.wordpress.com/2015/01/27/waving-the-false-flag/
    \\][//

  16. The Petrodollar Disconnect Up Tempo Tango

    State of US Markets 2015 Report

    Acceleration Of Events With Rising Chaos – US Dollar Death Foretold
    Stock-Markets / Financial Markets 2015
    Jan 28, 2015 – 06:08 PM GMT
    By: Jim_Willie_CB

    Stock-Markets
    In the closing months of 2014, on numerous occasions the position was put forth that as the days of January stacked up, toward the end of the month and going into February, that the global financial structures would show severe strain, widespread disruptions, and possible signs of cracks in breakdown. The forecasts were clearly stated and repeated. Even the present flow of events has been shocking, despite the expectation. The forecast certainly has proved correct. The disruptive events and pace of systemic breakdown are surely going to continue. The year will go down in history as extremely messy, extremely chaotic, and extremely important in the demise of the USDollar. Check the 7-year cycle for an amazing sequence that goes back to the 1973 Arab Oil Embargo, the 1980 Gold & Silver Hunt Brothers peak, the 1987 Black Monday, the 1994 Irrational Exuberance with ensuing Asian Meltdown, the 2001 Inside 9/11 Job, and the 2008 Lehman failure. The year 2015 will be known for the USDollar demise with full fireworks, set up with Ukraine and the European repeat of Waterloo. A quickening pace of events is highly indicative in two natural types in nature, namely the lead up to a natural earthquake, and the lead up to a human childbirth.

    KEY ACCELERANT EVENTS

    The forecast about fast acceleration of events into the January month has occurred on schedule. Normally a very big event occurs every several weeks, or every few months. In just the last three weeks ten have taken place of significance. The pace has quickened in an alarming fashion. The Great Quickening has commenced. Something big ugly and nasty this way comes. The events are worth emphasis, since each has enormous implications and fallout.

    1. Russia jumped off the Petro-Dollar recycle wagon. Their entire oil trade will not be kept in USDollars. Instead, it will be exchanged immediately into Rubles. Expect some to be converted into RMB for their bilateral trade with China. The Russian action is an integral part of the demise of the Petro-Dollar. They react to US-led boycott.

    2. The Swiss removed the 120 Euro peg to their Franc currency. For over three years their central bank had maintained a hoard of paper mache Euro currencies that accumulated perhaps as much as 800 billion Euros. It became unsustainable. They ran a long USDollar trade with short Gold, which finally will go into reverse. The Langley crew had billions in SWFrancs stuffed in shrink wrapped palettes. They profited handsomely. The Swiss seem to have opened the gates of hell for the Gold market, and might have been slammed with a Gold margin call as leased gold bullion dried up.

    3. The Greeks have prepared to exit the European Union and to default on debt. Their defiant Syriza party won a mandate, a clear leftist majority. Next comes some severe disruption. They might print money to pay off their external debt, which would be an ironic justice. Expect great repercussions within Greece into Europe, at the same time the Russians are passing a gas pipeline as carrot to Greece. With the pipeline will come valuable fees to the Greek nation. They will leave the European Union, with almost certainty. They will soon export food products to Russia, lifting the economy.

    4. The Euro Central Bank announced details on their newest QE tampering. They are to pile on the bond and asset purchases, with a clever attempt to avoid it being corrosive unsterilized by means of cooperative gestures with member nations. Regardless of the details, the Germans are harsh critics of the Draghi procedures. The opposition has shaped up between the EuroCB and the Bundesbank. The Jackass is certain that Germany will leave the EU, leave the common Euro, and eventually leave NATO. The objection to the Draghi QE decision will lead to a major crisis in the European Union.

    5. King Abdullah died and the transition for the royal family begins. He has been replaced by formerly crown prince Salman, who suffers from senile dementia, and will have a terrible time to hold power. The battle for succession has just begun, as rival tribes vie for power, after several decades of being excluded. The events inside Saudi boundaries will increase, turn more violent, and be highly disruptive. Pressure for reform will be fierce and unending.

    6. Merkel has offered a trade union proposal to Russia, which discards the US-led TTIP trade pact. At the Davos Economic Summit, the German Chancellor actually offered a trade pact with Russia which implicitly rejected the US-led TransAtlantic Trade & Investment Partnership. The ironic part is that Merkel has proposed exactly what Russia & China have been developing for two years, known as the Eurasian Trade Zone. Germany is looking for a way out of the European Union.

    7. The German watchdog financial cop BaFin found no improper manipulation in the gold market. They mean from the DeutscheBank perspective. This decision is a setback for the camp that opposes corrupt markets in bond values, currency exchange rates, bank accounting. The backlash could come from numerous flanks, all of which seek justice and fair markets. Market rigging seems never to cease as the climax nears. In Germany, two camps are divided. The politicians are dominated by the banker elite, although loud rumblings come from the ministers levels. The industrial captains manage commerce, and wish to avoid profound economic damage. The US alliance is no longer working toward German benefit. The industrial camp will prevail, but with a huge battle and many unknowns to come.

    8. The Swiss have set up a major RMB trading center in Zurich. An interesting competition is certain to unfold as London, Zurich, and Frankfurt compete for Chinese financial flow in RMB terms. Refer to currency exchange, bond issuance, and direct investment (FDI). While London has the tradition and Zurich has the prestige, the Germans have been hand-picked by the Kremlin and Beijing to serve as the cradle and crucible for European linkage to Asia. The industrial ties to Russia and China extend from Germany, along with huge and growing trade and investment.

    9. The details for Gazprom pipeline extension through Turkey have been revealed, by way of the Black Sea, with volume stated in the plans. In a brilliant stroke, Gazprom decided abruptly to cut off Ukraine on the pipeline construction. It will not pass through Eastern Europe, where USGovt bribery, threats, and corrupt business plans were taking place to block plans. Instead, the pipeline will pass through Turkey, with announced hub on the Greek border. It is being dubbed Turk Stream. The construction will take at least 18 months. In the meantime, the European nations will have to struggle to find a way to connect to its gas lines, and to avoid wreckage from their errant destructive US alliance.

    10. The USEconomy had an enormous miss in expected Durable Good orders. The list of job cuts and project cutbacks in the US, Canadian, British, and European Economies was six pages in length for a recent work toward the January Hat Trick Letter. It was refined to a few pages. It is a veritable procession of business failure from failed monetary and economic policy failure. The USEconomy is stuck in a multi-year powerful recession. QE aggravates the economic deterioration. Numerous major name corporations are making utterly huge astonishing job cuts, the most recent being IBM. Big banks and energy related firms dominate in such news.

    Events are flowing extremely rapidly, even at a dizzying pace. It is not remotely possibly to anticipate the next critical event, but one can surely expect something every two to three days recently, something of urgent important with extreme consequence. In addition to the above events, the US & Canadian shale oil & gas sector is shutting down, without a single event to point to. The shale subprime debt implosion is imminent, already have triggered. The damage will be progressively worse over time. The 2015 year is off with a very unstable bang, exactly as expected. Notice that none of the above events pertain to the BRICS Alliance. Their movement will enforce the Global Paradigm Shift to bring about a return of the Gold Standard. Since the US-UK bankers control the financial sector in FOREX currencies and sovereign bonds and banking systems, the East will make steadfast progress in bring back the Gold Standard from the trade ramps. Details to above events, the universal disruption, and the BRICS initiatives are covered in the Hat Trick Letter.

    KING DOLLAR PILLAR BREAKDOWN

    With the acceleration of events in progress and in view, the pressures will grow against the entire King Dollar Court, the corrupt fortresses in Wall Street and London Centre, the crime syndicate hive. The USDollar will not survive the year. It might not vanish this year, but will surely show its eventual destination in the dustbin of history. The four legs of the Petro-Dollar might be described as being the banking system, the FOREX currencies, the sovereign bonds, and crude oil.

    a) After the Lehman killjob crisis failure, the banking system turned insolvent. Thanks to the FASB accounting rules that were bent, the banks have continued as hollow reed pillars. They have been on the one side been settling law suits and investor claims, while on the other side been kept liquid by means of narco money laundering (confirmed by the United Nations). If one big Western bank enters failure, the entire set of big banks will risk failure simultaneously in direct contagion.

    b) The major currencies are in a grand disruption right here right now. The rush into the USD for settling derivatives and as safe haven has rattled the FOREX worse than at any time in recent history, perhaps including the 1995 Asian Meltdown. The emerging market debt involves several $trillion in volume, all of which rose on the balance for the debt burden. Defaults lie directly ahead. The USEconomy will be greatly victimized by the higher USD valuation, with respect to stock and property investments, in addition to export trade.
    c) The sovereign bonds are being supported by Quantitative Easing, the highly corrosive monetary policy by the US Federal Reserve. Other central banks had been well coordinated at the Bank of England, the European Central Bank, and the Bank of Japan. If not direct money printing, it is their usage of Dollar Swap Facilities. In the last couple months, evidence has grown that the major central banks are on their own, acting to preserve their economies, and taking action with local motive. The USGovt raided the Japanese $1.2 trillion pension fund. The Swiss ensured that all nations will break the coordinated monetary policy with the USFed.

    d) The connection between the USDollar and Crude Oil price has been broken, in ways not described or reported in the press. A vast system of FOREX derivatives are being dissolved that connect to the Crude Oil price, resulting on lost control. The rising USD and falling oil price is evidence of the breakdown. The relationship between the USGovt and the Saudis has deteriorated to alarming levels, despite the photo ops on display to deceive. The Saudis have been working on monthly conferences with the Beijing leaders, in what could be called a lovefest for economic cooperation and financial joining at the oil hip. The Saudis and other Gulf Emirate nations will be working to convert their combined $2.2 trillion in sovereign wealth funds into diversified assets, led by Gold. These Arabs will work to replace their Gold bullion stolen in Swiss banks.

    USDOLLAR DEATH FORETOLD

    The high exchange rates seen to favor the USDollar does not mean it is strong. The global movement in fast clear trend is the wider usage of Chinese RMB. On at least 20 different bilateral conduits, the Chinese trade is almost exclusively done in RMB terms. The Yuan Swap Facility with numerous nations like Australia and New Zealand, lately Switzerland, Germany, and Canada, and several smaller Asian nations assures steadily higher RMB trade settlement. Even US corporations are fast converting USDollars to RMB which assure their import supply lines. The standard of USD trade settlement is going away.

    The USDollar is dying like a rocket, shooting upward. Methinks the Petro-Dollar linkages are all broken. As a result, the USD rises, and correspondingly oil falls. Most people attach motive to the price movement. Doing so is erroneously. Instead, the price mechanisms are broken, predominantly a structural effect across most financial markets in an alarming development. The lost control is being manifested in a higher USDX index. It is paradoxically evidence of a dying King Dollar and a failure of its court.

    Huge pressures are building. The year 2015 will be when the system openly breaks down, when steadfast US allies break ranks from the King Dollar Court, and work to enable their nations to survive. The year 2015 will be when the entire world (East & West) openly calls for the retirement of the USDollar in order to end the destruction, fraud, madness, war, and chaos. The USFed with its corrosive QE has hastened the major nations of the world to rush toward implementation of the Gold Standard. They must install it from the trade ramps, not the financial ramps. They are in race with time, since their economies are faltering.

    Mahatma Gandhi was a sage. He has a famous quote best presented in summary form. “Seven Deadly Sins: Wealth without work, Pleasure without conscience, Science without humanity, Knowledge without character, Politics without principle, Commerce without morality, Worship without sacrifice.” Without any hesitation, equivocation, or doubt, all these important sins are growing trends and priorities in modern United States.

    London Paul summarized well the current path of disruption and powerful change. “The so-called experts have thrived in a world which was all about obfuscation. As this paradigm collapses, they are desperately trying to hang onto a totally failed construct and refuse to accept the reality of what is coming. The alternative terrifies them to their very core. Greece was a clear indication that the masses are waking up in significant numbers to the insanity of a cabal agenda of death, destruction, and grand larceny all wrapped as being in our best interests. When I have spoken before about a time which will be savage and uncompromising, it was in my opinion a realistic assessment of what is coming. However, when we get through the other side, the world will transform out of recognition and in ways that would seem impossible from our current frame of reference. So we continue to accumulate Gold & Silver to protect ourselves against the financial carnage that is coming. Humanity is going to go through a very sharp learning curve and will have to work together for common goals and aspirations as it should always have been. Necessity is the mother of invention and we will all have to go through that process of total reinvention. The level of ruthless manipulation to divide and conquer humanity for decades and beyond will become clear and it will truly shock humanity.”

    GOLD RALLY IN FOREIGN CURRENCY

    The gold market is rallying in the Yen terms, in the Euro terms, and in the CanDollar terms. The Swiss have ignited a global gold rally. They very likely covered a short gold position in a complex arbitrage trade. Notice the gold price decline from the $1900/oz level began at about the same time the Swiss announced their Euro 120 peg in late 2011. Notice the gold reversal has begun exactly at the time of the Swiss de-peg decision. It might be easy to conclude that the Swiss National Bank financed their Euro peg by crushing the Gold market. In the three and a half years during their peg, the gold price lost one third of its value on the corrupt COMEX market. With the Swiss lit fuse, no turning back. The reversals are significant. In Switzerland, the people have been given a hefty gold price discount due to the rising SWFranc currency. The Gold price in USD terms will be the last event, the ultimate event in confirmation.

    HUNGARY BOTH SMART & HOT SPOT

    The Jackass has no problem admitting an error. They can be valuable learning opportunities. The last big error was made in expecting a higher USTreasury Bond yield in 2011. Big error indeed, as the learning curve featured forced comprehension of the powerful Interest Rate Swap derivatives. With Morgan Stanley putting on $8.5 trillion in IRSwaps in a mere six months time going into end 2010, the USTreasurys rallied with rising price and falling yield. This contrary event occurred despite greater USGovt debt, fewer USTBond investors, and a debt rating downgrade. The paradox is explained with the vast IRSwap machinery. Thanks to Rob Kirby, the Jackass learned more about the derivatives and the fabricated bond demand from computers, managed by JPMorguen. Too bad Bill Gross of PIMCO did not hire Kirby as a consultant.

    The latest error is minor, but interesting. The Jackass had stated recently in reports that Poland, Hungary, and other Eastern European nations were all exposed to home mortgages in Swiss Franc denomination. With a rising SWFranc exchange rate, their aggregate mortgage debt balances will be damaged from having risen in amount. They will have a higher debt burden suddenly. The Polish are exposed. However, in a three step process, the Hungarians side stepped the risk in a very clever adept maneuver. The Orban Admin forced the banks to convert all foreign currency denominated property mortgages into Hungarian Forint (HUF) mortgages. Note that the switcharoo took place just a couple of months before the Swiss central bank de-peg. The HUF is not pegged to any currency including the USDollar or Euro. The correction was given by a sharp Hungarian Hat Trick Letter client, who has been valuable not only with respect to matters pertaining to his country like the South Stream Gazprom pipeline project, but also to events in nearby Ukraine. Prime Minister Viktor Orban might be at risk. He has fended off the USGovt fascist pressures to block the Gazprom pipeline. He has gone on an independent path. He might be a Langley target. Maybe Budapest will be treated to some public shootings or explosions by yet more lone gunmen, like in Paris following the President Hollande comments in opposition to continued Russian sanctions.

    CONCLUSION

    People had better prepare themselves for some conclusion events, certain to occur with fireworks. The USDollar is soon to go away, put to rest, killed off. Its rise signals its demise. The hidden dismantle of the Petro-Dollar mechanism has been eerie, mysterious, and full of intrigue. The Gold Standard will return, but through the trade window. The solution to the untreated Global Financial Crisis is the gold route. The Eurasian Trade Zone will be built upon the gold route, and see a revival of the Silk Road. It cannot be stopped, not even by war. The safe haven is not the USDollar, but rather Gold & Silver bars & coins, otherwise defined as money.

    The crisis is better described as the Global Monetary War. Any nation wishing to establish trade or a monetary system centered upon gold is branded a rogue nation, subject to extreme propaganda. This is precisely why Russia is being vilified, since they want no more USDollar in trade or banking, and lead a global movement to discard the USD as global reserve currency. The solution is with precious metals as the core to banking, trade, and currency, even wealth preservation. The new 2015 year will be exciting. As the Jackass forecasted, 2014 did indeed end much differently from the way it began. The agents of change are working at hyper-speed now. The USDollar is doomed, and its captains are running for their lives. They are not worth bargaining with in magnanimous cut deals. Better to treat them like fire ants and bothersome fleas and diseased rodents and rabid dogs. The return of Gold to its primacy is long overdue.

    THE HAT TRICK LETTER PROFITS IN THE CURRENT CRISIS.

    “For over five years I have been eagerly assimilating any and all free information (articles, interviews, etc) that Jim Willie puts out there. Just recently I finally took the plunge and became a paid subscriber. I regret not doing this much sooner, as my expectations were blown away with the vast amount of sourced information, analysis tied together, and logical forecasts contained in each report.” (JosephM in South Carolina)

    “Not only have I seen many of the things you talk about in the public arena come to pass, but I have seen many of the things you say repeated three months later by the other analysts. Congratulations!” (MannyM in England)

    “Jim Willie is a gift to our age who is the only clear voice sounding the alarm of the extreme financial crisis facing the Western nations. He has unique skills of unbiased analysis with synthesis of information from his valuable sources. Since 2007, he has made over 17 correct forecast calls, each at least a year ahead of time. If you read his work or listen to his interviews, you will see what has been happening, know what to expect, and know what to do.” (Charles in New Mexico)

    “A Paradigm change is occurring for sure. Your reports and analysis are historic documents, allowing future generations to have an accurate account of what and why things went wrong so badly. There is no other written account that strings things along on the timeline, as your writings do. I share them with a handful of incredibly influential people whose decisions are greatly impacted by having the information in the Jackass format. The system is coming apart on such a mega scale that it is difficult to wrap one’s head around where all this will end. But then, the universe strives for equilibrium and all will eventually balance out.” (The Voice, a European gold trader source)

    by Jim Willie CB
    Editor of the “HAT TRICK LETTER”
    Home: Golden Jackass website
    Subscribe: Hat Trick Letter

    Use the above link to subscribe to the paid research reports, which include coverage of several smallcap companies positioned to rise during the ongoing panicky attempt to sustain an unsustainable system burdened by numerous imbalances aggravated by global village forces. An historically unprecedented mess has been created by compromised central bankers and inept economic advisors, whose interference has irreversibly altered and damaged the world financial system, urgently pushed after the removed anchor of money to gold. Analysis features Gold, Crude Oil, USDollar, Treasury bonds, and inter-market dynamics with the US Economy and US Federal Reserve monetary policy.

    Jim Willie CB is a statistical analyst in marketing research and retail forecasting. He holds a PhD in Statistics. His career has stretched over 25 years. He aspires to thrive in the financial editor world, unencumbered by the limitations of economic credentials. Visit his free website to find articles from topflight authors at http://www.GoldenJackass.com, which includes a Squirrel Mail public email facility

    • Wow… a very believable and shitty prognosis by Jim Willie!

      I have seen this coming for decades. I’m not surprised nor shocked…and certainly not prepared. Not that I didn’t prepare for this, but that was all for naught. A long personal story alluded to elsewhere on this blog.

      WERPH AUCHT!
      \\][//

  17. In an article titled, “Leader of Al Qaeda group in Iraq was fictional, U.S. military says,” the NYT reports that:
    Brigadier General Kevin Bergner, the chief American military spokesman, said the elusive Baghdadi was actually a fictional character whose audio-taped declarations were provided by an elderly actor named Abu Adullah al-Naima.
    The NYT would also reveal the purpose of the deception:
    The ruse, Bergner said, was devised by Abu Ayub al-Masri, the Egyptian-born leader of Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, who was trying to mask the dominant role that foreigners play in that insurgent organization.
    The ploy was to invent Baghdadi, a figure whose very name establishes his Iraqi pedigree, install him as the head of a front organization called the Islamic State of Iraq and then arrange for Masri to swear allegiance to him. Ayman al-Zawahiri, Osama bin Laden’s deputy, sought to reinforce the deception by referring to Baghdadi in his video and Internet statements.
    The admission by US military leaders, reported in the NYT, reveals that the so-called “Islamic State” was nothing more than an appendage of Al Qaeda – with Al Qaeda itself directly armed, funded, and backed by stalwart US allies, Saudi Arabia and Qatar. Despite the NYT and the Pentagon’s admissions, the entire ruse has continued, on an exponential scale.
    ISIS map

    US Intentionally Raised and Unleashed Al Qaeda Upon Iraq and Syria

    Al Qaeda’s current presence in Iraq and Syria, and their leading role in the fight against the Iranian-leaning government’s of Damascus and Baghdad, are the present-day manifestation of a Western criminal conspiracy exposed as early as 2007. Revealed by two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh in his 2007 article, “The Redirection: Is the Administration’s new policy benefiting our enemies in the war on terrorism?” it was stated explicitly that (emphasis added):
    To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated with Saudi Arabia’s government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda.
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/US_%22FIGHTING%22TERROR_GROUP_WITH_FICTIONAL_LEADERS/41312/0/38/38/Y/M.html

  18. FORMER CIA OFFICIAL LIED IN BOSTON BOMBING COVER-UP
    Fuller’s presence as Tsarni’s former father-in-law isn’t the only illustration of Uncle Ruslan’s CIA ties. There’s also his decades-long history working in Central Asia for the Agency for International Development (USAID)—a U.S. Government Agency often used for cover by agents of the CIA—which includes a two-year stint in the former Soviet Republic of Kazakhstan during the “Wild West” days of the early 1990’s,
    when anything that wasn’t nailed down in that country was up for grabs.

    Read the whole article here:
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Former_CIA_Official_Lied_in_Boston_Bombing_Cover-Up/41304/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

  19. This exquisite naïveté shown by the True Believers in the Warren Report is remarkable. They cannot seem to grasp what legal evidence is, what chains of custody mean, what the essentials of proper crime scene investigations are. They have little sense of real history or the architecture of modern political power. They are enchanted by the Public Relations Regime and make their lame arguments from authority accordingly. They are as jejune as little children from my perspective.

    These people do not understand the elementary techniques of the way propaganda works primarily on the emotions which bypass the critical facilities. And it is this fact that causes their resistance to critical argumentation against what are frankly silly ideas propagated by the system that has regimented and compartmentalized their minds.

    It has been asked of me, ‘what can I possibly know about education in the US?’ Have I the proper papers? Did I attend “higher education”? I will answer frankly that no, I did not. I graduated from HS and had already by that time figured out the game that was being played on me. I am an autodidact, and have always been. I was blessed with many natural talents and worked hard on my own to develop them. I have had a long career in these arts, both visual, musical, and literary. My critical skills have been finely honed by my own direction of my own studies. I have studied hard sciences as well as philosophy and psychology. One thing I have avoided is the sociological and mental conditioning that is impressed on those who did enter academia. No this is not luck, it is a matter of the will, and the choice to remain an individual in a paradigm of collectivist thinking.
    \\][//

  20. Doesn’t this just make you want to retch?
    The fact that either of these war criminals are walking free, let alone still in seats of authority is despicable.

    \\][//

  21. “In a secret memo John Maury, the CIA division chief, wrote: “Pasternak’s humanistic message – that every person is entitled to a private life and deserves respect as a human being, irrespective of the extent of political loyalty or contribution to the state – poses a fundamental challenge to the Soviet ethic of sacrifice of the individual to the Communist system.”

    Doesn’t this seem quaint in view of the postmodern Panoptic Maximum Security State now manifest – due entirely to the efforts of the US military industrial complex that promoted such propaganda?
    This comes rather full circle with the article on ‘American Exceptionalism’ in the recent series of articles on this site (JFKfacts.org).
    The Soviets were more clumsy in their propaganda, and the open brutality of their system. Whereas the American Mythos has been generational for centuries and “passive-aggressive” in its application and representation thereof.

    “We hold these Truths to be self-evident”, but we shall continue to exterminate the Indian nations, and exploit slave labor. Put starkly like that, it is hard to stomach. Is it not? But none can deny this historical reality but through self-denial, and saccharine patriotic lullabies.
    \\][//

  22. The Death of King Abdullah and the Future of Oil Geopolitics
    by James Corbett
    corbettreport.com
    February 1, 2015

    In the early hours of Friday, January 23rd, Saudi Arabia’s King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz died of complications from pneumonia. He was 90 years old, and was just shy of reaching the 10th anniversary of his accession to the Saudi throne in August of 2005.

    From the perspective of global oil geopolitics, the death of the leader of one of the world’s top oil exporters could hardly have come at a more sensitive time. Oil prices have plummeted by half in the past six months, with some predicting prices will plunge even lower and remain there for some time. Many have fingered the Saudis as the culprit for the fall in prices, but even the infamously spendthrift oiligarchs of the House of Saud are feeling the pinch as low oil prices start to eat into their reserves. Now a large question mark hangs over not just the future of Saudi Arabia, or even the global oil market, but the current monetary order itself.

    Those adept at reading between the lines will have noticed few of the threads of this potentially world-changing narrative in the decidedly reserved establishment media coverage of the event. The casual reader will be told that King Abdullah was a “cautious reformer” of a nation that still has “issues” with its treatment of its own population. They will learn that he was the 10th (or maybe the 13th) of 45 sons of Abdulaziz ibn Saud, the patriarch of the House of Saud, and that he himself had “about” 30 wives and “about” 35 children. They will learn that his half-brother, Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, has succeeded his brother as the new king.

    But in order to get beyond the fluff one has to do a bit of digging. And to do that digging, one needs to know something about the history of the US-Saudi relationship and how it forms the backbone of the world’s economy.
    […]

    Recent developments, however, suggest that promise may have been mere lip service to keep markets calm during the transition. Earlier this week King Salman fired Prince Mishaal, governor of the Mecca region, and Prince Turki, who governed the capital Riyadh. Both princes were sons of King Abdullah. Salman also made a sweeping cabinet reshuffle that saw new faces in the intelligence, social affairs, civil service, communications and information, culture and information and other chairs. What’s more, early predictions that Prince Mohammed bin Nayef might become the next Crown Prince and the first of the Saudi royal family’s third generation to hold that position were dashed when Deputy Crown Prince Moqren was elevated to the position instead.

    What these shakeups mean precisely is yet to be determined. There are persistent reports that King Salman, now 79 years old, is himself in ill health and it may not be long before Moqren, the youngest son of the country’s founder, succeeds him. These uncertainties can’t help but contribute to unease in markets that are already concerned by global growth slowdown and slumping commodity prices. But the real action is going to happen in the US-Saudi relationship. A lot will hinge on whether King Salman will continue King Abdullah’s uneasy relationship with Obama, or whether a fresh start will be made. What hinges on this alliance is not just the future of a bilateral security relationship, but the foundation of the current monetary order.~James Corbett/ INTERNATIONAL FORECASTER – vol 5 issue 05 (February 1, 2015)

    http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/CorbettReportRSS/~3/g038vPpmVbc/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email
    \\][//

  23. Journal of 9/11 Studies Volume 39, May 2014
    The “Strategy of Tension” in the Cold War Period
    Daniele Ganser

    Historians today and in the coming years face a challenging task: they must write the history of the events of September 11, 2001. What they write will be taught in history classes. But what will they write? Will they write that Osama Bin Laden sent 19 Muslims to launch a surprise attack on the U.S.? Or will they write that the administration of President George W. Bush was responsible for the attack, either constructing it or deliberately permitting it in order to shock the U.S. population and to create a pretext for increasing military spending and attacking Afghanistan and Iraq?

    Having examined much of the data related to the 9/11 events, I am convinced a new and thorough investigation is needed. But when I have questioned the official narrative of 9/11 in my native Switzerland I have encountered vigorous objections from people. Why would any government in the world, they have asked, attack its own population or, only slightly less criminal, deliberately allow a foreign group to carry out such an attack? While brutal dictatorships, such as the regime of Pol Pot in Cambodia, are known to have had little respect for the life and dignity of their citizens, surely a Western democracy, the thinking goes, would not engage in such an abuse of power. And if criminal elements within a Western democracy, in North America or in Europe, had engaged in such a crime, would not elected officials or the media find out and report on it? Is it imaginable that criminal persons within a government could commit terrorist operations against innocent citizens, who support the very same government with the taxes they pay every year? Would nobody notice? These are difficult questions, even for academics who specialize in the history of secret warfare. But in fact, there are historical examples of such operations being implemented by Western democracies

    In this essay, I will not deal directly with 9/11 but will look at what we can learn from history. I will report on some of the newest academic data about secret warfare during the Cold War. A secret military strategy that targets domestic populations with terrorism does indeed exist. It is called the “strategy of tension.” And it was implemented by Western democracies.

    The Strategy of Tension

    It is probably fair to say that of the roughly seven billion people who live on our planet today, far less than one percent has ever heard of the “strategy of tension.” And only a very few of these could illustrate the strategy with specific historical examples. It is indeed a strategy of a shadow world, known only to a few military and intelligence officers (and some criminals) who have carried it out, a few police officers and judges who fought against it, and a handful of journalists and academics who have written about it.
    In its essence, the strategy of tension targets the emotions of human beings and aims to spread maximum fear among the target group. “Tension” refers to emotional distress and psychological fear, whereas “strategy” refers to the technique of bringing about such distress and fear. A terrorist attack in a public place, such as a railway station, a market place, or a school bus, is the typical technique through which the strategy of tension is implemented. After the attack—and this is a crucial element—the secret agents who carried out the crime blame it on a political opponent by removing and planting evidence.~Daniele Ganser

    > A good article, it should be read in full at:
    http://www.journalof911studies.com/resources/2014GanserVol39May.pdf
    \\][//

  24. Big Brother In Real Time

    Digital Electronic “Internet of Things”(IoT) and “Smart Grid Technologies” to Fully Eviscerate Privacy

    By Prof. James F. Tracy
    Global Research, February 02, 2015
    Url of this article:
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/digital-electronic-internet-of-things-and-smart-grid-technologies-to-fully-eviscerate-privacy/5428595

    internet3
    The “Internet of Things” (IoT) and Smart Grid technologies will together be aggressively integrated into the developed world’s socioeconomic fabric with little-if-any public or governmental oversight. This is the overall opinion of a new report by the Federal Trade Commission, which has announced a series of “recommendations” to major utility companies and transnational corporations heavily invested in the IoT and Smart Grid, suggesting that such technologies should be rolled out almost entirely on the basis of “free market” principles so as not to stifle “innovation.”[1]

    As with the Food and Drug Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency, the FTC functions to provide the semblance of democratic governance and studied concern as it allows corporate monied interests and prerogatives to run roughshod over the body politic.

    The IoT refers to all digital electronic and RFID-chipped devices wirelessly connected to the internet. The number of such items has increased dramatically since the early 2000s. In 2003 an estimated 500 million gadgets were connected, or about one for every twelve people on earth. By 2015 the number has grown 50 fold to an estimated 25 billion, or 3.5 units per person. By 2020 the IoT is expected to double the number of physical items it encompasses to 50 billion, or roughly 7 per individual.[2]

    The IoT is developing in tandem with the “Smart Grid,” comprised of tens of millions of wireless transceivers (a combination cellular transmitter and receiver) more commonly known as “smart meters.” Unlike conventional wireless routers, smart meters are regarded as such because they are equipped to capture, store, and transmit an abundance of data on home energy usage with a degree of precision scarcely imagined by utility customers. On the contrary, energy consumers are typically appeased with persuasive promotional materials from their power company explaining how smart meter technology allows patrons to better monitor and control their energy usage.

    Almost two decades ago media sociologist Rick Crawford defined Smart Grid technology as “real time residential power line surveillance” (RRPLS). These practices exhibited all the characteristics of eavesdropping and more. “Whereas primitive forms of power monitoring merely sampled one data point per month by checking the cumulative reading on the residential power meter,” Crawford explains,

    modern forms of RRPLS permit nearly continued digital sampling. This allows watchers to develop a fine-grained profile of the occupants’ electrical appliance usage. The computerized RRPLS device may be placed on-site with the occupants’ knowledge and assent, or it may be hidden outside and surreptitiously attached to the power line feeding into the residence.

    This device records a log of both resistive power levels and reactive loads as a function of time. The RRPLS device can extract characteristic appliance “signatures” from the raw data. For example, existing [1990s] RRPLS devices can identify whenever the sheets are thrown back from a water bed by detecting the duty cycles of the water bed heater. RRPLS can infer that two people shared a shower by noting an unusually heavy load on the electric water heater and that two uses of the hair dryer followed.[3]

    A majority of utility companies are reluctant to acknowledge the profoundly advanced capabilities of these mechanisms that have now been effectively mandated for residential and business clients. Along these lines, when confronted with questions on whether the devices are able to gather usage data with such exactitude, company representatives are apparently compelled to feign ignorance or demur.

    i210Yet the features Crawford describes and their assimilation with the IoT are indeed a part of General Electric’s I-210+C smart meter, among the most widely-deployed models in the US. This meter is equipped with not one, not two, but three transceivers, the I-210+C’s promotional brochure explains.[4]

    One of the set’s transceivers uses ZigBee Pro protocols, “one of several wireless communication standards in the works to link up appliances, light bulbs, security systems, thermostats and other equipment in home and enterprises.”[5] With most every new appliance now required to be IoT-equipped, not only will consumer habits be increasingly monitored through energy usage, but over the longer term lifestyle and thus behavior will be transformed through power rationing, first in the form of “tiered usage,” and eventually in a less accommodating way through the remote control of “smart” appliances during peak hours.[6]

    Information gathered from the combined IoT and Smart Grid will also be of immense value to marketers that up to now have basically been excluded from the domestic sphere. As an affiliate of WPP Pic., the world’s biggest ad agency put it, the data harvested by smart meters “opens the door to the home. Consumers are leaving a digital footprint that opens the door to their online habits and to their shopping habits and their location, and the last thing that is understood is the home, because at the moment when you shut the door, that’s it.”[7]

    ESAs the FTC’s 2015 report makes clear, this is the sort of retail (permissible) criminality hastened by the merging of Smart Grid and IoT technologies also provides an immense facility for wholesale criminals to scan and monitor various households’ activities as potential targets for robbery, or worse.

    The FTC, utility companies and smart meter manufacturers alike still defer to the Federal Communications Commission as confirmation of the alleged safety of Smart Grid and smart meter deployment. This is the case even though the FCC is not chartered to oversee public health and, basing its regulatory procedure on severely outdated science, maintains that microwave radiation is not a threat to public health so long as no individual’s skin or flesh have risen in temperature.

    Yet in the home and workplace the profusion of wireless technologies such as ZigBee will compound the already significant collective radiation load of WiFi, cellular telephony, and the smart meter’s routine transmissions. The short term physiological impact will likely include weakened immunity, fatigue, and insomnia that can hasten terminal illnesses.[8]

    Perhaps the greatest irony is how the Internet of Things, the Smart Grid and their attendant “Smart Home” are sold under the guise of convenience, personal autonomy, even knowledge production and wisdom. “The more data that is created,” Cisco gushes, “the more knowledge and wisdom people can obtain. IoT dramatically increases the amount of data available for us to process. This, coupled with the Internet’s ability to communicate this data, will enable people to advance even further.”[9]

    In light of the grave privacy and health-related concerns posed by this techno tsunami, the members of a sane society might seriously ask themselves exactly where they are advancing, or being compelled to advance to.

    Notes

    [1] Federal Trade Commission, Internet of Things: Privacy and Security in a Connected World, Washington DC, January 2015. Accessible at http://www.ftc.gov/system/files/documents/reports/federal-trade-commission-staff-report-november-2013-workshop-entitled-internet-things-privacy/150127iotrpt.pdf

    [2] Dave Evans, “The Internet of Things: How the Next Evolution of the Internet is Changing Everything, Cisco Internet Business Solutions Group, April 2011, 3. Accessible at http://www.cisco.com/web/about/ac79/docs/innov/IoT_IBSG_0411FINAL.pdf

    [3] Rick Crawford, “Computer Assisted Crises,” in George Gerbner, Hamid Mowlana and Herbert I. Schiller (eds.) Invisible Crises: What Conglomerate Control of Media Means for American and the World, Boulder CO: Westview Press, 1996, 47-81.

    [4] “I-210+C with Silver Spring Networks Micro-AP” [Brochure], General Electric, Atlanta Georgia. Accessible at http://www.gedigitalenergy.com/app/Resources.aspx?prod=i210_family&type=1

    [5] Stephen Lawson, “ZigBee 3.0 Promises One Smart Home Standard for Many Uses,” pcworld.com, November 16, 2014.

    [6] One of the United States’ largest utilities, Pacific Gas & Electric, has already introduced tiered pricing to curb energy usage in summer months during “high demand” times of the day. http://www.pge.com/en/myhome/saveenergymoney/plans/smartrate/index.page

    [7] Louise Downing, “WPP Unit, Onzo Study Harvesting Smart-Meter Data,” Bloomberg.com, May 11, 2014.

    [8] Sue Kovach, “The Hidden Dangers of Cellphone Radiation,” Life Extension Magazine, August 2007; James F. Tracy, “Looming Health Crisis: Wireless Technology and the Toxification of America,” GlobalResearch.ca, July 8, 2012.

    [9] Evans, 6.

    Copyright © 2015 Global Research

  25. The Tipping Point
    How the Elite Control Us and What They Will Do When They Lose Control
    Dave Hodges
    the Common Sense Show
    February 4th, 2015

    groupthink2

    In large part, the American people have been conquered through the principle of groupthink. Throughout history, groupthink has played a prominent role in coercing the public of any nation into going to war for the benefit of the elite ruling class and their financial bottom line.

    Groupthink is a term coined by social psychologist Irving Janis in 1972, and it occurs when a group makes faulty decisions because group pressures lead to a deterioration of “mental efficiency, reality testing, and moral judgment”.

    Groups affected by groupthink ignore alternatives and tend to take irrational actions that dehumanize other groups. A group is especially vulnerable to groupthink (e.g. Neocons and the Iraq War, radical Muslim elements within the government and the coming great American purge followed by WW III) when its members are similar in background, when the group is insulated from outside opinions, and when there are no clear rules for decision making.

    It is the premise of this article that groupthink is being used to “nudge” Americans into accepting a new paradigm which is suicidal for the country’s continued existence.

    The Meat and Potatoes of Groupthink
    In his book, Victims of Groupthink, Dr. Janis has documented eight symptoms of groupthink:

    The illusion of invulnerability is often perpetuated when a cause comes first becomes public. “If God is for us, who can be against us” is often the kind of mentality that permeates a group in which self-righteousness will somehow protect the group from the faulty decisions of their leaders. It would be interesting to ask the tens of millions of dead people who died in the two world wars in the 20th century how well this illusion works. This illusion of invulnerability creates excessive optimism that encourages taking extreme risks. For example, when NFL player, Pat Tillman forsook his lucrative playing career and volunteered to serve in Afghanistan, following 9/11, he was killed by military leadership for expressing the anti-war views he increasingly came to believe. In the early days of a movement, people lose their minds and volunteer to give up their lives in order to kill complete strangers in order that billionaire bankers can make billions of dollars of more money.
    The members of a group quickly fall into a type of collective rationalization in the early days of group think. “If my neighbors believe in our course of action”, it must be perfectly OK to engage in things like genocide and mass murder (i.e. war). The members of the group discount warnings and do not reconsider their assumptions regarding a course of action even when it becomes clear that the course of action is immoral or even suicidal.
    Belief in an inherent and self-righteous morality. This view is often expressed, as President George W. Bush once said “You are either with us, or you are with the terrorists”. The members of the group believe in the rightness of their cause and therefore ignore the ethical or moral consequences of their decisions. This type of group psychology has given history some its darkest days.
    Stereotyped views of unfavorable out-groups is perpetuated. Stereotypical and extreme negative views of the “enemy” make effective responses to conflict seem unnecessary. This leads to the creation of devices like the infamous “Red List” which will ostensibly be used one day to rid the country of any dissenters.
    Direct pressure on dissenters in the group begins to surface in the early days of a movement. Members are under pressure not to express arguments against any of the group’s views. Political correctness is often used to usher in a group think kind of paradigm change. We have witnessed this climate change arguments and the advancement of gay marriage where nobody dare speak out against the concept at the risk of being branded “prejudiced”.
    Self-censorship becomes a critical operating component of the group. People fear speaking out, so they don’t. Doubts and deviations from the perceived group consensus are not expressed for fear of retaliation from the group and its leader. This is when a society begins to live in fear of its government and the establishment behind the government.
    The illusion of unanimity is perpetuated in and among the members of a group. The majority view and judgments are assumed to be unanimous. This becomes the well-spring of prohibitions on free speech, politically motivated roundups and deportation to concentration camps (i.e. FEMA camps). Nowhere, can we find a better example of what happens when six corporations control 98% of the media. Browse through the networks, during the news hour, and you won’t find a stone’s throw difference between the way that CBS, NBC, ABC, CNN and Fox, report the news. It is the ultimate example of groupthink. And it is the single most important reason that we have a “sheep mentality “among 95% of the people in this country.
    Self-appointed ‘mindguards’ becomes a key operating component of the group. Members protect the group and the leader from information that is problematic or contradictory to the group’s cohesiveness, view, and/or decisions. This is the central operating principle of the maintenance of group think. Any dissension inside the group is quickly dealt with as if the dissenter were a member of the group of which their group is aligned against.
    Examples of the Fallacy of Groupthink
    Historians often point to examples of groupthink “fiascoes”. Dr. Janis offers as examples“the US failures to anticipate the attack on Pearl Harbor, the Bay of Pigs invasion, the escalation of Vietnam War, and the ill-fated hostage rescue in Iran”. Certainly, the flawed policies enacted in conducting the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are prime examples of this erroneous thinking brought about by the eight elements of group think. And this flawed thinking has led to the rise of ISIS, with the help of the CIA.

    History commands to not forget the Holocaust, Rwanda, Mao’s purge in China and on and on it goes.

    Groupthink Is Being Used to Condition the American People for World War
    groupthink obamaWith every journalist ISIS beheads and with every staged terror attack upon American interests, the American people are being readied for war and the invocation of groupthink is the prime method of mental subjugation of our people. Many of you reading these words are going to become victims to what is coming.

    The elite use such organizations as Tavistock Institute to devise public policy reflective of these psychological tools of manipulation.

    Any organizing principle of war states that you must first neutralize the command and control structure over the enemy. This is why, whenever we invade a country, we first take out their radar and communications ability. This is one of the approaches that we need to employ in neutralizing the hold the globalists have over our minds. To do that, we only need to follow Jim Marrs’ advice and turn off the TV. Collapse the major instrument of control that our enemies employ against us, namely, the control over our minds through the mainstream media.

    If CNN and FOX were to disappear, we would stop being conditioned on what to think and begin thinking for ourselves. Subsequently, the veil of deception would be removed from over our eyes. The sheep would lose their media based shepherd and the sheep would be forced to find their own way in life. The resulting paradigm could lead to a global awakening and, other than the return of Jesus, this would constitute the worst nightmare for the globalists.

    Winning the Numbers War
    Throughout my academic career, I have immersed myself in discovering how change occurs. Why do some movements take hold and win the day, while others die on the vine? The answer, coming from the field of social psychology, is surprisingly simple.

    The flip side of groupthink also exists. The antidote to group think is more groupthink in the form of presenting a groupthink psychology that is the antithesis of the existing paradigm being perpetrated today.

    The Ten Percent Factor

    Scientists from the prestigious Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute have determined that if just 10% of any given population holds to an unshakable idea, that the idea will become adopted by the majority of the country. However, the scientists who belong to the Social Cognitive Networks Academic Research Center (SCNARC) found that if the ideas are shared by less than 10% of the population, the idea will not progress and will eventually die out. The research was first published in a peer reviewed E Journal in an article entitled “Social consensus through the influence of committed minorities.”

    Computational and analytical methods were used to discover the tipping point where an obscure idea eventually becomes the majority opinion. The finding has dramatic implications for those of us trying to wake up the sheep in this country.

    The SNARC scientists found that the 10% figure was applicable whether they were talking about the spread of innovations or to advance an ideal.

    Reaching 10% of the population should be the objective of the alternative media and the primary goal should be the preservation of the soul and not to be quite as focused on achieving physical victory in this realm of existence.

    As previously stated, in order to wake up 10% of the population, the country would have to turn off the biggest propaganda device in the country, the television. Nature abhors a vacuum and if people were not watching television, they would begin to think for themselves, instead of being told what to think. If the 10% factor were to ever be reached, it would constitute groupthink in reverse.

    There is no question that untold numbers of people are beginning to question the motives and actions of the government. And increasingly, these awakening sheep, are looking to us in the independent media for answers. The 64 million dollar question has to do with whether America will reach the 10% threshold in time to make any real difference?

    The Globalists Will Never Let the Number of Awake Americans Reach 10%
    If I can invoke the research of SNARC, don’t you think that the elite, with their vast resources already know the parameters of groupthink? Of course they do, they are using these principles against humanity in the here and now.

    Summary
    I am of the belief that the independent media is on the threshold of a major breakthrough and the 10% plateau will actually be achieved if even for only a short time. I firmly believe that the 10% factor will only be achieved for a very short time. The globalists are not yet ready to completely subjugate the planet. However, they do have failsafe positions which they will resort to if the trend curve of their movement is being thwarted by an awakening population. What are these failsafe strategies? World War III comes quickly to mind. One has to simply create a false flag, blame the next terrorist group and go to war in order to perpetuate the threat. Groupthink is invoked and history repeats itself, again. The globalists have even a more virulent failsafe position in the form of a biological attack upon the people of the United States. A widespread biological attack would quickly reverse the momentum of any social movement against globalist tyranny.

    Regardless, the only weapon that humanity has at it disposal in the moment, is to awaken as many people as possible.

    Dave Hodges is the Editor and Host of The Common Sense Show

  26. King Snake out of the grass
    New Saudi King Tied to Al Qaeda, Bin Laden and Islamic Terrorism

    By Washington’s Blog
    Global Research, February 04, 2015
    Url of this article:
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/new-saudi-king-tied-to-al-qaeda-bin-laden-and-islamic-terrorism/5429307
    Saudi_Arabia_svg
    We’ve long noted that Saudi Arabia is a huge supporter of terrorism.

    But the new Saudi king is particularly bad.

    Investors Business Daily notes:

    King Salman has a history of funding al-Qaida, and his son has been accused of knowing in advance about the 9/11 attacks.

    ***

    Salman once ran a Saudi charity tied to al-Qaida and has been named a defendant in two lawsuits accusing the Saudi royal family of helping the 9/11 terrorists, one of which the U.S. Supreme Court recently let move forward after years of being blocked by the State Department and the well-funded Saudi lobby.

    Plaintiffs have provided an enormous amount of material to source their accusations against Salman. Here’s why his ascension to the throne is not good news, especially as the terrorism threat grows:

    • Salman once headed the Saudi High Commission for Relief to Bosnia and Herzegovina, which served as a key charitable front for al-Qaida in the Balkans.

    • According to a United Nations-sponsored investigation, Salman in the 1990s transferred more than $120 million from commission accounts under his control — as well as his own personal accounts — to the Third World Relief Agency, another al-Qaida front and the main pipeline for illegal weapons shipments to al-Qaida fighters in the Balkans.

    • A U.N. audit found that the money was transferred following meetings with Salman, transfers that had no legitimate “humanitarian” purpose.

    • Former CIA officer Robert Baer has reported that an international raid of Saudi High Commission offices found evidence of terrorist plots against America.

    • Baer also revealed that Salman “personally approved” distribution of funds from the International Islamic Relief Organization, which also has provided material support to al-Qaida.

    • A recent Gulf Institute report says Salman and former Saudi intelligence chief Prince Turki al-Faisal knowingly aided and abetted al-Qaida in the run-up to 9/11.

    • Salman works closely with Saudi clerics Saleh al-Moghamsy, a radical anti-Semite, and Safar Hawali, a one-time mentor of Osama bin Laden, according to the Washington Free Beacon.

    • In “Why America Slept,” author Gerald Posner claimed that Salman’s son Ahmed bin Salman also had ties to al-Qaida and even advance knowledge of the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks.

    David Andrew Weinberg provides a superb round-up of Salman’s ties to terrorism and extremism:

    As former CIA official Bruce Riedel astutely pointed out, Salman was the regime’s lead fundraiser for mujahideen, or Islamic holy warriors, in Afghanistan in the 1980s, as well as for Bosnian Muslims during the Balkan struggles of the 1990s. In essence, he served as Saudi Arabia’s financial point man for bolstering fundamentalist proxies in war zones abroad.

    As longtime governor of Riyadh, Salman was often charged with maintaining order and consensus among members of his family. Salman’s half brother King Khalid (who ruled from 1975 to 1982) therefore looked to him early on in the Afghan conflict to use these family contacts for international objectives, appointing Salman to run the fundraising committee that gathered support from the royal family and other Saudis to support the mujahideen against the Soviets.

    Riedel writes that in this capacity, Salman “work[ed] very closely with the kingdom’s Wahhabi clerical establishment.” Another CIA officer who was stationed in Pakistan in the late 1980s estimates that private Saudi donations during that period reached between $20 million and $25 million every month. And as Rachel Bronson details in her book,Thicker Than Oil: America’s Uneasy Partnership With Saudi Arabia, Salman also helped recruit fighters for Abdul Rasul Sayyaf, an Afghan Salafist fighter who served as a mentor to both Osama bin Laden and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed.

    Reprising this role in Bosnia, Salman was appointed by his full brother and close political ally King Fahd to direct the Saudi High Commission for Relief of Bosnia and Herzegovina (SHC) upon its founding in 1992. Through the SHC, Salman gathered donations from the royal family for Balkan relief, supervising the commission until its until its recent closurein 2011. By 2001, the organization had collected around $600 million — nominally for relief and religious purposes, but money that allegedly also went to facilitating arms shipments, despite a U.N. arms embargo on Bosnia and other Yugoslav successor states from 1991 to 1996.

    And what kind of supervision did Salman exercise over this international commission? In 2001, NATO forces raided the SHC’s Sarajevo offices, discovering a treasure trove of terrorist materials: before-and-after photographs of al Qaeda attacks, instructions on how to fake U.S. State Department badges, and maps marked to highlight government buildings across Washington.

    The Sarajevo raid was not the first piece of evidence that the SHC’s work went far beyond humanitarian aid. Between 1992 and 1995, European officials tracked roughly $120 million in donations from Salman’s personal bank accounts and from the SHC to a Vienna-based Bosnian aid organization named the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA). Although the organization claimed to be focused on providing humanitarian relief, Western intelligence agencies estimated that the TWRA actually spent a majority of its funds arming fighters aligned with the Bosnian government.

    A defector from al Qaeda called to testify before the United Nations, and who gave a deposition for lawyers representing the families of 9/11 victims, alleged that bothSalman’s SHC and the TWRA provided essential support to al Qaeda in Bosnia, including to his 107-man combat unit. In a deposition related to the 9/11 case, he stated that the SHC “participated extensively in supporting al Qaida operations in Bosnia” and that the TWRA “financed, and otherwise supported” the terrorist group’s fighters.

    The SHC’s connection to terrorist groups has long been scrutinized by U.S. intelligence officials as well. The U.S. government’s Joint Task Force Guantanamo once included the Saudi High Commission on its list of suspected “terrorist and terrorist support entities.” The Defense Intelligence Agency also once accused the Saudi High Commission ofshipping both aid and weapons to Mohamed Farrah Aidid, the al Qaeda-linked Somali warlord depicted as a villain in the movie Black Hawk Down. Somalia was subject to a United Nations arms embargo starting in January 1992.

    ***

    The board of trustees for the Prince Salman Youth Center, which Salman himself chairs, today includes Saleh Abdullah Kamel, a Saudi billionaire whose name showed up on a purported list of al Qaeda’s earliest supporters known as the “golden chain.” (The Wall Street Journal reported that Kamel “denies supporting terror.”) But as the United States sought to shut down Saudi charities with ties to terrorism in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, Kamel and Salman both condemned the effort as an anti-Islamic witch hunt.

    In November 2002, Prince Salman patronized a fundraising gala for three Saudi charities under investigation by Washington: the International Islamic Relief Organization, al-Haramain Foundation, and the World Assembly of Muslim Youth. Since 9/11, all three organizations have had branches shuttered or sanctioned over allegations of financially supporting terrorism. That same month, Salman cited his experience on the boards of charitable societies, asserting that “it is not the responsibility of the kingdom” if others exploit Saudi donations for terrorism.

    ***

    The new king has also embraced Saudi cleric Saleh al-Maghamsi, an Islamic supremacist who declared in 2012 that Osama bin Laden had more “sanctity and honor in the eyes of Allah,” simply for being a Muslim, than “Jews, Christians, Zoroastrians, apostates, and atheists,” whom he described by nature as “infidels.” That didn’t put an end to Salman’s ties to Maghamsi, however. The new Saudi king recently served as head of the supervisory board for a Medina research center directed by Maghamsi. A year after Maghamsi’s offensive comments, Salman sponsored and attended a large cultural festival organized by the preacher. Maghamsi also advises two of Salman’s sons ….

    History Commons adds important details:

    By 1994, if not earlier, the NSA is collecting electronic intercepts of conversations between Saudi Arabian royal family members. Journalist Seymour Hersh will later write, “according to an official with knowledge of their contents, the intercepts show that the Saudi government, working through Prince Salman [bin Abdul Aziz], contributed millions to charities that, in turn, relayed the money to fundamentalists. ‘We knew that Salman was supporting all of the causes,’ the official told me.” By July 1996 or soon after, US intelligence “had more than enough raw intelligence to conclude…bin Laden [was] receiving money from prominent Saudis.” [Hersh, 2004, pp. 324, 329-330]

    One such alleged charity front linked to Salman is the Saudi High Commission in Bosnia (see 1996 and After). Prince Salman has long been the governor of Riyadh province. At the time, he is considered to be about fourth in line to be king of Saudi Arabia. His son Prince Ahmed bin Salman will later be accused of having connections with al-Qaeda leader Abu Zubaida (see Early April 2002). [PBS, 10/4/2004] It appears this surveillance of Saudi royals will come to an end in early 2001 (see (February-March 2001)).

    ***

    Author Roland Jacquard will later claim that in 1996, al-Qaeda revives its militant network in Bosnia in the wake of the Bosnian war and uses the Saudi High Commission (SHC) as its main charity front to do so. [Jacquard, 2002, pp. 69] This charity was founded in 1993 by Saudi Prince Salman bin Abdul-Aziz and is so closely linked to and funded by the Saudi government that a US judge will later render it immune to a 9/11-related lawsuit after concluding that it is an organ of the Saudi government. [New York Law Journal, 9/28/2005]

    bullet In 1994, British aid worker Paul Goodall is killed in Bosnia execution-style by multiple shots to the back of the head. A SHC employee, Abdul Hadi al-Gahtani, is arrested for the murder and admits the gun used was his, but the Bosnian government lets him go without a trial. Al-Gahtani will later be killed fighting with al-Qaeda and the Taliban in Afghanistan. [Schindler, 2007, pp. 143-144; Schindler is a professor at the U.S. Army War College]

    bullet In 1995, the Bosnian Ministry of Finance raids SHC’s offices and discovers documents that show SHC is “clearly a front for radical and terrorism-related activities.”[Burr and Collins, 2006, pp. 145]

    bullet In 1995, US aid worker William Jefferson is killed in Bosnia. One of the likely suspects, Ahmed Zuhair Handala, is linked to the SHC. He also is let go, despite evidence linking him to massacres of civilians in Bosnia. [Schindler, 2007, pp. 263-264]

    bullet In 1997, a Croatian apartment building is bombed, and Handala and two other SHC employees are suspected of the bombing. They escape, but Handala will be captured after 9/11 and sent to Guantanamo prison. [Schindler, 2007, pp. 266]

    bullet In 1997, SHC employee Saber Lahmar is arrested for plotting to blow up the US embassy in Saravejo. He is convicted, but pardoned and released by the Bosnian government two years later. He will be arrested again in 2002 for involvement in an al-Qaeda plot in Bosnia and sent to Guantanamo prison (see January 18, 2002).

    bullet By 1996, NSA wiretaps reveal that Prince Salman is funding Islamic militants using charity fronts (Between 1994 and July 1996).

    bullet A 1996 CIA report mentions, “We continue to have evidence that even high ranking members of the collecting or monitoring agencies in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, and Pakistan – such as the Saudi High Commission – are involved in illicit activities, including support for terrorists” (see January 1996).

    bullet Jacquard claims that most of the leadership of the SHC supports bin Laden. The SHC, while participating in some legitimate charitable functions, uses its cover to ship illicit goods, drugs, and weapons in and out of Bosnia. In May 1997, a French military report concludes: ”(T)he Saudi High Commission, under cover of humanitarian aid, is helping to foster the lasting Islamization of Bosnia by acting on the youth of the country. The successful conclusion of this plan would provide Islamic fundamentalism with a perfectly positioned platform in Europe and would provide cover for members of the bin Laden organization.” [Jacquard, 2002, pp. 69-71]

    However, the US will take no action until shortly after 9/11, when it will lead a raid on the SHC’s Bosnia offices. Incriminating documents will be found, including information on how to counterfeit US State Department ID badges, and handwritten notes about meetings with bin Laden. Evidence of a planned attack using crop duster planes is found as well. [Schindler, 2007, pp. 129, 284]

  27. This might be a desperate and imposing attempt on my part, but I can’t resist asking:

    I imagine you must know a few pyrotechnic guys or gals from your movie days…

    I know it’s all fake and all that, but I’d be very interested to hear a professional’s take on the burning Jordanian’s flames.

    And, I’d be very interested to hear your take on the make up, dummy, etc.

    But, more specifically:
    • Is pyrotech a very crowded field? How many special fx teams are there at this level in the business? 10? 100? 1000?

    What I am trying to assess is whether or not this kind of thing can be pulled off by some agency’s media and propaganda departments, or are they recruiting from the film industry. Because, if an outsider takes on such a job, I presume it is a one way street. I doubt that you can produce an ISIS burning man video, get paid and go back to business as usual.

    So, if the pool of professional pyro technicians is crowded, it’d be easy (with a bucketful of money) to get people to agree to a lifelong burden of this secret, as well as the risk of being suicided or murder-suicided at any given time.

    I assume the most likely scenario is that they find ones with serious financial, legal or addiction related problems and offer them salvation in return… Even then, every faker that is allowed to return from their ISIS gig alive, exponentially increases risk of being exposed. Yes, they can be scared and threatened to lifelong submission, but it still does increase the “risk factor” for the perpetrators.

    I am aware this video, or ISIS itself for that matter, do not need pyro debunking to know what they are: FAKE. But, this little curiosity is a small tester on my part… A dipstick, if you will.

    I am simply trying to understand the scope and breadth of the organized and synchronized shadow reality they are projecting on our cave wall, and what kind of risks of exposing themselves “they” are taking in the process. The more desperate they get, the more careless… And more careless means we are that much closer to hot and BIG war that they will not follow through…. A BIG motherf’n war of redemption where all prewar sins will be buried deep under the sins and rubble of war anyway… Like the missing trillions of Sept10. So, what do they care, right?

    (there is, of course, a slight chance that the pyro team is not american… but i doubt it… These are all SITE releases… They are a stone’s throw away from Pentagon and Langley)</i)

    • I am sorry Lilaleo, I haven’t seen the video of the pilot being burned. And I haven’t found it in the few moments I took to look for it just now. Do you have a link to a video of this?
      \\][//

    • Your page is not liking my posts with the link.. So I will try one without…

      You can either go to “zero cencorship dot com” and find it there, or go to willyloman… It’s the first link in both of his articles…

      • Well Lilaleo,
        Without seeing the video in question I will say this much, the “pyrotechnic” aspect of a special effect of this type is not a matter of great sophistication. What would be necessary is a professional make-up effects dummy that would burn in the same manner as a real living human being. Burning to death is not instantaneous, and in an open air situation as this seems to be, the victim would not succumb to smoke inhalation and go unconscious. Therefore, the agony of this victim would be apparent, grimacing, twisting in pain, screams, etc. These should all be obvious in a genuine portrayal of death by fire.
        The “dummy” would therefore have to be mechanized for such reactions. It could not be a simple static plastic flesh prop over a synthetic skeleton.
        \\][//

      • Thanks so much, Willy.

        I have tried posting many times… It just vanishes.. I don’t get a “moderation” alert or anything like that. And from your replies, I understand you don’t find them in the admin pages either.

        If it is not a bother, and if you are curious about video, shoot me an email, and I can reply with link.

        Mechanized dummy makes a lot of sense… Some of my best friends are mechanized dummies… ;-}]

  28. Lilaleo,
    We have had this problem from the beginning of your participation here, your email associated with posting here is not active, or cannot be accessed by gmail … ???
    Send a real email address to associate with your name or gravitar.

    Post it here with several links to other URL’s and it will not automatically post, but should go into moderation. I will see it there.
    \\][//

    • Delivery to the following recipient failed permanently:

      xxxxxxxx xxxx @.example.com

      Technical details of permanent failure:
      DNS Error: Address resolution of twitter.example.com. failed: Domain name not found

      —– Original message —–

      DKIM-Signature: v=1; a=rsa-sha256; c=relaxed/relaxed;
      d=gmail.com; s=20120113;
      h=mime-version:date:message-id:subject:from:to:content-type;
      bh=FFtQzdKvV7ASM24+6eyEo+0iD2gNPkbJxO5/pjGPNc8=;
      b=dOLOb3aY0SOzDKv5K7d26QAeV3v3bRmrH2stNk5vVJe2b3D3/ydBFrkFPe8LKun7eE
      TnkZ+3WTrMN/B9reHkF/9vjaZZVKkEfvYj+ESz8YNf+SF3h+vIh1iWdYwoMv+hkFjNeF
      YhPM5zAse3/+Zgdd1XfXXCLjqJZ47pqHHwuO9paR1hVfayiPMBDOqNhnV9AL2pwowwqW
      gfXJnXny5Fs2L/eMoTSaerchO/WjxQBNmc/RXGfM65Pfrp7pCjomka5DAJ0/rCZf4bRA
      Anjiqw2tr6yfjR+n3+e+uVNbu997nFOdiMSspLghkAPFuBG+BL18MIaUXH6fBFmwyYdZ
      ak+g==
      MIME-Version: 1.0
      X-Received: by 10.170.157.5 with SMTP id y5mr2348221ykc.123.1423159202763;
      Thu, 05 Feb 2015 10:00:02 -0800 (PST)
      Received: by 10.170.200.194 with HTTP; Thu, 5 Feb 2015 10:00:02 -0800 (PST)
      Date: Thu, 5 Feb 2015 12:00:02 -0600
      ____________________________ETC…
      \\][//

      • I will say this Lilaleo,
        Still having not seen the video, the still shots that I have seen lead me to the conclusion that this person, the pilot was actually set on fire and burned to death.
        I have no idea of what sort of nonsense is taking place on Willy Loman’s site, or if Scott himself is promoting this as some sort of faked video – but whoever there is, is to my mind another screwball.

        Now that this incident is going to be used for propaganda and manipulative purposes to advance the militarist agenda of NATO and Amerika, I have no doubt of that whatsoever.
        See: https://www.corbettreport.com/abe-government-parades-on-corpses-to-push-war-agenda/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+CorbettReportRSS+%28The+Corbett+Report%29
        \\][//

      • Understood.

        But… No video, then no analysis…. So, it should not lead you to any conclusions, really… Stills don’t cut it for this purpose I am afraid…

        The current wave of ISIS videos (of beheadings mostly), and the many false flag terror events are simply being used as pixie dust… Whoever it touches gets initiated to the new coalition against the pretend ISIS… France is all in, Japan is in, Belgium just joined, Netherlands more than willing, etc. etc. And, on the very day that Obama meets the Jordanian King, this video is released announcing Jordan’s status to the world. It is giving ALL of these countries to ultimately land on the region with full force. Or give the local nations like Jordan and Turkey an excuse to go in to Syria and Iraq…

        The totality of the video, which is 22 minutes, is a clear indication as to what kind of sentiments in which target group the propaganda is aimed at… Which, in turn, gives a good idea as to what the next thing they are preparing for is.

        But playing is totally optional, Willy. In an of itself, the video is absolutely irrelevant.

        I am afraid it is not as simple as “advancing” the militarist agenda… That could be true for current period, but the next stage will unfortunately involve EVERY nation’s military agenda. And, that is not a pretty thought, but would be fantastic to know how much longer before ISIS hits the fan.

        I appreciate your replies.

      • As you will Lilaleo,
        Frankly I am not interested enough to look up and view this video.
        I am not analyzing the video as I stated. It is just that the still images indicate that a human was burned to death.
        But the bottom line here is that it is neither here nor there to me at this point.
        \\][//

      • Lilaleo, This should be of interest to you:

        Rita Katz is at it again — Fake ISIS video exposed
        Posted: 04 Feb 2015 10:00 PM PST
        Zany prankster Rita Katz, 52, has co-produced a new video, this one purporting to show ISIS members burning a Jordanian pilot in a cage. The “ISIS” members are actually members of the Jordanian army, as you will see below. Rita’s claims (which is all over the corporate media) is that Muath Safi Yousef Al-Kasasbeh, 26, was aerial refueling his F-16 during a bomb run on 24 Dec 2014, when a mechanical problem forced him to eject over the city of Raqqah in northern Syria, by the Euphrates River. Then “ISIS captured him.”
        http://www.blacklistednews.com/Rita_Katz_is_at_it_again_%E2%80%94_Fake_ISIS_video_exposed/41539/0/38/38/Y/M.html
        \\][//

      • Lilaleo,

        I finally saw the video in question last night. This thing is so cinematic that it looks like something out of a modern film, not something shot in the field by real terrorists. And of course the source Rita Katz, is well known as a covert operator producing elaborate video productions for the Intelligence Community.

        My assessment after viewing it is that it is likely CGI special effects, and who knows if this person playing the pilot is real or an actor. I would presume the second. All actors, costumes, set, production.
        \\][//

      • I am really glad you had a chance to watch it, Willy. The video, aside from the actual burning, has many many layers of propaganda in it…

        To me, the most startling aspect of it is how obvious it is that this is not a product of some jihadists in balaclavas. Even then, browsing through online comments about it, seems like the tv zombies who have been numbed and dumbed down by systemic propaganda seems to swallow it hook, line and sinker, even though 99.9% of them have not really seen the video, and rely on MSM narratives of it instead. We already know that the MSM is a hornet’s nest of propaganda agents throughout. But, even then, I’d say the number of useful idiots and regular people who are not in on the deception are far larger than those actively doing the deceiving… Since I feel anyone in the industry who’s had more than a couple days’ experience in video and film production should be able to see through this right away, how they manage to keep silent about such in-your-face fakery is beyond me… That is why I was curious to hear your thoughts about what level of an f/x team would be required to pull this off.

        i am well familiar with the Katz operation there at SITE… SHe has shamelessly “managed” to release this video and all the beheading videos with photochopped heads, before they were actually “released” by ISIS.

        As I had said before, the videos and the propaganda involved in them, as well as their purpose are quite clear to me… What I find extremely scary, not just for the people of Middle East, but for the whole world, is how callous and how obvious they have now become, which, in turn, tells me that we are now dangerously close we have come to their end game of creating a world. One that, at this stage, have already passed a point of no return.

        By the way, the pilot himself is very real…. I mean, he is indeed a Jordanian pilot. But it seems like everything else beyond that, his crash and capture, his burning, etc. are fake.

        Thank you again for humoring me and watching this stupid video.

      • Well, the bottom line to this whole matter is that this ghoulish production is a product of Western Intelligence. The Katz out of the bag as an intel op for a long time, as you well know.

        Now just because this is a fine tuned production as far as set ups, quick cuts , and ham acting on the part of the so-called ‘terrorists’, this does’t necessarily prove that the actually burning sequence was special effects. When I mention CGI, it is due to the absolute realism of the scenes, which would have been virtually impossible with a dummy.

        Of course the proposition that this elaborate set up ended with an actual burning alive of a real human being is even more horrific. All the professional movie tricks that are obvious in the rest of the video do not prove the actual killing to be fake. Why fake it if they really killed the guy?

        There are all manner of possibilities, they may have actually set him afire and still embellished the flames with CGI for dramatic effect. They may have simply got dramatic effect from a real fire. There is nothing mysterious about dowsing something with fuel and lighting it.

        Bottom line is that this is clearly PSYOPs from Western Intel.
        \\][//

      • Rita Katz
        Born 1963 (age 51–52)
        Basra, Iraq
        Alma mater Tel Aviv University
        Occupation Terrorism analyst
        Years active 1997–present
        Employer SITE Institute
        Notable work(s) Terrorist Hunter: The Extraordinary Story of a Woman Who Went Undercover to Infiltrate the Radical Islamic Groups Operating in America[1]
        Title Executive Director
        Religion Jewish
        Children Four
        katz
        ______________________________________________
        “And also we’re very suspicious about this last one because Rita Katz is a long time MOSSAD front operation, which for years… her group manufactured the fake Bin Laden tapes, which really became a joke before they did the orchestrated killing of, well, whoever they killed in Pakistan.
        And we just can’t believe that they would roll her out again as a source of information when she has the least credibility of anybody in the world. And this person that they‘re talking about (decapitated) is an American? He’s not. He’s an Israeli and he served in the IDF (Israeli Defense Forces).
        Anybody who is an Israeli and was serving in the IDF… how he got into Syria? The Syrian government never would have let him in. So, we think he may have gotten in through Turkey.

        We’re very suspicious that this may even be another one of Rita Kat’z staged video events.”
        ~Jim W. Dean, a senior editor with Veteran’s Today
        \\][//

      • “So, we think he may have gotten in through Turkey.”

        I’m afraid turkey is not just a transit stop in the Isis crisis, but more the staging grounds for all anti-Syria operations in which Erdogan actively, but secretly participates in. If you remember, during the previous failed “get Assad” offensive, both the HQ for the so called Free Syrian Army and the Syrian Exile Government were located in Turkey.

        Turkey is also the center of all things Gladio in relation to Middle East and Central Asia. As a fan of Sibel’s, I’m sure you are familiar with the paradigm. I’ve also read her latest “fiction” Lone Gladio. Might not be a stellar novel, but it does bring some unparalleled insight to how things really work at ground level…

        In fact, I would go as far as saying that the chances of the katz videos having been produced in Turkey is extremely high.

        It is the only place in the region with the right ingredients… Turkish TV is quite advanced, technically, artistically and financially… They already have the propaganda specialists in place at the major TV networks who get their marching orders from American program directors… They have geographical access, casting, trained technical staff, hi-tech video production facilities, hollywood style movie sets, a hornet’s nest of armed jihadi nut jobs… The exact-same beheading scene in that Turkish TV series, complete with orange garb and black balaclava, was anything but a coincidence…

      • Yes, I do follow Sibel Edmonds closely. I am and have been on top of Gladio since the early 80’s . Now the transition to Gladio B with Sibel has been a remarkable journey into phase two of the strategy of tension.
        I appreciate your knowledgeable remarks about Turkish cinema, and the likelihood of Turkey being the real center for these psychological operations.
        \\][//

  29. Editor of Major German Newspaper Says He Planted Stories for the CIA
    2015/02/04

    Becoming the first credentialed, well-known media insider to step forward and state publicly that he was secretly a “propagandist,” an editor of a major German daily has said that he personally planted stories for the CIA.
    Saying he believes a medical condition gives him only a few years to live, and that he is filled with remorse, Dr. Udo Ulfkotte, the editor of Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, one of Germany’s largest newspapers, said in an interview that he accepted news stories written and given to him by the CIA and published them under his own name. Ulfkotte said the aim of much of the deception was to drive nations toward war.
    Dr. Ulfkotte says the corruption of journalists and major news outlets by the CIA is routine, accepted, and widespread in the western media, and that journalists who do not comply either cannot get jobs at any news organization, or find their careers cut short.
    Dr. Ulfkotte is the author of a book currently available only in German, “Bought Journalists” (Kopp 2014.) Aged 55, he was also once an advisor to the government of German Chancellor Helmet Kohl.
    http://rinf.com/alt-news/latest-news/editor-major-german-newspaper-says-planted-stories-cia/
    \\][//

  30. Section 3: Breakaway Light Poles
    Frangibility Requirement
    The FHWA adopted Section 7 of the 1985 AASHTO publication entitled “Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals” for implementation beginning in July 1990. This section requires more stringent breakaway characteristics. TxDOT’s previous design of roadway illumination assemblies (based on a 1975 AASHTO specification) does not meet these requirements.

    Breakaway light poles rely on frangible transformer bases to provide the breakaway feature. The 1985 AASHTO specification provides for a maximum change in momentum of a 1800 pound car to break the pole away. The 1975 AASHTO specification provided for a similar change in momentum except that the test vehicle weighed 2,250 pounds.

    Structural Requirement
    While providing the necessary frangibility, the base must also be structurally adequate to support the illumination pole for design wind speeds. Transformer bases meeting the ’85 AASHTO specification may not adequately support some 50 foot steel poles, notably those designed to meet the ’75 AASHTO specification.
    http://onlinemanuals.txdot.gov/txdotmanuals/hwi/breakaway_light_poles.htm

    http://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/roadway_dept/policy_guide/road_hardware/ctrmeasures/breakaway/
    \\][//

  31. The ‘Collective’ is a Fictitious Entity

    “Community Rights” defined properly is simply Individual Rights shared on equal basis with all within a community. The “Collective” of that community has no more authority over individual rights than any single individual would. However Collectivists of all stripes have asserted a higher value to the collected whole of people which they argue should give that whole authority beyond the aspect of an individual’s rights. They add to this claim that there is a collective right to impinge on individual rights for the benefit of the many.

    And here is the step onto the slippery slope that will by “necessity” lead to a monopoly of force held by not the whole of the people, but by ‘representatives’ of the whole, who are charged with faithfully executing the consensus will of the whole of the peoples. Now at this juncture in the assertions of this combined authority where the techniques of “governance” come into play in a nonsensical way. It is nonsense in that it insists on a degree of ‘trust’ in the integrity of those who have assumed this authority. ‘Trust’ is another word for “faith’, and faith is at its core a belief beyond rational reason.

    Faith is in its nature a matter of emotion and intuition, not empirical rationality. Therefore, all the wiles and human foibles come to play, a critical one being ‘charisma’, which becomes defined as a “leadership quality” regardless of the actual-known intents and motives of this ‘charismatic leader’. And the term “Confidence Man” is well known and defined sufficiently, but due to the emotional attraction of those to the con man these well known attributes are ignored, because emotion side-steps reason.

    At this point we have slid all the way down that slippery slope and are mired in the quicksand in a deep abyss. The system erected by the smartest crooks has become an ironclad structure, a Panoptic Maximum Security State with the agenda of “Full Spectrum Dominance”, just a euphemism for totalitarian tyranny.

    And all of this stems from the very first mistake in the sequence this article begins with; the assertion and acceptance of the Collectivist argument that community has more authority over individual rights than any single individual could. Put plainly, giving up Individual Liberty for the good of the Collective.

    This medium we are caught in, this ‘quicksand’, can be defined and characterized with specific exactitude, beginning with an understanding of ‘Public Relations’, as defined by the person who coined the term, Edward Bernays. Once a fundamental grasp of what Bernays describes, as a prescription for a secret government, one is then compelled by self interest to look further and discover the techniques that Bernays and the regime he set in motion use, and how individual will is subsumed in mass by perception manipulation, indoctrination, and regimentation.

    When one realizes how thorough and efficient this System has become at this late date, the problem can seem insurmountable. But it must be borne in mind that the problem is the Collective, therefore the solution must be Individual. Each is responsible for their own choice to submit, or rebel, and to balance the two responses in a strategic and wise manner.

    The only advice therefore submitted here is to understand the breadth of your inherent rights to Liberty, by virtue of your birth as a human being.
    \\][//

  32. What we took to be obvious on this side wasn’t to those bought into MSM hype

    Saturday, February 7, 2015
    Mystery Behind Dropping Oil Prices Solved – Concerted Manipulation
    Ulson Gunnar
    Activist Post

    Who’s surprised? Various stories had been invented by media houses across the Western world in an attempt to explain why oil prices have conveniently fallen, just in time to pressure Russia, Venezuela and Iran, and all while covert political subversion, attempts to sell all-out-war and other measures have completely failed to assert US interests around the world. The obvious answer was market manipulation, an answer US and other Western news sources refused to admit … that is until now.

    The New York Times in their article, “Saudi Oil Is Seen as Lever to Pry Russian Support From Syria’s Assad,” finally admits, “Saudi Arabia has been trying to pressure President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia to abandon his support for President Bashar al-Assad of Syria, using its dominance of the global oil markets at a time when the Russian government is reeling from the effects of plummeting oil prices.”

    But of course, despite this grain of truth, Saudi Arabia didn’t do this on their own, since Saudi Arabia isn’t destabilizing Syria on its own, or for its own interests. Saudi Arabia, while playing a significant part in the manipulation of global oil prices, is solely blamed for the purpose of compartmentalizing public perception. The reality is that global oil prices are being manipulated at the behest of the US not only to overthrow the government of Syria or pressure Iran, but to strike at Russia itself.

    The New York Times would have us believe that Saudi Arabia is rigging international oil prices to “bring peace in Syria,” making no mention of Saudi Arabia’s role in backing heavily armed militants streaming into the country turning it into a war zone to begin with. The NYT also makes no mention of the prospect of peace that might result should Saudi Arabia stop its immense state-sponsorship of international terrorism.

    For the “cause of peace,” Saudi Arabia is already estimated to have lost $39 billion. For a regime that chops the heads off its political opponents in public demonstrations meant to inspire medieval fear among its people, the idea that it is willing to lose billions in oil revenue to “promote peace” in Syria is plainly absurd, and raises serious questions about the legitimacy of the NYT.

    The New York Times would also mention Crimea’s return to Russia, but would stop short of linking oil market manipulation to the conflict in Ukraine. However, this is actually the key to understanding global geopolitics and how dropping oil prices fit in. Syria and Ukraine are linked, and Saudi Arabia’s role in putting pressure on Russia for one that matters a little to Riyadh (Syria), and another that matters not at all (Ukraine), shows how Riyadh’s foreign policy is driven not by national interests, but by obligations it apparently owes to Washington and London (significant obligations that if not met would end with the dissolution of the House of Saud).

    Instead of focusing on Saudi Arabia and claims that it is solely responsible for global oil prices being cut in half despite no discernible changes in supply and demand, the global public should see a wider confrontation playing out. The US is using its vast influence over finance, energy, the media and many other economic and political sectors to wage full-spectrum war on those resisting its hegemonic expansion globally.

    Other news agencies who helped invent explanations regarding dropping oil prices, included the Washington Post which claimed in its article, “Falling oil prices put pressure on Russia, Iran and Venezuela,” that,
    THE SILVER lining in the recent financial market turbulence has been the continued decline in the price of oil, which is down about 25 percent since June. In addition to creating a windfall for U.S. consumers — one analysis reckoned the savings could amount to $600 per household — the drop, if sustained, will place considerable pressure on three problematic petrostates: Russia, Iran and Venezuela. The aggressively anti-American foreign policies pursued by all three countries in recent years have been financed in large part by soaring oil revenue.
    Silver lining? Or concerted conspiracy? The NYT provides the light shining through the Washington Post’s cloudy analysis, confirming indeed it is a concerted conspiracy.

    What does this say about global energy markets and their intertwining with various other sociopolitical issues including the debate over climate change, spikes in prices that strangulate development globally and wars waged for “humanitarian reasons” against nations that just so happen to export oil outside of markets controlled by Washington and London? It says a lot, and illustrates that many of the facades and social crusades well-meaning people have taken up leave them carrying water for one of the most perverse, destructive industries on Earth, in human history … big oil.

    The Saudis wouldn’t last long without both internal and external security and support both military and political, provided by the US and others to prop up the otherwise politically and morally bankrupt petrostate. Despite exercising barbarism as a matter of national policy not seen in other countries since the dark ages, its head of state was given passionate eulogies by Western dignitaries as he passed away, with London going as far as flying its national flag at half-mast for the deceased monarch.

    Showing general respect for others, good or evil, may not be so offensive, were it not for the fact that the US and UK regularly undermine and destroy the governments of others guilty of far less egregious crimes than those associated with the House of Saud. This illustrates that US foreign policy toward nations is not determined by moral or legal obligations, but rather the utility or opposition each state poses to the hegemonic designs driving US ambitions overseas.

    Taking this to its logical conclusion, the US and its large collection of client states around the world, are undermining Syria, waging economic war against Russia, destabilizing China at home while chasing their investors out of any nation they’re found in, not based on some moral imperative, but specifically because of the absolute, utter lack of morality. Understanding this cuts through the various invented stories constantly emanating from the Western media, including myths about miraculously dropping oil prices and their “serendipitous” and “coincidental” impact they just so happen to have on all of America’s perceived enemies.

    Even the Washington Post admits there really is no tie between Venezuela, Iran and Russia, except claims that each is “autocratic” and “anti-American.” The real common denominator is their respective resistance to US hegemony in their regions of the world. And while many reasons were invented to explain the convenient drop in oil prices, we can see once again that when events unfold the first question to be asked in identifying the perpetrators is “to whose benefit?” Had the Washington Post fulfilled their duty as journalists and asked this question, readers around the world would not have waited months to finally learn the truth behind dropping oil prices. The answer was simple but ridiculed as “Kremlin propaganda” at the time, but of course, is now fully admitted to to be machinations carried out by Russia’s enemies.

    Lesson learned? Hopefully the next turn in economic fortune in the markets, or terrorist act carried out that “just so happens” to benefit the US and its partners around the world, people will hold those who stand to benefit the most with increased scrutiny and suspicion.

    Ulson Gunnar, a New York-based geopolitical analyst and writer especially for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook”, where this first appeared.

  33. Early “Psychological Warfare” Research and the Rockefeller Foundation
    By Prof. James F. Tracy
    Global Research, April 29, 2012
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/early-psychological-warfare-research-and-the-rockefeller-foundation/30594

    The Rockefellers: Founders of the Disclosure Movement
    Why are the Rockefellers and the Jesuits guiding the UFO Disclosure Movement?
    http://redefininggod.com/2014/10/why-are-the-rockefellers-and-the-jesuits-guiding-the-ufo-disclosure-movement/

    The total sandwich, the bread, the baloney and the mustard…
    \\][//

    • I don’t think so… it doesn’t look to me like a nuclear blast. The so called “mushroom cloud” does not light up as it would in an actual nuclear explosion. The turbulence in the upper cloud would be as brilliant as the initial blast on the ground and would last a great deal longer.
      \\][//

      • Me either. The initial blast would have been much much brighter. Be interesting though to see what’s what’s put out through MSM and alternate media. Be a good indicator of how wacky things are throughout the different sources. Alex Jones is already hyping it as a possible nuke.

      • “Alex Jones is already hyping it as a possible nuke.”

        Well that figures, Jones is a hyper sniper if there ever was one.
        I haven’t checked on on Alex’ ululations for quite some time. I see it rather COTOesque in it’s burlesque.
        I would posit Boomerbanger has hopped on the nuclear bandwagon over at C1 by now, as far as this Ukrainian nukulele hula hoop spin goes… And Puddy goes, “just as I predicted back in 2010..”
        Hahahahahahaha!!!
        \\][//

      • I don’t follow Alex Jones at all but some things jump out as this did so I sniffed it out on youtube. I get Infowars but can’s stand listening to him. There’s a creepyness to his site and he’s creepy.

      • Jones is creepy in himself, but the commentary on his site is really overboard. The outright Jew-baiting bothers me. You know my take on Zionism. But it goes beyond reason there…
        \\][//

      • I’ve seen him and his bullhornbarge right into peaceful protests online if they created a presence and turn the situation ugly where in he started a riot and people were clubbed and arrested. Also remember his organization bringing questionable people from the other side in. He’s a fear monger

  34. Michel Chossudovsky joins GRTV once again to discuss his new book, “The Globalization of War.” We discuss the threat of nuclear warfare, NATO’s use of proxy terrorist armies to destabilise sovereign nations, and how people can fight back against the US-NATO war agenda.

    https://www.corbettreport.com/the-globalization-of-war-and-how-to-resist-it/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+CorbettReportRSS+%28The+Corbett+Report%29
    \\][//

  35. “Everybody must get stoned!” ~Dylan

    “In West Bengal, a group of 150 elephants smashed their way into a warehouse and drank a massive amount of moonshine. They got so drunk they went on a rampage and killed five people, as well as demolishing seven concrete buildings. If you give hash to male mice, they become horny and seek out females — but then they find “they can barely crawl over the females, let alone mount them,” so after a little while they yawn and start licking their own penises.

    In Vietnam, the water buffalo have always shunned the local opium plants. They don’t like them. But when the American bombs started to fall all around them during the war, the buffalo left their normal grazing grounds, broke into the opium fields, and began to chew. They would then look a little dizzy and dulled. When they were traumatized, it seems, they wanted — like the mongoose, like us — to escape from their thoughts.”
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Why_Animals_Eat_Psychoactive_Plants/41727/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

  36. Is the restriction of yelling “fire” in a crowded theater really a matter of restricting free speech?

    If there really is a fire in the theater then yelling fire is not a crime. Therefore the crime is not in the act of yelling fire, but in the danger ensuing of a panicked crowd. A crowd is just as likely to panic in a real fire, whether someone yells out that there is a fire or not. Intent is the key to the matter as in all accusations of crime. A person may actually believe there is a fire when there is none.
    I don’t think it is a restriction of speech but a restriction on acting with bad intent in any aspect.

    I think framing the issue as one of restricting free speech is a dangerous one, that can lead to other excuses to restrict free speech.
    . . . .

    Before my musings on the issues of “free speech” above are taken as frivolous arguments, consider these further points:

    First and foremost speech, whether written or spoken is an action. It is actually actions that are properly judged by law, not thoughts.

    So to look at the “crying fire” angle from another perspective; consider the situation where someone hits a Fire Alarm in the hallway of a hotel. If there is no real fire, and this action is done as a “prank” which causes panic and a response by firefighters and other emergency personnel; the action of causing all of this will be deemed an unlawful act. There will be no mention of “freedom of expression” or any other such argumentation. It is the action that is judged to be harmful.
    . . . .
    One more example here:
    “Threats”.
    Are threats to be judged under the auspices of speech or action?

    Certainly a threat can be made verbally or as a written message. But a threat can also be made by the direct action of physical posturing. This type of threat is called “assault”. As is well known, in jurisprudence, “assault & battery” are two separate crimes. ‘Assault” is a physical threat of reaching towards in an aggressive manner, of getting to close to another’s space. One can be charged with assault whether battery ensues or not.

    So to recap, assault is an action, a type of threat. Like the issues involving fire, it is not a matter of ‘speech’ but of action which is judged as dangerous or punitive.

    To sum up, crying “fire” is first and foremost an ACT. By framing this act as a matter of “speech” is to lend to the problems we are already discussing here; whether it is ‘speech’ itself that is dangerous, or action and intent.
    \\][//

    • “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights..”~Thomas Jefferson, 1776

      Thus begins the proposal that goes forward to become the most eloquent statement of conspiracy theory ever penned by mankind.
      \\][//

  37. U.S. Military Expert Shoots Down Washington’s Weapons-to-Ukraine Argument

    Eric Zuesse
    Michael Kofman isn’t just an American defense expert; he’s specialized in the precise region where Ukraine is located. He spent years managing professional military education programs and military-to-military engagements for senior officers at National Defense University. There he served as a subject matter expert and adviser to military and government officials on issues in Russia/Eurasia. And, now, he is telling the Brookings Institution war-hawks, and its insider ‘experts’ whose expertise is about getting America into invasions but not getting us out, and is certainly not about “winning” anything more than defense contracts — he is telling them that their arguments for getting us into sending weapons to Ukraine as our “proxy” against Russia, is a shockingly stupid and counterproductive idea for everyone but America’s armaments-makers.
    America’s weapons makers won’t like what he has to say, because he’s not selling their products into Ukraine’s civil war (a huge and wholly taxpayer-funded market), like President Obama’s advisors, and John McCain and other Republicans, definitely are. (They’re such fine salesmen.)
    In the February issue of National Interest journal, he headlines, “How to Start a Proxy War with Russia” (with Ukraine being the “Proxy”), and he subheads, with remarkable (even courageous) directness: “Arming the Ukrainian government would be a bad idea, no matter what the next defense secretary says.” He opens by taking on not only the new Defense Secretary Ashton Carter, but the Brookings ‘experts’ who are looking to become hired by President Hillary Clinton (all war-hawks not much different from G.W. Bush’s Paul Wolfowitz and other such ‘defense experts’).

    He says:
    ——
    Sending a mix of weapons to Ukraine is unlikely to improve the situation, given the overwhelming force-on-force mismatch the country faces against Russia, but it could add fuel to a fire that is steadily consuming the country’s chances of emerging as a new nation on a European path. … [The Brookings report] does not offer recommendations on a path to peace, and no explanation of how weapons shipments could result in a political settlement to the war. … The [Brookings] report is intended to press the reluctant president into changing his course in Ukraine [so as to send lethal weapons]. …
    Its core premise is that by giving Ukraine the ability to kill more Russian soldiers, sending weapons would raise the costs of war for Moscow to an unacceptable level, thus forcing Russia to abandon its existing policy and thus deterring further aggression. The weakness in the armaments proposal is that it offers no vision for what a new political settlement to the current conflict might look like. … This [Brookings] document advocates in no subtle terms for the United States to undertake a proxy war with Russia in Ukraine, and to supply the country with weapons equivalent to half of its [Ukraine’s] current defense budget. …
    One of the problems in the report’s argumentation is that it lists a series of fears and anxieties regarding Russia’s territorial ambitions. … [However,] analysis of Russia’s annexation of Crimea has shown that the operation was inherently unique and could not be repeated elsewhere in Europe, while Moscow has demonstrated little interest in spontaneously invading NATO countries. On the contrary, previous references regarding the Russian world, or Novorossiya, have already been eliminated from official rhetoric. Real ultranationalists in Russia are suppressed by the government, which does not plan to realize their ambitions.
    Russia has shown no desire for a broader invasion of Ukraine, either, although it has the means, and the report confirms that Ukrainian officials believe a large-scale attack to create a land corridor to Crimea is highly unlikely. …
    In reality, the United States has absolutely no obligations to Ukraine’s security under any type of accord or framework. … American credibility is not on the line in what is first and foremost a European effort, especially when Berlin refuses to see such policies as viable. …
    Experts familiar with the reasons for Ukraine’s military defeat understand that it is … because its army as a whole is not a capable force. It lacks logistics, training, commanders with experience at maneuvering brigade- or battalion-sized elements, any coordination between volunteer battalions and regular forces, along with independent military analysis of the problems. There is no intelligence, no mobile reserves, no unified command and a political leadership that often seems disconnected from the facts on the ground. Dumping weapons into this operating environment is unlikely to prove a solution to the problems, all of which are fundamental and structural. …
    [Furthermore, despite Washington’s assumption to the contrary,] the overwhelming majority of fighters [on the rebel side] are locals and likely Ukrainian citizens, which completely undermines the premise of the entire [Brookings] report that Russian forces are the key participants and their casualties will prove a deterrent. …
    NATO’s estimates [of Russian involvement] … are so fantastical in range, that they suggest there is an entire Russian armored division fighting in Ukraine, perhaps even two, that have gone unnoticed by U.S. satellites. …
    The [Brookings] authors also advocate for strategic air defense, even though one of the few areas where Ukraine’s military remains effective is precisely in air defense. … [and] no airpower has been used by Russia in this war [so that’s useless anyway]. …
    The real problem is that many of Ukraine’s munitions are long past their service lives, the United States has no replacements for them or a quick fix for the lack of training and experience amongst Ukraine’s soldiers. The administration was right in arguing that any weapon we provide will be matched by Russia, escalating the conflict with no advantage gained for Ukraine. …
    The [Brookings] authors keenly argue for the provision of armored Humvees, a piece of equipment not only long derided by U.S. troops and due for replacement, but also an unnecessary recommendation in light of Ukraine’s advanced defense industry. Ukraine is highly capable and proficient at producing indigenous lightly armored vehicles and heavy tanks. This is actually Ukraine’s defense industry’s area of expertise.
    ——
    Bottom line: If Obama sends weapons, like Brookings advises $3 billion worth, it’ll get the U.S. into a “proxy war” against Russia, and one that we’ll almost certainly lose (along with that $3 billion of expenses paid to U.S. arms-makers by us taxpayers).
    For once: a real military expert, who’s something more than just a salesman for Raytheon, Lockheed Martin, GE, and other eager manufacturers of killing-machines.
    For once: a patriotic American in Washington. Probably this scathing report he wrote on the Establishment’s new proposal for wasting another $3 billion to kill people (specifically to kill the residents in the Donbass region of the former Ukraine) will prevent Michael Kofman from rising any further. He’s not doing his sell-job for the privateers; he’s doing his advisory job for the public, but in a country that’s being run for the benefit of its aristocracy, not of its public. (The public are here only to pay taxes to fund the aristocracy’s ventures — in this case its next invasion.)
    Will Michael Kofman end up in the breadlines, while the authors of the Brookings report end up in the headlines, and inside the White House? What would a President Elizabeth Warren, or a President Bernie Sanders, say about that? Of course, no one knows, but virtually all of the other prospective Presidential candidates would probably love to preside over more opportunities to “protect” “allies,” such as Ukraine’s ravenous oligarchs, who are already stripping that entire country clean — but they’re ‘America’s friends.’
    As for the residents of Donbass: they get in the way of Obama’s plans — such as to place nuclear missiles right next door to Russia.
    ——
    PS:
    My personal goal is now to end NATO; its continued existence after the end of the Soviet Union is an enormous crime and exposes that a significant part of NATO’s support during the Cold War had nothing whatsoever to do with any ideological battle, between communism and capitalism, or between democracy and totalitarianism, but is instead a mere global grab-for-power by America’s aristocracy, to subordinate all other nations’ aristocracies to it — and to ignore all the bloodshed and vast economic waste that has been entailed by this psychopathic American aristocratic grab-for-global-power. That ugliness of NATO’s past is now the ONLY thing that exists in NATO’s present; the ideological case for NATO’s existence is long-since entirely gone; so, NATO is now 100% fraudulent, 100% an aristocratic lie; it must therefore end, ASAP, in order to end the growing global danger of catastrophic nuclear war. Why are ‘peaceniks’ not marching by the millions worldwide to end that abomination, NATO?
    There was justification for America’s post-WW-II cold war against communism and against totalitarianism. There is no justification for the U.S. Government’s war (of any type) against Russia. That entirely unnecessary and increasingly harmful and dangerous war doesn’t say anything about Russia, but it says lots — all of it very damning — about the current U.S. Government, and about all of NATO. It’s a criminal operation now. Germany should quit. France should quit. Albania should quit. Belgium should quit. Bulgaria should quit. Canada should quit. Croatia should quit. Czech Republic should quit. Denmark should quit. Estonia should quit. Greece should quit. Hungary should quit. Iceland should quit. Italy should quit. Latvia should quit. Lithuania should quit. Luxembourg should quit. Netherlands should quit. Norway should quit. Poland should quit. Portugal should quit. Romania should quit. Slovakia should quit. Slovenia should quit. Spain should quit. Turkey should quit. U.K. should quit.
    The Soviet Union is gone. Communism is gone. Permanent war should also be gone.
    “It is our true policy to steer clear of permanent alliance with any portion of the foreign world”: George Washington said this to us in his Farewell Address. The inaugural pledge of Thomas Jefferson was equally clear: “Peace, commerce, and honest friendship with all nations—entangling alliances with none.”
    The continued existence of NATO is actually un-American. The U.S. should therefore now also quit NATO. The U.S. aristocracy should quit itself. America’s Founders were firmly against aristocracy, and were passionate supporters of the public, no caste system at all (except acceptance of slavery, which the South insisted on keeping, and which the last of America’s Founders, Abraham Lincoln, finally ended).
    And, while we’re at it, special trade-alliances between aristocracies — TTIP, TPP, TISA, and others — are also un-American; and anyone in Congress who supports them is un-American, and should be removed from Congress for that.
    But NATO is now, because America’s war-mongers are on fire to shed the blood of others in order to conquer Russia. The war-mongers might benefit from it, but everyone else will be harmed by it. The end of NATO should come now. NATO is today’s clear and present threat. Ending it will be good for America. Ending it will be good for the world. Ending it will enable countries around the world to spend more on building prosperity, and to spend less on building bombs to destroy other people’s prosperity.
    For the spirit of America’s Founders to lead in the modern world, it will be by our example, not by our bombs. America’s enemies, such as ISIS, can be dealt with far more effectively without NATO, than with it. NATO sets an example that even ISIS can use in order to further inspire hatred against America. What did we gain by invading Iraq? Hatred. The aristocracy might have gained, but the publics everywhere suffered from it. Invading Iraq gained us the hatred of much of the global public. America’s public also suffer from this global growth in hatred, even if America’s aristocrats might have gained financially from instigating it.
    This is supposed to be a democracy. We should become one, again.
    —————
    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  38. More dissent from the rankled upper ranks

    ‘Realists’ Warn Against Ukraine Escalation
    February 10, 2015

    Exclusive: The neocons’ war-and-more-war bandwagon is loaded up again and rolling downhill as “everyone who matters” in Washington is talking up sending sophisticated weapons to Kiev to escalate Ukraine’s civil war, but some “realists,” an endangered species in U.S. foreign policy, dissent, notes Robert Parry.

    By Robert Parry

    In recent years, Official Washington – the politicians, the think tanks and the major news media – has been dominated by neoconservatives and their sidekicks, the “liberal interventionists,” with the old-school “realists” who favor a more measured use of American power largely marginalized. But finally, on the dangerous issue of Ukraine, some are speaking up.

    Two of the few remaining “realists” with some access to elite opinion circles, Stephen M. Walt and John J. Mearsheimer, have written articles opposing the new hot idea in Washington to arm the Kiev regime so it can more efficiently kill ethnic Russians battling to expand their territory in eastern Ukraine.

    Russian President Vladimir Putin during a state visit to Austria on June 24, 2014. (Official Russian government photo)
    Russian President Vladimir Putin during a state visit to Austria on June 24, 2014. (Official Russian government photo)
    As classic “realists,” these two academics do not argue so much the moral issue of whether the eastern Ukrainians should be slaughtered in the Kiev regime’s determination to crush all resistance to its authority or whether the U.S. support for last year’s overthrow of elected President Viktor Yanukovych was justified. Instead, they focus on whether arming the Kiev regime makes sense for U.S. interests.

    But what is most remarkable about the two articles – one in Foreign Policy and the other in the New York Times opinion section – is that they deviate from the relentless pro-escalation “group think” that has dominated the U.S. policy debate, across the board, on Ukraine. It’s almost shocking to encounter two foreign policy experts who aren’t on the latest rush-to-war bandwagon.

    Granted, their arguments are relatively narrow, focusing on the likely consequences of shipping weapons to the unstable Kiev regime, but still – such skepticism about the conventional wisdom is almost heretical these days.

    In Foreign Policy, Walt notes that despite the emerging consensus to ship arms to Ukraine, “few experts think this bankrupt and divided country is a vital strategic interest and no one is talking about sending U.S. troops to fight on Kiev’s behalf. So the question is: does sending Ukraine a bunch of advanced weaponry make sense? The answer is no.”

    Walt contends that many of the prominent Washington figures advocating weapons shipments have been wrong before about the results of expanding NATO eastwards in the 1990s, predicting that the move would not threaten Russia and contribute to enduring peace in Europe.

    “That prediction is now in tatters, alas, but these experts are now doubling down to defend a policy that was questionable from the beginning and clearly taken much too far,” Walt wrote. “As the critics warned it would, open-ended NATO expansion has done more to poison relations with Russia than any other single Western policy.”

    Misreading Moscow

    Walt also notes that the arm-Kiev advocates were misinterpreting Russia’s posture regarding Ukraine and thus were applying a “deterrence model” to a “spiral model” situation, i.e., that Russia was not the expansive and aggressive power that Germany was in the 1930s but rather a cornered and weakened ex-superpower fearful of what it views as encroachment against its dwindling sphere of influence.

    In the case of an emerging power like Nazi Germany, deterrence would be the strategy to block its expansion, but a declining power like Russia believes that it is the one on the defensive and thus its reaction to an aggressive military response would be to increase its paranoia and thus create a spiral toward a worsening conflict and greater hostility, not toward a peaceful solution.

    “When insecurity is the taproot of a state’s revisionist actions, making threats just makes the situation worse,” Walt wrote. “When the ‘spiral model’ applies, the proper response is a diplomatic process of accommodation and appeasement (yes, appeasement) to allay the insecure state’s concerns.

    “Such efforts do not require giving an opponent everything it might want or removing every one of its worries, but it does require a serious effort to address the insecurities that are motivating the other side’s objectionable behavior.”

    But the problem with Walt’s prescription is that it goes against the “group think” of Official Washington, which “knows” that Russian President Vladimir Putin is the new Hitler instigating the Ukraine crisis as part of some master plan to conquer much of eastern Europe and build a new Russian empire.

    Though that scenario lacks any evidentiary support – and goes against the facts of the Ukraine crisis which was actually instigated by the European Union and neocons in the Obama administration – it is a storyline that nearly every important person in Washington believes. Which is what makes Walt’s accurate assessment so startling.

    Walt describes the dominant view as: “Vladimir Putin is a relentless aggressor who is trying to recreate something akin to the old Soviet empire, and thus not confronting him over Ukraine will lead him to take aggressive actions elsewhere. The only thing to do, therefore, is increase the costs until Russia backs down and leaves Ukraine free to pursue its own foreign policy. …

    “In addition to bolstering deterrence, in short, giving arms to Kiev is intended to coerce Moscow into doing what we want. Yet the evidence in this case suggests the spiral model is far more applicable. Russia is not an ambitious rising power like Nazi Germany or contemporary China; it is an aging, depopulating, and declining great power trying to cling to whatever international influence it still possesses and preserve a modest sphere of influence near its borders, so that stronger states — and especially the United States — cannot take advantage of its growing vulnerabilities.

    “Putin & Co. are also genuinely worried about America’s efforts to promote ‘regime change’ around the world — including Ukraine — a policy that could eventually threaten their own positions. It is lingering fear, rather than relentless ambition, that underpins Russia’s response in Ukraine.

    “Moreover, the Ukraine crisis did not begin with a bold Russian move or even a series of illegitimate Russian demands; it began when the United States and European Union tried to move Ukraine out of Russia’s orbit and into the West’s sphere of influence. That objective may be desirable in the abstract, but Moscow made it abundantly clear it would fight this process tooth and nail.

    “U.S. leaders blithely ignored these warnings — which clearly stemmed from Russian insecurity rather than territorial greed — and not surprisingly they have been blindsided by Moscow’s reaction. The failure of U.S. diplomats to anticipate Putin’s heavy-handed response was an act of remarkable diplomatic incompetence, and one can only wonder why the individuals who helped produce this train wreck still have their jobs.”

    Safety in Numbers

    But the reason that people like Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland and U.S. Ambassador Geoffrey Pyatt, who helped plot the overthrow of the Yanukovych government a year ago, is that they represent the neocon/liberal-interventionist dominance of Official Washington. That’s also why key media advocates for the Iraq War, like the Washington Post’s Fred Hiatt and the New York Times’ Thomas L. Friedman, still have their jobs; they ran with the powerful herd and are proof that there really is safety in numbers.

    Citing the “spiral model,” Walt warns that the current popular idea of arming the Kiev forces “will only make things worse. It certainly will not enable Ukraine to defeat the far stronger Russian army; it will simply intensify the conflict and add to the suffering of the Ukrainian people.

    “Nor is arming Ukraine likely to convince Putin to cave in and give Washington what it wants. Ukraine is historically linked to Russia, they are right next door to each other, Russian intelligence has long-standing links inside Ukraine’s own security institutions, and Russia is far stronger militarily. Even massive arms shipments from the United States won’t tip the balance in Kiev’s favor, and Moscow can always escalate if the fighting turns against the rebels, as it did last summer.”

    Walt also saw danger signs around Washington’s take-it-or-leave-it style of negotiating, rather than trying to reach a solution that would work for both sides. He wrote:

    “Instead of engaging in genuine bargaining, American officials tend to tell others what to do and then ramp up the pressure if they do not comply. Today, those who want to arm Ukraine are demanding that Russia cease all of its activities in Ukraine, withdraw from Crimea, and let Ukraine join the EU and/or NATO if it wants and if it meets the membership requirements. In other words, they expect Moscow to abandon its own interests in Ukraine, full stop.”

    Though the facts and logic rest with Walt’s argument, he is confronting one of the most single-minded “group thinks” in modern U.S. history, even more unquestioning than the certainty of 2002-2003 that Iraq possessed WMDs and was about to share them with al-Qaeda.

    A Second Voice

    Similarly, Mearsheimer warns that the idea of shipping advanced weaponry to Ukraine “would be a huge mistake for the United States, NATO and Ukraine itself. Sending weapons to Ukraine will not rescue its army and will instead lead to an escalation in the fighting. Such a step is especially dangerous because Russia has thousands of nuclear weapons and is seeking to defend a vital strategic interest. …

    “Because the balance of power decisively favors Moscow, Washington would have to send large amounts of equipment for Ukraine’s army to have a fighting chance. But the conflict will not end there. Russia would counter-escalate, taking away any temporary benefit Kiev might get from American arms. …

    “Proponents of arming Ukraine have a second line of argument. The key to success, they maintain, is not to defeat Russia militarily, but to raise the costs of fighting to the point where Mr. Putin will cave. The pain will supposedly compel Moscow to withdraw its troops from Ukraine and allow it to join the European Union and NATO and become an ally of the West.

    “This coercive strategy is also unlikely to work, no matter how much punishment the West inflicts. What advocates of arming Ukraine fail to understand is that Russian leaders believe their country’s core strategic interests are at stake in Ukraine; they are unlikely to give ground, even if it means absorbing huge costs.

    “Great powers react harshly when distant rivals project military power into their neighborhood, much less attempt to make a country on their border an ally. This is why the United States has the Monroe Doctrine, and today no American leader would ever tolerate Canada or Mexico joining a military alliance headed by another great power.

    “Russia is no exception in this regard. Thus Mr. Putin has not budged in the face of sanctions and is unlikely to make meaningful concessions if the costs of the fighting in Ukraine increase. … The possibility that Mr. Putin might end up making nuclear threats may seem remote, but if the goal of arming Ukraine is to drive up the costs of Russian interference and eventually put Moscow in an acute situation, it cannot be ruled out. If Western pressure succeeded and Mr. Putin felt desperate, he would have a powerful incentive to try to rescue the situation by rattling the nuclear saber.”

    In other words, the dominant neocon-to-liberal-hawk axis of Washington is pushing the United States into a dangerous confrontation that could easily be avoided if traditional diplomacy were allowed to work – and the reasonable interests of the various parties were taken into account.

    While the outer-limit endgame of the Ukraine crisis could be the ultimate endgame of nuclear war, the core issue in dispute is remarkably pedestrian – the pace of Ukraine increasing its economic ties to the EU while maintaining many of its traditional business ties to Russia.

    This disagreement should have been resolved fairly easily within the political structure of Ukraine’s constitutional process. In November 2013, President Yanukovych – after learning that the cost of abruptly cutting ties to Russia would be a staggering $160 billion – asked for more time to work on the problem.

    But, amid mass protests by western Ukrainians against Yanukovych’s decision, Nuland and other U.S. neocons saw an opportunity for another “regime change” – and some neocons, like National Endowment for Democracy President Carl Gershman, hoped that Ukraine could be the route toward ousting Russia’s Putin, who had offended the neocons by opposing their “regime change” strategies for Syria and Iran. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Neocons’ Ukraine-Syria-Iran Gambit.”]

    After the coup ousting Yanukovych last Feb. 22, ethnic Russians in southern and eastern Ukraine resisted the new right-wing regime in Kiev, which was backed by neo-Nazi militias. Crimea’s leaders and voters opted for secession from the Ukrainian madhouse and Putin agreed to take the strategic peninsula back into Russia.

    Ethnic Russians in eastern Ukraine also rose up and were targeted by the Kiev regime for an “anti-terrorist operation,” which involved shelling their cities and unleashing brutal neo-Nazi brigades to go door-to-door killing suspected separatists. Conservative estimates of the death toll – primarily among ethnic Russians – now exceed 5,000 and some estimates are many times that number.

    But Official Washington views the conflict almost entirely through the neocon prism of “Russian aggression” and “everyone who matters” is now intent on escalating the bloodshed by upgrading the lethality of Kiev’s arsenal. That’s why it’s startling to hear a couple of rare and “realist” voices of dissent.

    • The neoconservative/neoliberal synthesis is the most obvious case of the Hegelian Dialectic of this era.

      Yes, “realists” are a species on the brink of extinction. Motorpsychos rule the political highways.

      Chinese cussing paves the way!
      \\][//

  39. ORDO AB CHAO

    “All the world’s a stage…”~ Shakespeare

    The puppetmasters create “dis order” so the people will demand “order”. The price of “order” always entails a handing over of control and loss of freedom on the part of the citizenry. Out of “chaos” comes “order” – THEIR order – their new WORLD order.

    Orwell Today will list some historical and present-day examples of chaotic events that achieve the aims desired by the powers-that-be. This list is by no means complete but should give people the general idea.

    The trick of creating chaos and then seizing power under the pretense of putting things back in order is a tried and true method of deception and manipulation. It’s the meaning behind the Latin motto: ORDO AB CHAO meaning ORDER OUT OF CHAOS.

    It’s also referred to as the Hegelian Dialect after the philosopher Georg Hegel who wrote about its effectiveness. He described it as: THESIS — ANTI-THESIS — SYN-THESIS.

    Others have described it as: PROBLEM — REACTION — SOLUTION in that firstly you create the problem; then secondly you fan the flames to get a reaction; then thirdly (like Johnny-on-the-spot) you provide a solution. The solution is what you were wanting to achieve in the first place, but wouldn’t have been able to achieve under normal circumstances.

    Orwell described it as REALITY CONTROL.

    There are literally HUNDREDS of examples of this method being used effectively throughout the course of history. A well-known example is the bombing of Pearl Harbor which resulted in the United States entering the Second World War. Chaos was required and so chaos was created. That’s how it works. ~ Jackie Jura

    http://www.orwelltoday.com/stagedevents.shtml
    \\][//

  40. “The military are mad.”~President John F. Kennedy

    October (1997) Belknap Press of Harvard University Press in the book “The Kennedy Tapes”
    \\][//

    • Here is Senator McCarthy, speaking in June
      1951 about the parlous situation of the United
      States:
      How can we account for our present situation
      unless we believe that men high in this
      government are concerting to deliver us to
      disaster? This must be the product of a great
      conspiracy on a scale so immense as to dwarf
      any previous such venture in the history of
      man. A conspiracy of infamy so black that,
      when it is finally exposed, its principals shall
      be forever deserving of the maledictions of
      all honest men:’ … What can be made of this
      unbroken series of decisions and acts contributing
      to the strategy of defeat? They
      cannot be attributed to incompetence …. The
      laws of probability would dictate that part
      of … [the] decisions would serve the country’s
      interest.
      . . . . . . .
      This is from Richard Hofstadter’s, ‘The Paranoid Style in American Politics’ from Harper’s Magazine in 1964.
      Of course a study of the works of Antony Sutton and Carroll Quigley, answers the questions put by Senator McCarthy.
      The conspiracy that McCarthy was referring to actually existed, but it was not a “Communist Conspiracy” as he supposed. It was deeper than that as Quigley explains: “It is this power structure [Rhode’s secret round-table society] which the Radical Right in the United States has been attacking for years in the belief that they are attacking the Communists.”

      “The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers.” ~Carroll Quigley – Tragedy & Hope
      \\][//

  41. “The paranoid’s interpretation of history is distinctly personal: decisive events are not taken as part of the stream of history, but as the consequences of someone’s will. Very often the enemy is held to possess some especially effective source of power: he controls the press; he has unlimited funds; he has a new secret for influencing the mind (brainwashing) ; he has a special technique for seduction (the Catholic confessional)”~Richard Hofstadter
    .
    This is a fascinating paragraph molded from the clay of arrogant certainty. A short deconstruction:

    “… interpretation of history is distinctly personal: decisive events are not taken as part of the stream of history, but as the consequences of someone’s will.”

    This is written by a historian, yes and as characterized by Quigley a doctrinaire and academic historian.
    The false distinction of this first sentence is obvious to the autodidactic intellect; the “stream of history” is in fact a concatenation of the will of powerful individuals and groups. And the sources of power that such groups have at their disposal:

    1. “he controls the press” — Even in the era that Hofstadter penned this, the control of the mainstream press was a fact, due to the second point,

    2. “he has unlimited funds” — Indeed “he” does. With the ability to print money at will, and hold the majority in a state of servitude by usury; the so-called “government” being held in bondage to debt itself.

    3. “he has a new secret for influencing the mind (brainwashing)” — Of course! Broadcast media is “new” in the aspect of Hofstadter’s time of writing. The man is seemingly blissfully unaware of Bernays and his psychological propaganda techniques so blatantly self admitted in his book, PROPAGANDA. But more so the known psychological effects of watching television, and the hypnotic effects induced by that medium.

    4. “he has a special technique for seduction (the Catholic confessional)” — This is an archaic addition to the list that certainly was true for Europe during the height of political power of the Catholic Church. But it can also be seen in an analog pertinent to mass psychology in the cycle of ‘polling’ / ‘messaging’; the poll being a measuring rod of success of the former message, to be refined by the results of the poll in sequence, until a sufficient proficiency is achieved.
    \\][//

  42. REUTERS

    Democrats on the Senate Banking committee on Wednesday voiced opposition to a bill that would expose the U.S. Federal Reserve to a full government audit.
    The support from Democrats shows they are starting to form a united front against Republican-led efforts to open the Fed’s internal discussions of interest rate and other policy matters to the public.

    Republicans say the Fed needs greater transparency after it gained too much power during the financial crisis. Fed officials say exposing policy discussions to public scrutiny would increase political pressure on the independent government body.

    Republican Senator Rand Paul, a potential 2016 presidential candidate, re-introduced his audit the Fed bill last month. With Republicans now in control of the Senate, and given Paul’s wider profile, central bank officials worry the audit effort has a greater chance of gaining ground this year. The process could begin with the Senate Banking committee, which is expected to take on Fed transparency. There is already widespread support in the House for a Fed audit bill.
    https://ca.news.yahoo.com/senate-democrats-come-against-fed-audit-bill-220915570–business.html
    \\][//

  43. Why the United States Always Loses Its Wars

    By Joachim Hagopian
    Global Research, February 13, 2015
    Url of this article:
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/why-the-united-states-always-loses-its-wars/5430986
    War USA
    America loses all its wars because it seems we’ve always been on the wrong side of history. Morally nor legally should any nation have the right to invade and occupy another sovereign nation, much less believe it can achieve victory in long, protracted wars. Yet in violation of all ethical precepts and all international laws, the sole global superpower citing its impunity through exceptionalism hypocritically insists it can maintain its moral high ground in its relentless pursuit of regime changes anywhere it so chooses on earth. We are the global village bully that’s hated by much of the world. And it’s pure self-aggrandizing bullshit to perpetrate the myth that America is hated because of our “freedom,” another rhetorical brainwashing lie. We now live in a fascist totalitarian police state run by a globalized crime syndicate of the central banking cabal. As of last April per a Princeton-Northwestern study the US has officially been designated an oligarchy.

    Last year after a group of ethnic Russians living in Crimea voted to become part of Russia, the Russian military claimed control over its own naval base there that the US-NATO had been lusting to steal after the unlawful overthrow of Ukraine’s democratically elected sovereign government. Ever since it’s been nonstop lies and propaganda propagated to demonize Putin as the aggressor when in fact all along it’s the American Empire that’s been recklessly pushing what could end up World War III against nuclear powered Russia. With US-NATO missiles installed on Russia’s doorstep in virtually every former Soviet eastern bloc nation, hemming Russia in, who’s really the aggressor here?

    The WMD lie that was the repeated mantra used as prewar drum beating propaganda to launch a war against humanity in Iraq a dozen years earlier is now being replayed as déjà vu all over again to amnesic, dumbed down Americans. Despite defeats in both Iraq and Afghanistan still being dragged out as America’s longest running wars in its history, the US-NATO war machine is once again prepping for yet more war raging now in Eastern Ukraine. The US government’s rush to war hit a minor snag the other day when various European nations like France and Germany announced their opposition and refusal to send arms to the Ukraine government, wanting to give peace talks with Russia a chance. Today’s headlines state that Obama has been forced to pause in his arms rush, not unlike the world turning against his rush a year and a half ago for air strikes in Syria after the false flag chemical weapons attack that was actually launched by US backed rebels. So it may not be full speed ahead for US Empire to ship its heavy weaponry to the eastern warfront after all. It is being reported that mercenaries speaking American English, Polish, French and Flemish are fighting for the Kiev government in Eastern Ukraine against ethnic Russians who are fighting for their independence, their home and their very survival. And with their backs up against the wall, recently the eastern Ukrainians have beaten back the Ukrainian government forces. Again, the US has a knack for being on the wrong side of history.

    No true victor can emerge from any war on either side. The incessant US aggressor boasting superior firepower as the most deadly, expensive military force on the planet (spending more than the next ten nations combined), America has little to show for itself as it has not won a single war in seventy years! Neo-colonialism cloaked in imperialism, balkanization, economic exploitation, debtors’ theft, indentured servitude and enslavement can never be justified as the spoils of war. It’s a losing proposition in every imaginable way, not only for the aggressive American Empire that keeps starting and losing war after war, but especially for the ravaged nations it devastates and turns into demolished failed states with the King Midas in reverse touch. There is only one winner in all this evil business of war making – the oligarchs that own and control both the US and the failed state nations. As Marine Corps General Smedley Butler wisely pointed out way back in 1933:

    War is a racket. It always has been. It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives. A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.

    Fortune 500 companies win bigger profits sucking up the last precious, nearly tapped oil reserves and other diminishing natural resources off the face of the earth. This nonstop predatory practice of using, abusing and plundering smaller Third World countries is good for no one but the thieving transnational war profiteers and the oligarchs who own and control them.

    This month’s Atlantic has a well written, thought provoking feature article called “The Tragedy of the American Military” authored by James Fallows. Though on the cover the question is asked, “Why Do The Best Soldiers in the World Keep Losing?” the article never quite delivers the answer. Instead it laments how the US fighting machine consisting of just two million (both active and reserved) out of more than 316 million Americans has created a cultural chasm of “out of sight, out of mind” convenience for a civilian population that disingenuously pays only lip service to “support our troops” while repeated Empire wars (and defeats) fought half a world away never cease.

    Meanwhile, despite costing US taxpayers up to six trillion dollars and counting in Iraq alone and another trillion so far in Afghanistan in this age of increasing austerity, the albeit detached reverence for the US military and its abysmal losing war record fail to draw much notice or reflection, much less any real criticism or troubleshooting that might correct the same pattern of mistakes being repeated indefinitely. Another article in the same issue calls for resurrecting the draft as the feeble answer, something my ex-West Point roommate-former Afghan Ambassador-retired general and current Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member Karl Eikenberry has also publicly advocated. They are all missing the point, unwilling or unable to address the pink elephant in the global room.

    Respected author-activist David Swanson wrote an incisive rebuttal also confronting the Atlantic article for not answering the obvious question of why America loses at war. He makes the excellent point:

    The U.S. has killed huge numbers of men, women, and children, made itself hated, made the world more dangerous, destroyed the environment, discarded civil liberties, and wasted trillions of dollars that could have done a world of good spent otherwise. A draft would do nothing to make people aware of that situation.

    But Swanson merely glides over as a passing fact that the ruling elite is the only entity that stands to gain from war. He fails to emphasize that it is the elite’s power, money and influence that both initiates, but then by calculated design, willfully sabotages the chance of any US military victory after World War II. The reason is simple. If the US triumphed in war it would only delay the totalitarian New World Order from materialization. Only a weakened United States would expeditiously promote a one world government.

    Some analysts with a micro-filter would blame inept planning and decision making by civilian commanders-in-chief and their equally inept civilian counsel. Both the Bush and Obama regimes come readily to mind, and before them the Johnson administration during the Vietnam War. Historically the chickenhawk elite as behind the scene war proponents have been represented by members of the Counsel on Foreign Relations in advisory roles that in effect have shaped and controlled every single US president’s foreign and war policy along with key Congressional warmongers always promoting the self-interests of the military industrial complex that outgoing President Eisenhower warned us about over and above the interests and well-being of the American people.

    Other critics like Thomas E. Ricks in recent years have been quick to point the finger at the poor military leadership. As a West Point graduate who went to school in the same regiment with surge man himself former CIA Director and General David Petraeus, NSA Big Brother architect Keith Alexander and current Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey, I can attest to the inferior brand of leadership cranked out of the academy brass factory over the last half century. West Point trains and teaches robotic followers in the form of sycophantic, self-serving bureaucrat-politicians, not dynamic, caring, humanitarian leaders. Entrepreneurial, innovative, creative instincts are drummed out of cadet and officer corps by a failed, punch-your-ticket to seniority system that breeds a range of incompetence from run-of-the-mill mediocrity to highly toxic leadership. The unprecedented soaring rates at which the most gifted, strongest leaders have been leaving the military services in droves the first chance they get upon completion of their 5-year post academy commitment calls into question the dubious worth of a half million dollar taxpayer-funded price tag of an elitist academy education. With the bland bureaucrat-politicians left in charge as generals leading the US Empire forces in war, then throw in the sobering reality that the military system fails to hold its own poor leadership accountable, it’s really no wonder the United States keeps losing every time out.

    But all this plausible rationalization and blame-game excuses to explain away why the US persists in its streak of disastrous war defeats fails to address the fundamental reason why. Bottom line, no war is justified when humans and all life forms on this planet always stand to lose, especially when the only winners are the war profiteers who in my opinion are not human. Without a conscience and totally devoid of their humanity and compassion, they’re simply greed-driven, psychopathic predators feeding off the lifeblood of other humans and nations that must suffer immeasurable and unspeakable harm at their singular gain.

    During this last century alone it’s been this same line of globalists working overtime, primarily through the CFR (since 1921), the Pentagon and other elitist “think tanks” that have been pulling the puppet strings of all US presidents, busily creating one false flag after another to start every single war America ever fights. Nearly every president has been a card carrying CFR member, and those few who haven’t were surrounded by CFR in key cabinet roles. Since the 1947 National Security Act established the cabinet office of the Secretary of Defense, every man who has held that key position in the US government has been a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Since 1940 every Secretary of State has been a CFR plant. For the last 80 years virtually every National Security Advisor been a CFR insider as have been all the top generals like my West Point ex-roommies Eikenberry and the longest running Afghanistan and Iraq War commander General Abizaid as well as the aforementioned Class of 1974 grads Petraeus and Dempsey. Let’s examine how key insiders with their one world government vision have made war at will through false flag lies blaming their designated enemies contributing to America’s long history of nonstop war for over 91% of its years in existence (218 out of 239 years).

    As a brief historical review tracing events from the dawn of the twentieth century, media mogul Randolph Hearst used the false flag of the Spanish American War to “remember the USS Maine” sinking in the 1898 Havana harbor as its deceitful justification to ruthlessly, violently colonize Cuba and the Philippines, committing ethnic cleansing with estimates as high as near a half million dead Filipinos in that bloodbath.

    Then it was the “great” English statesman Winston Churchill who plotted the sinking of the Lusitania killing nearly 1200 of his own British citizens (along with 128 Americans) as the baited sacrifice secretly carrying arms to ignite the First World War that was supposed to end all wars. This in turn led to the first NWO effort toward globalized government in the League of Nations that several decades later materialized into the United Nations, a huge globalist milestone on its march toward one world government. As is custom, globalist money busily finances both sides in every war, in this case militarizing German Kaiser Wilhelm and Lenin’s revolutionary rise to red power during World War I and then a few years later Hitler’s ascendancy to initiate World War II. HW Bush’s father was actually arrested for funding the Nazi enemy. Pearl Harbor was the sinister false flag machination that carried the deadly sacrifice of over 2500 slaughtered Americans as Roosevelt’s chickenhawk “excuse” to enter WWII. The real purpose of the so called last “justified war” was to eclipse the British Empire and usher in the imperialistic reign of the emerging American Empire and its subsequent cold war that’s still raging dangerously stronger than ever to this day.

    Then several years later the US encouraged South Korean incursions into Communist North Korea in order to manipulate North Korea into responding in kind. Guaranteeing South Korea full UN support, when the baited North Koreans retaliated by moving two miles inside the South Korean border, that June 1950 “transgression” immediately became the false pretense used to initiate the Korean War. After that conflict ended in a stalemate, a mere decade later as the imperialistic cauldrons of cold war grew hotter, in August 1964 President Johnson lied to the American people with the bogus claim that a US Navy ship was attacked by North Vietnamese gunboats in the Gulf of Tonkin to launch America’s longest running war in history (that is until this century’s everlasting war of terror). That false flag cost near 60,000 American lives and over 3 million dead Southeast Asians, in addition to being the first US humiliating war defeat in its history, marking the first of many consecutive losses.

    The smaller, less intensive military campaigns of Grenada, Panama, Nicaragua and El Salvador, the First Gulf War, Haiti, Bosnia and Kosovo were all jingoistic saber rattling manipulations of imperialistic Empire overpowering far weaker opponents to take down former US allied dictators (or in the case of Saddam Hussein a preliminary step to the father-son neocon tag team), balkanizing a divide and conquer strategy for global hegemony and imperial war profiteering from the always lucrative drug trafficking trade.

    The actual reason America has been losing all its wars for seven decades now is simply because the oligarchs want it that way. The fact is we were never meant to win any war after WWII. Over and over again the most powerful army in the world has been defeated by much smaller ill equipped forces that are far less armed, modern and funded. Yet fighting on their turf against the imperialistic occupying Goliath-like oppressor, they always win. Like everything major that goes down on this earth, it’s all part of the ruling elite’s diabolical plan – by design, the US as the constantly warring nation should keep losing war after war. American soldiers and their families always suffer the heaviest losses, only surpassed by the millions of people whose homelands become targeted US Empire battlefields. The shrinking US middle class at home bearing the brunt of the burden financing exorbitant costly wars also loses big time. But then of course this grave calamity and human tragedy is all by sinister design. Because the ruling class no longer has a need for America’s middle class, it’s become the latest war of terror casualty.

    Meanwhile, the only true winners of all wars is the oligarch owned and controlled central banking cabal and its Wall Street 500. Once American Empire wreaks military havoc to achieve another ravaged failed state, be it Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Somalia, Yemen, a second invasion that becomes the permanent occupation arrives in the form of IMF and World Bank loans. When the war destroyed nation cannot pay the bankster cabal’s loan shark extortion, privatization through transnational corporations rapidly descends as economic hit men-vultures move in for the final kill. The game’s been rigged, set up so no one but the filthy, gluttonous, bloodthirsty, psychopathic vampires comprising the ruling elite can possibly win from all this rigged warring death and destruction.

    The Zionist neocon creation with a little help from their Saudi-Israeli evil axis friends pulled off the coup of the century on 9/11, massacring 3,000 Americans as their sacrificial lambs, setting into motion the fabricated war on terror masking their actual war on Islam to ensure that a constant fresh supply of made-by-the-USA enemy materializes to justify permanent global violence. During the near ten years that Americans fought in Iraq near a half million Iraqis lost their life, mostly innocent civilians. That toll has only since risen with war still raging. The Islamic State jihadists that the US-Saudi-Israeli unholy alliance secretly created, trained, armed and has funded (just as it did al Qaeda for decades) invaded Iraq last June and is currently in control of more area in Iraq than the weak US puppet government in Baghdad with no end of sectarian violence in sight.

    Afghanistan looks no better with the puppet Kabul government holding less territory than the surging Taliban that has been waiting for the US military exodus by December 2014 leaving 10,800 US military advisors still remaining behind. A million Afghan citizens died during the decade long war with the Soviet Union in the 1980’s, then hundreds of thousands more during the ensuing civil war afterwards. With the death toll doubling in 2014 from the previous year, upwards of 30,000 civilians have died during America’s longest war in history in the graveyard of empires. The human costs for Americans killed on these two warfronts for both the US soldiers and civilian contractors are about 6,800 each as of April 2014. Three quarters of the American casualties in Afghanistan died on Obama’s watch.

    The proxy wars leaving Libya as a corrupt and lawlessly violent failed state and Syria a stalemated quagmire with Islamic State mercenaries our not-so-secret friendly boots on the ground still unable to topple and remove Assad from power. Meanwhile, near a quarter of a million people have died in the war in Syria and an astounding 6.5 million have been displaced in that colossal human tragedy supported and caused by the United States. Syria at no time was a threat to US national security. Yet for years now the US has been determined to bring down Syria on its way to the ultimate regime change prize of Iran, the last of the seven sovereign nations to be taken down in the Middle East and North Africa within the designated five years on that notorious neocon list that retired General Wesley Clark learned in 2001 had already been in existence even prior to 9/11.

    Ever since Korea and Vietnam the ruling elite in its New World Order agenda will not allow the most lethal fighting force in the world to win another war. And as shown, the King Midas touch in reverse that has every nation the US intervenes plummeting into flames as failed states, totally vulnerable as easy pickings for the predatory oligarch sharks to feast on whatever precious natural resources are left, boots on the ground or not. While the entire planet loses, this endless, spilled blood for oil end game remains a win-win proposition only for the demonically ruled ruling class that’s been systematically creating and profiting from war for countless centuries.

    Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate and former US Army officer. He has written a manuscript based on his unique military experience entitled “Don’t Let The Bastards Getcha Down.” It examines and focuses on US international relations, leadership and national security issues. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field for more than a quarter century. He now concentrates on his writing

    • America is an oligarchy, not a democracy or republic, university study finds
      America is no longer a democracy — never mind the democratic republic envisioned by Founding Fathers.

      Rather, it has taken a turn down elitist lane and become a country led by a small dominant class comprised of powerful members who exert total control over the general population — an oligarchy, said a new study jointly conducted by Princeton and Northwestern universities.

      One finding in the study: The U.S. government now represents the rich and powerful, not the average citizen, United Press International reported.

      In the study, “Testing Theories of American Politics: Elites, Interest Groups and Average Citizens,” researchers compared 1,800 different U.S. policies that were put in place by politicians between 1981 and 2002 to the type of policies preferred by the average and wealthy American, or special interest groups.

      Researchers then concluded that U.S. policies are formed more by special interest groups than by politicians properly representing the will of the general people, including the lower-income class.

      “The central point that emerges from our research is that economic elites and organized groups representing business interests have substantial independent impacts on U.S. government policy, while mass-based interest groups and average citizens have little or no independent influence,” the study found.

      The study also found: “When a majority of citizens disagrees with economic elites and/or with organized interests, they generally lose.”

      http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2014/apr/21/americas-oligarchy-not-democracy-or-republic-unive/#ixzz3RpBy0cUj
      . . . . . . .
      It certainly took these universities a long time to recognize the obvious — now that it is too late. Anyone grasping Bernays book PROPAGANDA, understands that “democracy” in the US has been a euphemism for “Oligarchy” from the late 18th century until now :

      “The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. …We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons…who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind.” — From ‘Propaganda’ by Edward Bernays

      The US is a ‘Bernaysian Democracy’. That is an oligarchy posing as democracy.
      \\][//

  44. HAS OUR CONSTITUTION BECOME A WORTHLESS PIECE OF PAPER?
    (Does the Pope shit in the Vatican?~ww)

    JUDGE NAPOLITANO WRITES:
    During George W. Bush’s presidency, Congress enacted the Patriot Act. This legislation permits federal agents to write their own search warrants when those warrants are served on custodians of records — like doctors, lawyers, telecoms, computer servers, banks and even the Post Office.

    Such purported statutory authority directly violates the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, which guarantees the right to privacy in our “persons, houses, papers and effects.” That includes just about everything held by the custodians of our records. Privacy is not only a constitutional right protected by the document; it is also a natural right. We possess the right to privacy by virtue of our humanity. Our rights come from within us — whether you believe we are the highest progression of biological forces or the intended creations of an Almighty God — they do not come from the government.

    This is not an academic argument. If our rights come from within us, the government cannot take them away, whether by executive fiat, popular legislation or judicial ruling, unless we individually have waived them. If our rights come from the government, then they are not rights, but permission slips…
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Has_our_Constitution_become_a_worthless_piece_of_paper%3F/41853/0/38/38/Y/M.html

    ” unless we individually have waived them.”~Napolitano
    Even this is illicit, one cannot even voluntarily waive unalienable rights:

    The natural rights of life and liberty are UNALIENABLE. Bouviers Law Dictionary 1856 Edition

    “Unalienable: incapable of being alienated, that is, sold and transferred.” Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Edition, page 1523:

    You can not surrender, sell or transfer unalienable rights, they are a gift from the creator to the individual and can not under any circumstances be surrendered or taken. All individual’s have unalienable rights.
    \\][//

  45. Sam, you have already reached stage one in this process towards a socialist state. As you have already surrendered the principles of personal liberty; as this process continues you will obviously go with the flow, accepting the ever dwindling bounty the state affords you.
    I already consider the US a socialist state, a corporatist, ie, fascist state. Here the bounty proffered by the state has has become so pitiful that there is growing homelessness, hunger, and an exponentially blooming prison population, both state run and corporation run institutions.
    You surely can see this now, yet you still believe the poison that weakened society is needed in larger doses to finally realize health!
    WTF?
    \\][//

  46. “The best way to establish peace was to help get the United States into the War.”~Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler

    Chatham House, the Royal Institute of International Affairs & the Council on Foreign Relations

    A major clue was given by Georgetown University Professor Carroll Quigley in an interview. Quigley, in his best Boston accent, dismissed the Radical-Right interpretation as ‘garbage’. But he then added: ‘To be perfectly blunt, you could find yourself in trouble dealing with this subject.” He explained that his career as a lecturer in the government institution circuit was all but ruined because of the twenty or so pages he had written about the existence of Round Table Groups. As we will see, the CFR was, indeed, a British Round Table creation. This is one of the most important hidden secrets of the NYC-based CFR.

    The story of the British connection to the Council on Foreign Relations may be traced back to George Peabody, J.P. Morgan, Andrew Carnegie, Nicholas M. Butler and Col. Edward House — all who may be described a British loyalists. A Secret Society was established by Cecil Rhodes in connection with Rothschild, Morgan, Carnegie, and Rockefeller. A small highly secret group called the Round Table directed operations.

    The story begins at least when George Peabody moved to London and took up English residence in 1837 — the same year Queen Victoria ascended the throne. He joined with other merchant bankers who traded in dry goods in “high finance.” This consisted of exclusive service to “governments, large companies and rich individuals.” (8) Soon after his arrival in London, Peabody was summoned by Baron Nathan Mayer Rothschild. Rothschild offered to pay all his entertainment bills. Hence, the famous Peabody July 4th dinners were bought and paid for by funds from the Rothschilds.(9) In 1837, Peabody was warned, in advance, by his British friends of their decision “to withdraw credits from the worldwide markets and thereby depress commercial values; so he was fully liquid and ready to pounce on the American properties rendered bargains by the British move.”(10) In the crash of 1837 Peabody made a fortune purchasing depressed property in America.(11) In 1854 the American Ambassador to London, James Buchanan, stormed out of the room when George Peabody toasted Queen Victoria before President Pierce.(12)

    Peabody “was the founder of the Morgan financial empire.” (13) In 1859 Junius Morgan assumed control of George Peabody and Company. He traded Union bonds. The Civil War was “a bonanza for German-Jewish bankers on Wall Street, who raised loans from the numerous Union sympathizers in Germany.” (14) Peabody’s American agent was the Boston firm of Beebe, Morgan and Company — headed by Junius Morgan.(15) When J. Pierpont Morgan was in Vienna, his father wrote that Alexander Duncan had an opening in Duncan, Sherman & Company — a bank affiliated with George Peabody in London. Pierpont “soon was acting as George Peabody & Company’s American representative.(16)

    “I say, that surely as the sun in the heavens once shone upon Britain and America united, so surely is it one morning to rise, shine upon, and greet again the United States, the British American Union.”~Andrew Carnegie

    The Carnegie Endowment for International Peace was set up in 1910. The initial direction of the fund was given by Carnegie to Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler (1862-1947). Butler got excited about the peril of the Allies in World War I and decided that the best way to establish peace was to help get the United States into the War. (26) Butler was President of Columbia University (1901-1945), helped establish the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace and served as its President (1925-1945). Norman Dodd, research director for the Reece Committee, was invited to examine the warehoused records of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. The minutes, inspected by a Dodd researcher, revealed that in 1910 the Carnegie trustees asked: “Is there any way known to man more effective than war, to so alter the life of an entire people?” The trustees ultimately decided that war was the most effective way to change people. A year later the minutes showed that the trustees asked: “How do we involve the United States in a war?” And they answered: “We must control the diplomatic machinery of the United States,” by first gaining “control of the State Department.” The trustees also sent a confidential message to President Wilson insisting that the war not end too quickly. Dodd also found that all high appointments in the State Department took place only after they had been cleared by the Council of Learned Societies (established by the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace). (27) The Church Peace Union was established at a meeting at the home of Andrew Carnegie in 1914 with an endowment of over $2 million. (28) Andrew Carnegie, J.P. Morgan and Otto Kahn backed the 1915 Anglo-French loan. (29) The 1915 loans were said by Morgan to be made for “trade” purposes.
    http://www.biblebelievers.org.au/nowcfr.htm
    \\][//

  47. Georgetown University
    The oldest Catholic and Jesuit institution of higher learning in the United States, Georgetown University enjoys a powerful reputation as the world’s most prestigious Catholic University. Founded in 1789 by John Carroll, first Catholic bishop of the U.S., Georgetown is renowned for its excellent faculty, incredible student body, and perfect location. Georgetown’s most famous undergraduate school, the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service, is known as the global leader in the study of international affairs. Heads of State, including the likes of President William Clinton, have passed through the halls of this most august institution. Georgetown University continues to lead the world in the study of international and political affairs with the Jesuit tradition for critical thinking and unsurpassing academic excellence.
    \\][//

  48. The Matrix Program is Crashing
    EmpowermentEsotericaby Zen Gardner – Feb 13, 2015191 1032

    by Zen Gardner

    It is. It’s outdated programming and the engineers of deceit can’t keep up. The vibrational changes are exceeding their capabilities. You know how your phone or computer’s software goes out of date, and new programs can’t operate? It’s the same thing. The imitators of creation can’t maintain a current operating system any longer in the face of this Universal shift.

    And it’s driving them nuts.

    Just look at the desperation we’re witnessing. Crude military and police state maneuvers are only one aspect. The biggest clue is seeing the previously incremental and now hyperbolic use of monstrous lies that are becoming so transparent and unbelievable to just about anyone. Agreed, there are the entranced apathetics who swallow anything, but we’re witnessing a meltdown before our eyes.

    If you can’t see it, look again.

    You Want Proof?
    First of all you’re in the wrong mindset if you’re looking only for data or left brained evidence, although it’s out there for those who can see. When we come to understand the vibrational workings of our holographic reality everything takes on new dimensions and opens us up to understanding these more esoteric notions.

    Those with hearts that can see feel this. I say hearts because much of what we need to grasp or at least track is intuitive. Taking all of the information and dot connecting and personal spiritual experience together paints very clear pictures, we just need to trust what we’re seeing and learning. When we explore these realities we’re sensing we start to notice how they’re manifesting.

    Forbidding free speech, shooting civilians with no cause, obvious mega bullshit in the news, wars with no possible end, deliberate poisoning, starvation and dumbing down of populations? I mean, c’mon.

    But it’s kind of a conscious or spiritual symbiosis we’re experiencing. They all work together. But ignoring the spiritual and metaphysical as “evidence” in conjunction with such obvious manifestations is why this world has devolved to its current state. Previous enlightened civilizations and earth connected tribes took this to heart. Our current imposed paradigm does nothing of the sort.

    The Computer Analogy
    It’s just like expired or outdated software. Their programs can’t keep up with the changes the cosmos is bringing to our planet and race. That’s exactly it. While they’ve literally gotten away with murder for millennia and are working furiously to enforce their “programs” at so many levels, the time’s up. Sorry Charlie, but you’ve been superceded, or should I say “super seeded”. The new upgraded paradigm is taking over fellas. It’s just a matter of time before your whole wicked system crashes.

    The shift is moving through their lower level grip and on into massive empowerment and transcension beyond the net they’ve laid for humanity.

    It’s got to be frustrating the hell out of these creeps. Imagine, the very thing you’re trying to encase in every way possible keeps morphing before your eyes. They can throw up matrix program after program but their perceived petri dish subjects just keep finding ways to survive and grow. What irony the Universe has.

    Hence the Transhuman Agenda – Things They Think They Can Control
    Humanity is getting out of hand, in their eyes. All the while we’re being empowered – by our own awakening and resultant commitment to truth, but also by a fundamental vibrational shift we’re undergoing. No savior, no galactic battlestars. It’s us, and an organic consciousness evolution at the deepest level with a living, expanding and enveloping Universe.

    Awakening with Creation Itself.

    Anyone who’s woken up to almost any degree understands everything is interconnected. Even “modern” physics is arriving at this reality, all while mainstream thinking ignores the profound ramifications. That we’re all interconnected not just as a race, but with the earth and the cosmos in such a fundamental way is a game changer. While this has been known for eons, our current control model cannot even begin to acknowledge this fact. To these oligarchs and self-appointed maniacal masterminds, no matter what powers they’re summoning, that truth is something apparently well beyond their debased comprehension.

    It’s out of their league.

    Sure, they have their satanic rituals and tap into other dimensional entities, but it’s child’s play compared to the True picture of our all Powerful Creative Universe. That they live in rebellion against this Force is a known reality for millennia, and even alluded to by spiritual traditions and native shamanic teachings alike for ages. Bringing this understanding “down to earth” is another story.

    This is why the transhumanism agenda is so important to them. This merging of man with machine has been in the works for a long time. Clipping the link with our humanity by short circuiting the human creation is an obvious next step for these would-be controllers. Agreed, they’ve made it a fad and carefully groomed acceptance of such a trend, but it’s going to fritz and die in the junkyard of temporal existence. It can’t stand, never mind last, in such a creative force field.

    Time will bear this out, as has happened to previous off-course civilizations.

    Is This For Real?
    It’s up to us. We have everything going for us. But our will and actions need to be aligned with this transition. We can ignore it or respond. The sanctity of our free will cannot be violated. Either we get paddling and ride the wave or it crashes on us and perhaps dissipates on the shores of time for lack of recognition or response. And the whole cycle may need to be repeated. Not a nice destiny.

    I don’t know.

    I know I’m not coming back. I’m done with this insanity and am doing my damnedest to change things this time around. If we all did it won’t get repeated, but time will tell. Not many seem to be willing to respond, even though their lives and their children and grandchildren’s lives are at stake. Talk about self imposed defeat and debilitation.

    Either way, the matrix will collapse. But the true civilization of love, peace, harmony and abundance awaits manifesting.

    Is it time?

    I think so. It is for me.

    How about you?

    Love, Zen

  49. Very interesting comments and claims by The Unhivedmind

    When Wesley speaks about friends and allies he’s talking about Saudi Arabia and Britain but he does not have the balls to mention the New Venice Empire power. Where in the hell is the 28 pages of documented information by the the 9/11 Commission showing Saudi funding of 9/11 events?

    General Wesley Clark: “ISIS Got Started Through Funding From Our Friends & Allies”
    Tyler Durden’s pictureSubmitted by Tyler Durden on 02/18/2015 13:35 -0500
    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2015-02-18/wesley-clark-isis-got-started-through-funding-our-friends-allies

    Sudan’s President claims CIA and Mossad ‘stand behind’ Isis and Boko Haram
    Omar al-Bashir says ‘there is no Muslim who would carry out such acts’
    HEATHER SAUL Author Biography Tuesday 17 February 2015
    http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/africa/sudans-president-claims-cia-and-mossad-stand-behind-isis-and-boko-haram-10051024.html

    • Yea, Clark is just another psychoshill from the squirming maggot pot.

      ISIS is obviously triangular; US, Israel, Saudi.
      \\][//

  50. Anatomy of the Deep State
    By Michael S. Lofgren

    Cultural assimilation is partly a matter of what psychologist Irving L. Janis called “groupthink,” the chameleon-like ability of people to adopt the views of their superiors and peers. This syndrome is endemic to Washington: The town is characterized by sudden fads, be it negotiating biennial budgeting, making grand bargains or invading countries. Then, after a while, all the town’s cool kids drop those ideas as if they were radioactive. As in the military, everybody has to get on board with the mission, and questioning it is not a career-enhancing move. The universe of people who will critically examine the goings-on at the institutions they work for is always going to be a small one. As Upton Sinclair said, “It is difficult to get a man to understand something when his salary depends upon his not understanding it.”

    Yes, there is another government concealed behind the one that is visible at either end of Pennsylvania Avenue, a hybrid entity of public and private institutions ruling the country according to consistent patterns in season and out, connected to, but only intermittently controlled by, the visible state whose leaders we choose. My analysis of this phenomenon is not an exposé of a secret, conspiratorial cabal; the state within a state is hiding mostly in plain sight, and its operators mainly act in the light of day. Nor can this other government be accurately termed an “establishment.” All complex societies have an establishment, a social network committed to its own enrichment and perpetuation. In terms of its scope, financial resources and sheer global reach, the American hybrid state, the Deep State, is in a class by itself. That said, it is neither omniscient nor invincible. The institution is not so much sinister (although it has highly sinister aspects) as it is relentlessly well entrenched. Far from being invincible, its failures, such as those in Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya, are routine enough that it is only the Deep State’s protectiveness towards its higher-ranking personnel that allows them to escape the consequences of their frequent ineptitude.

    http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-s-lofgren/anatomy-of-the-deep-state_1_b_4848017.html?utm_hp_ref=tw
    \\][//

  51. So let’s see… a group of powerful people gather together and form a plan, and the plan goes forward, and the results of the plan are apparent … but REALLY everything just happened by happenstance and coincidence.

    Bullshit.
    \\][//

  52. Like the industrialists, bankers, and spooks who got him into this country, Dornberger should have been tried for war crimes.

    Dornberger was the chief instigator for getting Nordhausen built and staffed. The infamous scenes of stacks of kindling like corpses from old newsreels are from the liberation of Nordhausen.

    While some of these Nazi psychos were punished, the smarter ones got away … with a little help from their American friends.
    . . . . . . . . . .
    The name Mittelbau refers to a complex of factories, storage depots, facilities and prisoner camps, some underground, that were used from August, 1943 until April, 1945 to manufacture and test the V-2 rocket near Nordhausen in central Germany. The main V-2 assembly line was located in an underground factory called Mittelwerk that was excavated beneath Kohnstein Mountain, about 2 km southwest of the town of Neidersachswerfen. The Dora concentration camp (later called Mittelbau KZ), where most of the Mittelwerk workers were imprisoned, was located on the southwest edge of the Kohnstein, near the southern portals of Mittelwerk tunnels A and B.

    This chapter explains the history of the Mittelbau complex, the organization of the underground Mittelwerk V-2 assembly plant, and how the V-2 assembly line functioned. It also describes the discovery of the plant by the Americans and their race to remove V-2 parts, people, and papers to the United States.

    Immediately after the war, while America was building its own rocket program on the foundations of German technology, the horrible reality of slave labor used during V-2 production was concealed from the public. Only in the past 10 years, as prisoners’ histories have been published, have we begun to understand more. Estimates put the number of prisoners used by the Germans for V-2 production at – Mittelbau at more than 60,000. Over 25,000 of these were killed either by beatings, starvation, and sickness in the complex, or by the brutal efforts of the SS to relocate them before the Americans arrived in April, 1945. We now know that many of the most shocking “concentration camp pictures” that are seared into our common consciousness from this era were taken by U.S. troops as they entered the Mittelbau camps.

    Many of us are impressed by the technical achievement of building so many complex new weapons so rapidly under such harsh conditions. As we mull over this achievement, however, we must never forget the scope of the human sacrifice made for each piece and part disgorged from these workshops.
    http://www.v2rocket.com/start/chapters/mittel.html

    If you think that “Mittelwerk” sounds familiar, it should; Mattel, Inc. is an American toy manufacturing company founded in 1945. One of their strongest early products was the Barbie Doll. The Bild Lilli Doll was a German fashion doll produced from 1955 to 1964, based on the comic-strip character Lilli. She is the predecessor of Barbie. Earlier in Germany there were “anatomically correct dolls” that were made for adult sexual fetishes,; more anatomically correct in having sculpted vagina’s and nipples. This link in history has been suppressed, like many things perverse.
    \\][//

    • gaiaThanks Veri, I like it too! Beautiful pictures of a beautiful planet. Yes, Earth is alive! I think the Gaia hypothesis is a fact. The rhythms of the stratosphere match those of the human mind.

      \\][//

  53. Jefferson’s Opinion on the Constitutionality of a National Bank, 1791

    The bill for establishing a National Bank undertakes among other things:

    1. To form the subscribers into a corporation.

    2. To enable them in their corporate capacities to receive grants of land; and so far is against the laws of Mortmain.[1]

    3. To make alien subscribers capable of holding lands, and so far is against the laws of Alienage.

    4. To transmit these lands, on the death of a proprietor, to a certain line of successors; and so far changes the course of Descents.

    5. To put the lands out of the reach of forfeiture or escheat, and so far is against the laws of Forfeiture and Escheat.

    6. To transmit personal chattels to successors in a certain line and so far is against the laws of Distribution.

    7. To give them the sole and exclusive right of banking under the national authority; and so far is against the laws of Monopoly.

    8. To communicate to them a power to make laws paramount to the laws of the States; for so they must be construed, to protect the institution from the control of the State legislatures, and so, probably, they will be construed.

    I consider the foundation of the Constitution as laid on this ground: That ” all powers not delegated to the United States, by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States or to the people.” [Xth amendment.] To take a single step beyond the boundaries thus specially drawn around the powers of Congress, is to take possession of a boundless field of power, no longer susceptible of any definition.

    The incorporation of a bank, and the powers assumed by this bill, have not, in my opinion, been delegated to the United States, by the Constitution.
    http://www.constitution.org/mon/tj-bank.htm?PageSpeed=noscript

    \\][//

    • The USG holds enough real resource assets vs its debt which it’s subject citizen serfs are legally contracted for the debts repayment. They’re breaking YOU, not themselves as they’re holding all of the real resource assets, including you HUMAN RESOURCES as collateral..It’s the worst corporate portfolio on the planet for YOU not them..Being debt free is key, not using their banking houses is important. Not wasting your time following their trivial pursuits political charades theatre unless you enjoy comedy is important. They own all property, including YOU since settlement began here, 1663-1763-1783-1814-1870-1933.. It is all well documented. The problem is failing at DISCOVERY. The problem is not comprehending the legal term Constitutor: “In the civil law, one who, by simple agreement, becomes responsible for the payment of another’s debt.”[Blacks Law Dictionary 5th Edition page 282] Which is anyone not of the posterity of We the Signatories of this International compact contract oh wait Constitution..Agreed upon by the Family of Nations in 1783 where the King was promised repayment for his investment in settlement of this “Colony”, thus America is still a British Colony.. Under Article 4 of the Paris Treaty it states “It is agreed that creditors on either side shall meet with no lawful impediment to the recovery of the full value in sterling money of all bona fide debts heretofore contracted.” So America went to peace by agreeing to pay their debts. Then they signed the Articles of Confederation which also guaranteed the re-payment of that debt under Article 3 which stated under The Articles of Confederation Article XII “All bills of credit emitted, monies borrowed, and debts contracted by, or under the authority of Congress, before the assembling of the United States, in pursuance of the present confederation, shall be deemed and considered as a charge against the United States, for payment and satisfaction whereof the said United States, and the public faith are hereby solemnly pledged.” The Problem was that the states weren’t paying their debts under the Articles of Confederation so they reorganized. This is what Washington was having a problem with. He couldn’t get them to pay. So what did they do? On September 17, 1787 Nine State delegates approve the Constitution. The other four states silently acquiesced and it was ratified despite the rules under the articles of confederation of a unanimous decision. [Anti-Federalist Papers]The States have now become Constitutors. Ahh, responsible for the debts of another… The economics of warfare goes like this. For George to send ships across the Atlantic spreads his resources thin with his war with Louis at his door steps. So rather than spend more to gain little. He simply defeats France because once he does he now owns everything France had, he owns France, he becomes the King of France. Actually I think technically he already was which is likely why he was fighting with Louis in the first place. But it doesn’t really matter because at the end of the day. Louis use to own the US debt, or the debt of the colonies, now King George owns it. So Washington won the battle over Lord Wellington. King George won the war over the United States. So not only is the United States A Country Defeated in Victory, The United States is Still a British Colony.

      In King George’s “infinite wisdom”, he honored it. The 56 men that stood up, he honored. Essentially saying that, ‘you 56 men, you are truly sovereign, but “sovereigns without subjects with none to govern but yourselves…” Why? well at the time, they had not secured the taxing power yet. Those that did not pledge, that did not “come out of her my people” and “-to assume among the powers of the earth a separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and Nature’s Creator entitle them.” They all still belonged to the King. There were no official “Americans” until the John Jay Treaty. When the Framers finally did acquire the taxing power of the sovereign and foist their debt onto the now former British subjects. Thomas Jefferson at the time having to erase the word subjects and replace it with citizens, probably to maintain the facade, just as they do today. Further research in etymology and law dictionaries reveal that the word “citizen” translates into “world-slave” and means subject. Welcome to the American aristocracy. Welcome to the History of the Great American Fortunes.

      Epiphanies on the Road to Freedom
      http://sovereigntology.blogspot.com/2012/03/2012-epiphanies-on-road-to-freedom.html

      • Excellent post g888, deep beyond the master’s degree.

        The Philadelphia Convention was, of course a coup against liberty. Going to this next level is beyond the comprehension of even those who will go to the level of Jefferson’s argument against Hamilton, who was the original Federalist instigator and mole of the Crown. Hamilton was of Rothschild blood, thus part of the clan and party to the plan.
        \\][//

      • The concept of ‘Repudiate’ verses ‘Default’ should be borne in mind. No matter how ancient the crime this huge, it can have no statute of limitations, as it is beyond statutory law.
        \\][//

  54. Timely book on Saudi/CIA backing of Al Qaeda
    By Wayne Madsen
    Posted on February 12, 2015 by Wayne Madsen
    Former U.S. consular officer in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, Mike Springmann could not have been more timely with his new book, “Visas for Al Qaeda: CIA Handouts that Rocked the World.” As demands grow for the Obama administration to release the 28 missing pages from the Senate Intelligence Committee’s report on 9/11 intelligence failures, Springmann’s book serves as a unique preface and epilogue to the Senate report. In fact, Springmann’s description of the pipeline that provided U.S. visas to Saudi and other Wahhabist radicals provides for the reader what is, according to intelligence insiders, identified as a key finding in the “missing” 28 pages.

    The release of “Visas for Al Qaeda” also comes after the so-called “20th hijacker,” Zacarias Moussaoui, has confirmed what many independent observers and researchers of 9/11 have already concluded: that the House of Saudi directly financed the attack and Al Qaeda.

    – See more at: http://www.intrepidreport.com/archives/15215#sthash.lsqkOlE9.dpuf
    \\][//

    • Thank you Veri, most important and critical moment in the history of this attempt at solidifying the New World Order.
      More on this TPP:

      • I was telling someone about TPP today that didn’t have a clue about of course but neither did they know about NAU either. I kept things light enough though so they didn’t go turtle. I almost posted the one you put up instead but the Aussie one was short and strong.

      • As much as can be said about TPP should be propagated. I put that one up on T&S as well. This would be a real game changer if this bullshit is passed. We are essentially sunk.
        \\][//

      • For me I don’t fear, I’ve come to the realization that anything we hold with any kind of title on be it a car right up to real estate and beyond. We don’t really own it so why bother. Best to float light.
        My airplane gadgets are amateur built, perfectly good machines but they don’t come from an assembly line from some dream factory thus don’t have much intrinsic value to the crass consumer, My Yacht’s bigger than your yacht class.
        I’m going to enjoy what’s left of my life my way.
        For my two sons and the generations between us and them and the ones to come. Ours sure left an entanglement created by greed, hubris, corruption and cronyism that’s been deeply entrenched from before our time. I see a brilliance and a passion in the youth which is going to be what it’s going to take to get things back to sustainable.
        I get angry when I encounter people from our age group ranting about “The youth of today”. My first question to them is, “Do you know any?”
        When I was young, the same uneducated bigoted mentality pervaded, many of us have become it.
        . Stupidity has no age boundry

  55. NATO’s Gift of Chaos

    On March 17, 2011, the UN Security Council passed Resolution 1973, spearheaded by the administration of U.S. President Barack Obama, authorizing military intervention in Libya. The goal, Obama explained, was to save the lives of peaceful, pro-democracy protesters who found themselves the target of a crackdown by Libyan dictator Muammar al-Qaddafi. Not only did Qaddafi endanger the momentum of the nascent Arab Spring, which had recently swept away authoritarian regimes in Tunisia and Egypt, but he also was poised to commit a bloodbath in the Libyan city where the uprising had started, said the president.

    In retrospect, Obama’s intervention in Libya was an abject failure, judged even by its own standards. Libya has not only failed to evolve into a democracy; it has devolved into a failed state. Violent deaths and other human rights abuses have increased severalfold. Rather than helping the United States combat terrorism, as Qaddafi did during his last decade in power, Libya now serves as a safe haven for militias affiliated with both al Qaeda and the Islamic State of Iraq and al-Sham (ISIS). The Libya intervention has harmed other U.S. interests as well: undermining nuclear nonproliferation, chilling Russian cooperation at the UN, and fueling Syria’s civil war.?

    As bad as Libya’s human rights situation was under Qaddafi, it has gotten worse since NATO ousted him. Immediately after taking power, the rebels perpetrated scores of reprisal killings, in addition to torturing, beating, and arbitrarily detaining thousands of suspected Qaddafi supporters. The rebels also expelled 30,000 mostly black residents from the town of Tawergha and burned or looted their homes and shops, on the grounds that some of them supposedly had been mercenaries. Six months after the war, Human Rights Watch declared that the abuses “appear to be so widespread and systematic that they may amount to crimes against humanity.”?

    As a consequence of such pervasive violence, the UN estimates that roughly 400,000 Libyans have fled their homes, a quarter of whom have left the country altogether. ?

    – From Alan Kuperman’s excellent Foreign Affairs article: Obama’s Libya Debacle
    http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/143044/alan-j-kuperman/obamas-libya-debacle
    \\][//

  56. ISIS Derangement Syndrome
    By davidswanson – Posted on 28 February 2015

    Here’s Time Magazine’s David von Drehle: “The greatest threat that ISIS poses — even to the poor souls living under ISIS rule — is the unintended damage that might follow from the effort to eradicate the group. . . . As dangerous as it is to have a terrorist kingdom in the middle of the world’s geopolitical tinderbox, ousting ISIS will be every bit as dangerous.”

    Drehle goes from there immediately into the debate over whether U.S. troops or local troops should do the job. His article is followed by Max Boot arguing for U.S. ground troops and Karl Vick arguing for U.S. bombing with local ground troops. All three writers seem to be aware that ISIS wanted U.S. bombing and wants U.S. ground troops even more, that ISIS recruitment climbs in response to U.S. military action. All three can’t help but be aware that terrorist kingdoms like Saudi Arabia already exist in the region with the blessing of the U.S. government (and of magazine writers who seek to please the U.S. government). All three are fairly condescending toward local troops, eager to (somehow) get Sunnis to attack Sunnis, and wary of allowing Iranian “death squads” to get involved in the, you know, mass killing they are proposing.

    None of the three have one word to say about the great many innocents already killed in the latest U.S. bombings, but all three seem to grasp that the U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003 was necessary for the creation of ISIS, all three seem to understand that fighting ISIS is counterproductive, and yet all three strive to place the need to attack ISIS beyond the range of any debate. The question is not whether to make the disaster worse, but exactly how to do it.

    What, after all, makes the region a global tinderbox? Israel’s nukes? Certainly not, those are not supposed to be mentioned or even thought about. Well then, all the other weapons? But over 80% of those are supplied by the United States, so that can’t be it. Perhaps the violent overthrows and devastation of so many governments and countries? But it was the U.S. and friends who destroyed Iraq and made Libya what it is and who have done what they’re still doing to Afghanistan. It is the U.S. that has ruined Yemen. It is the U.S. that arms and supports Israel’s wars. It is the U.S. that props up the terrorist states in Saudi Arabia and Bahrain and Egypt. Surely what makes the region a tinderbox (rather than a region rich in oil about which greedy earth-destroying interests might be concerned) is something unthinkable or nonsensical or inscrutable, something ethnic or religious or unworthy of consideration.

    Because otherwise we might have to consider cease fires and arms embargoes and diplomacy and humanitarian aid as possible alternatives to the usual choices of (1) do nothing, or (2) make it all worse with more of what caused much of the problem in the first place. We might have to consider that it isn’t ISIS that’s posing the greatest threat in the form of “the effort to eradicate the group.”

    http://warisacrime.org/content/isis-derangement-syndrome
    \\][//

  57. Congress is Zionist Occupied Territory

    War criminals playing patty-cake, with Fascist emblems on the walls just to the sides of the Speakers platform.

    gawblesmurkah
    \\][//

  58. And the plot thickens

    Critical Analysis
    Putin Predicted Washington Would Employ Assassination Tactic Against Russia Printer friendly page Print This ShareThis
    By Paul Craig Roberts
    paulcraigroberts.org
    Friday, Mar 6, 2015

    Putin Predicted Washington Would Employ Assassination Tactic Against Russia

    The Saker provides a one minute video with translation of Putin explaining two years ago the Russian government’s concern that an overseas entity would use a false flag assassination within Russia in order to create an “involuntary martyr” that the Western media would use to demonize Russia. (Nemtsov Murder: Putin Warned About Exactly This Type of “False Flag” By The Saker)

    According to this report by The Saker (The Boris Nemtsov Assassination: Russia’s “Non-system” Opposition Refuses to Blame the Kremlin), the Washington-financed Russian opposition has not, as Washington hoped it would, joined the Western anti-Putin media campaign. Possibly the Washington-financed Russian NGOs have wised up from observing events in Ukraine. In place of “more democracy,” they got a Washington stooge government squandering Ukraine’s last cent on a losing war.

    The most likely explanation of Nemtsov’s murder is that the CIA decided, as Nemtsov was completely marginalized as an opposition politician with 5% as against Putin’s 85%, that Nemtsov was worth more dead than alive. But the ploy, if that is what it is, has not worked inside Russia.

    Part of the circumstantial evidence that Nemtsov’s murder was a CIA tactic to destabilize Russia is the orchestrated US media. The New York Times, Washington Post, Wall Street Journal, NPR, and the rest of the presstitutes were ready on cue with reports insinuating that Putin was responsible. Stephen Lendman has done a good job tracking the US media’s unquestioning adherence to Washington’s propaganda line. (The Great American Lying Machine)

    On February 28 NPR’s report consisted of a sound bite from a dissident Russian in exile who implied that Nemtsov was actually a rival to Putin with the population split between the two and that Putin eliminated his rival. No counterview to this abject nonsense was offered. At one time NPR was an alternative voice. Today NPR belongs to the Republican Party and the corporations whose advertising revenues are larger than listener donations.

    If the Russian investigation discovers CIA involvement, the Russian government will keep it quiet. The audacity of Washington murdering a washed-up Russian politician in order to blame the Russian government bespeaks of war. Putin, unlike Washington, does not want war. If the culprit(s) is not found, it will look like a coverup. So someone has to be blamed. The Russian police have already suggested that possibly the key to the murder is the attractive young woman with Nemtsov when he was shot down. Nemtsov might have been trespassing on the property of a dangerous man, possibly a member of the Russian mafia.

    Like everything else that happens, Americans will be given by the presstitutes an explanation that coincides with the interests of Washington. All who rely on the US media will never know why Nemtsov was murdered, or anything else for that matter.

    Source: paulcraigroberts.org

    • “At one time NPR was an alternative voice.”~Paul Craig Roberts

      NPR, National Propaganda Radio, was maybe ALMOST an alternative voice one upon a time. It was never completely independent of corporate backing – especially from tax exempt foundations. Now PACIFICA was once a real alternative voice. But after NPR was totally neutered during Newt Genrich’s reign as change agent, Pacifica Radio Network management was forced to take on new leadership by Congressional manipulation of the FCC. Free speech left the airwaves for a permanent hiatus in the US at that time.
      The Internet was just beginning to emerge as a real alternative voice at this time.

      I heard Fletcher Prouty discussing the assassination of JFK as a coup d’etat on KPFK LA (a Pacifica station), I have some 100 audio tapes of Prouty, Mark Lane, David Emory, Michael Parenti, and other real dissident speakers on that station. They presented the entire Congressional Hearings on the Iran-Contra Affair as live unedited broadcasts – with prescient background briefings on each personality and situation involved. I have that all on cassette tapes too. KPFK was absolutely free speech radio. It was anti corporatist, and was at times tainted with socialist perspectives, but it was INDEPENDENT of the Public Relations Regime stranglehold on the airwaves.
      \\][//

  59. CIA to create 10 new centers, expand focus on digital espionage | 7 Mar 2015 | The CIA embarked on a sweeping restructuring Friday that will bring an end to divisions that have been in place for decades, create 10 new centers that team analysts with operators, and significantly expand the agency’s focus on digital espionage…The CIA will also create a new directorate focused exclusively on exploiting advances in computer technology and communications. The Directorate of Digital Innovation will rank alongside the agency’s operations and analysis branches, and be responsible for missions ranging from cyber-espionage to the security of the CIA’s internal email.
    http://www.post-gazette.com/news/nation/2015/03/07/CIA-plans-major-reorganization-and-a-focus-on-digital-espionage/stories/201503070119
    \\][//

  60. Vaccine – Not Ebola – Made Doctor Sick, Study Finds | 5 Mar 2015 | Just 12 hours after he got an experimental Ebola vaccine, and just two days after he stuck himself with a needle while caring for Ebola patients in September, Dr. Lewis Rubinson started getting sick. By then, Rubinson was aboard a jet, being evacuated from Sierra Leone to the United States. He wasn’t sure if he was infected with Ebola or if the vaccine was causing a reaction. He was en route to strict isolation at the National Institutes of Health outside Washington D.C. Months later, it’s fairly clear the vaccine caused the reaction…”The patient developed malaise, nausea and fever 12 hours after the vaccination while on the transport jet,” Dr. Mark Mulligan of Emory University and colleagues wrote in a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association Thursday.
    http://www.nbcnews.com/storyline/ebola-virus-outbreak/vaccine-not-ebola-made-doc-sick-n318131
    \\][//

  61. Sunday, March 8, 2015
    Chicago “Black Site” Suggests America Has Passed the Point of No Return
    Joshua Krause
    Activist Post

    This past week, the creepy “Homan Square” detention facility was revealed to the public, and the story has been trending heavily throughout the alternative media. First-person accounts of suspects being whisked away to the secret building without any official record of their whereabouts, with no access to a lawyer, while being subjected brutal interrogations, sounds like something you’d hear about from some 3rd world dictatorship.

    But, unfortunately, it’s happening right here in America as we speak. And if this facility existed for so long without the public’s knowledge, that begs the question: are there any more of these police run “black sites” that we don’t know about?

    Obviously, this doesn’t inspire a lot of confidence for America’s future. If they can get away with this today, what will they try tomorrow? I don’t think any sane American thinks this will set a good precedent.

    But, more importantly, if you look at Homan Square from a historical perspective, the implications of its existence are far more gut wrenching. Most despotic regimes utilize a wide variety of terror tactics to keep their people in line, but the ability to make someone disappear (which is exactly what this facility is capable of) is the most effective.

    Why? Because it preys upon two of the most prolific human fears.

    First of all, there is our inherent fear of the unknown. When someone disappears without a trace, our imaginations will eventually concoct the worst possible explanation. And without knowing exactly how it happened, we have to accept the possibility that it could happen to us as well, and there is no way to stop it. So if your government is capable of this, then you have every reason to follow the rules and stay in line. You never know when you might be next.

    Which brings me to the second fear. It preys upon our fear of other people. There are plenty of phobias that humans are capable of, but nothing is more terrifying than what your fellow humans might do to you when nothing can stop them. Snakes can bite you, bears can eat you, and water can drown you, but only your fellow humans are capable of torturing you, and only your fellow humans know what will hurt you the most. Combine that with the fear of the unknown, and you now have the most effective method of terror and control.

    But there’s also a third factor that makes this tactic so effective. Most people don’t know it, because only those who have been “disappeared,” know the awful truth.

    For a better explanation, I’d like cite one of the most underrated historians of our time, Dan Carlin. If you’re a history buff and you’ve never heard of him, you don’t know what you’re missing. He doesn’t just know what he’s talking about, he knows how to relate history to you personally.

    In this short video, he explains why the Nazis and Soviets were able to convince millions of people to enslave and murder their countrymen. When we think of the Nazis, we often believe their control was fostered by their propaganda efforts, but that was only one small piece of the puzzle. In reality, their grip on the population was built on their ability to make people disappear.

    Keep that in mind when you read about Homan Square. If that place is an isolated incident, there may still be time to stop these secret facilities before they usher in a new age of terror. But if there are already dozens of these “Homan Squares” out there that we don’t know about, and they’re just getting warmed up, we may have passed the point of no return. If we ever become a country where everyone is afraid of disappearing for the slightest reason, then we are on the fast track to the kind of goose-stepping tyranny that we’ve only read about.

    Joshua Krause is a reporter, writer and researcher at The Daily Sheeple, where this first appeared. He was born and raised in the Bay Area and is a freelance writer and author. You can follow Joshua’s reports at Facebook or on his personal Twitter. Joshua’s website is Strange Danger.

    • Terrific Veri, they did a good job with Hicks’ words illustrated in a video presentation.
      Kurzweil is da devil!!!
      \\][//

  62. Exquisite Karma
    Chris Kyle was a serial killer psycho who lived by the gun and died by the gun.

    Chris Kyle, a US navy Seal from Texas, was deployed to Iraq in 2003 and claimed to have killed more than 255 people during his six-year military career. In his memoir, Kyle reportedly described killing as “fun”, something he “loved”; he was unwavering in his belief that everyone he shot was a “bad guy”. “I hate the damn savages,” he wrote. “I couldn’t give a flying fuck about the Iraqis.” He bragged about murdering looters during Hurricane Katrina, though that was never substantiated.
    “Chris Kyle boasted of looting the apartments of Iraqi families in Fallujah,” wrote author and former Daily Beast writer Max Blumenthal. “Kill every male you see,” Rania Khalek quoted, calling Kyle an “American psycho”.

    American Sniper is Eastwood’s most successful film to date, more proof that Amerikans are fucking maniacs in mass.

    uh, gawblesmurkah
    \\][//

    • By Zen Gardner

      Contributing Writer for Wake Up World

      The waking up process is a very personal experience. Once we become aware of the existence of a fabricated world we thought to be real and that our true nature is anything but what we’ve been told, there’s no turning back.

      It may appear to be a lonely path, but we are by no means alone in this awakening. It is happening in all walks of life. Whether a banker or corporate employee wakes up to the scam being perpetrated on humanity and pulls out of the matrix, or a normal taxpaying worker realizes they’re contributing to a military industrial machine hell bent on war, control and world domination, we’re all the same.

      And those are just surface issues compared to the deliberate socially engineered suppression of man’s innate spiritual nature, whether we call it social liberty or the freedom to create and manifest as we truly are.

      Triggers for Awakening

      There are many such triggers that wake people up. When a child dies from a supposedly preventative vaccine, or becomes autistic for no reason, things change. Once someone realizes, for example, how the world was scammed on 9/11 and that the powers that be are willing to perpetrate such atrocities to promote their agenda, the digging begins in sincerity. When we realize we’re at the complete mercy of parasitic central bankers more than willing to not only implode the world’s economy, but finance both sides of any conflict for personal gain and control and that our governments are complicit in this scheme, we start to grasp the enormity of what befalls us.

      In addition, that we have rapidly devolved into an advanced militarized surveillance police state is driving many to ask some hard questions – and the answers can be startling and difficult to swallow, especially when you realize they have cut off all avenues of recourse.

      Another major issue is that it’s more evident by the day that our very health is under attack, again by complicit government and multinational corporations pushing GMOs, adulterated food, vaccines, pharmaceuticals, atmospheric aerosols and the like, all of which have been proven to be extremely hazardous to humanity. Yet they push harder by the day, mandating program after destructive program. Meanwhile, natural and organic farming and foods, as well as supplements, are under intense attack by these very same perpetrators.

      The truth about these issues and many, many more including massive planet harming programs such as fracking, electrosmog, and the geoengineering assault on humanity are driving a major perceptual paradigm shift amongst all walks of life as we delve more deeply into who is doing all this and why.

      There Is No “They” – Oh Really?
      This is often the final breakthrough point for many people. As the true picture starts to crystallize, the horrific realization that the “powers that be” are fundamentally a clandestine cabal with front men comes into focus. These are powerful minions, more interested in total control and weakening and subjugating humanity via health degradation, dumbed down education, mindless “bread and circus” government controlled media, depraved violence and sex oriented entertainment, and a draconian militarized police crackdown. The ugly truth then comes to the fore.

      It can be staggering. If you take just 9/11 and other false flag events and realize they were staged to bring about this Orwellian police state where the citizens are now terror suspects, it can be very difficult to swallow.

      A quick perusal of history soon follows, where people realize these same false flag/false enemy tactics were used to justify almost every war, leading to such totalitarian states as Stalinist Russia, Communist China and Nazi Germany, each of which descended into horrific pogroms, decimating their own populations of anyone potentially daring to question the new regime.

      It’s not all black and white. There are of course good people working for bad people, powers and programs, wittingly and unwittingly. Many are trying to change and improve our existing structure. Many good people are performing wonderful services within this overarching societal program thinking it can be changed constructively. What we’re addressing are the overarching deceitful and destructive powers and mechanisms at play that are attempting to bring humanity into a weakened subservient role to some sort of worldwide fascist control state, eliminating personal and national sovereignty to support and obey a very few powerful self-appointed elites.

      And it’s coming on fast. The recent FCC takeover of the internet being a prime example of the internal version, while wanton wars proliferate unchecked while the economic and survival conditions of regular people continues to tank.

      This becomes evident as anyone pursues almost any avenue we’re discussing here. To realize this massive program is being orchestrated by some form of “they” soon becomes obvious. The reality of the conspiracy that JFK so eloquently pointed out before he was surgically removed from office via assassination hits squarely home. Please listen to his entire speech.

      We Have to Find Out for Ourselves
      An essential element to a true awakening is investigating and learning for ourselves. One of the main control mechanisms has been teaching humanity to only trust what they’ve been told by these same agendized so-called authorities. How many times have you heard, “If 9/11 was an ‘inside job’, surely it would have been on CNN. If something was really wrong surely someone would have said something.”

      Well, a lot of people have and continue to speak out. And what’s the response? Anything contrary to the official narrative is “outlandish conspiracy theories” as they parrot the phrase “you’re either with us or with the terrorists, which results in the subsequent demonization and marginalization of any form of questioning or healthy criticism.

      Waking up from that media and education entrancement is another shocker. Could they do such a thing? Could we really be facing such a totalitarian crackdown? And why?

      When I was young there were over 60 media companies vying for audiences. Real investigative reporting, although it’s always been tampered with or suppressed, was still available. Today 6 mega corporations own all of the media. The very same corporations that own much of the corporate military industrial and agra-pharmaceutical infrastructure. Conspiracy is not a stretch – of course these power brokers would twist information to suit their intentions.

      The word conspiracy has been stigmatized for a reason – don’t ask questions or there will be consequences.

      All of this will take some serious researching, most likely in places people have never dared to look before. And this is good. Don’t let anyone tell you what the truth is, find out for yourself and be convinced in your own mind and heart. That’s a new phenomenon for most, as odd as that may seem, but stepping outside the propaganda mainstream is a must. And it is oh so refreshing.

      The Shock Does Wear Off – And Don’t Worry, We’re in this Together
      There are so many interconnected “rabbit holes” of similarly repressed, twisted or hidden areas of information that it can be staggering. Once we realize we’ve been lied to about any one of these serious issues, we begin to question everything. And that is extremely healthy. You may not find support for your new found perspective from those around you, but there are millions who are sharing your experience. Thanks to the internet you can find others undergoing the same transformation quite readily and derive a lot of encouragement and support.

      Battling through the naysaying of close friends and loved ones seems to act like a chrysalis, much like the cocoon a metamorphosing butterfly has to struggle to escape. And as we know, that is exactly what drives the blood into the wings of the birthing creation that will soon bear the beautiful new awakened soul to glorious new heights and vistas.

      One thing that won’t wear off is your absolute disdain for what is being perpetrated on our fellow humans. As the expression goes, “If you’re not angry, you’re not paying attention.” If you knew your home was under attack and malevolent forces were coming for you and your children, you would do anything in your power to protect your family. That soon becomes an innate awareness regarding the current toxic social and physical world we’re experiencing and the need for a conscious response.

      Awakening Your Spirituality
      This goes hand in hand with anyone experiencing this consciousness shift. If things here are so massively manipulated, what lies beyond all of this? What are we being kept from? Why do I sense I am so much more? Where does God or Love or human kindness come in? And for so many with some form of religious or spiritual background or understanding, the question always arises, “Is this some form of spiritual warfare?”

      These are very important questions to pursue. There must be meaning in all of this. “Certainly all of humanity is not as wicked as these psychopathic control freaks.” Yes, that’s true. Unfortunately, the aggressor often rules the day in this hierarchy of control our world has adopted for millennia. History bears this out.

      The beauty of gaining a new spiritual perspective is that it puts these influences in their place. We discover new ways to perceive our true indomitable nature which gives tremendous peace and confidence in spite of what we’re currently faced with. This sense of profound conscious awareness and spirituality only grows as our pursuit for truth, in love, gains momentum.

      Awake, But Never Alone
      A sense of isolation following the initial awakening is natural. It’s foreign to everything we’ve been taught, with implications that can be mind-boggling as well as heart breaking. However, we are very much connected and sharing a profound common experience. Knowing we are not alone is very important to keep in mind.

      Building community also becomes a priority, where we can contribute to the healing of the planet at every level possible. Whether it’s activist or spiritual associations this is very important. It may only be on-line at first, that’s fine. Find kindred spirits and empowering and informative websites and blogs and even attend meet up events in your area on some of these subjects of concern.

      This awakening of consciousness is transpiring at an accelerating pace, and it’s something to be very encouraged about. Once you get past the shock of what you’ve “found out” it becomes easier, but it will drastically alter your life.

      Enjoy it, be empowered and take action accordingly. Trust your heart.

      The darkness cannot put out the Light no matter how hard they try.

      Please share this freely with those embarking on this magnificent journey.

      Much love,

      Zen

  63. HOW DNA IS TURNING US INTO A NATION OF SUSPECTS
    BY John Whitehead
    Every dystopian sci-fi film we’ve ever seen is suddenly converging into this present moment in a dangerous trifecta between science, technology and a government that wants to be all-seeing, all-knowing and all-powerful.

    By tapping into your phone lines and cell phone communications, the government knows what you say. By uploading all of your emails, opening your mail, and reading your Facebook posts and text messages, the government knows what you write. By monitoring your movements with the use of license plate readers, surveillance cameras and other tracking devices, the government knows where you go.

    By churning through all of the detritus of your life—what you read, where you go, what you say—the government can predict what you will do. By mapping the synapses in your brain, scientists—and in turn, the government—will soon know what you remember. And by accessing your DNA, the government will soon know everything else about you that they don’t already know: your family chart, your ancestry, what you look like, your health history, your inclination to follow orders or chart your own course, etc.

    Of course, none of these technologies are foolproof. Nor are they immune from tampering, hacking or user bias. Nevertheless, they have become a convenient tool in the hands of government agents to render null and void the Constitution’s requirements of privacy and its prohibitions against unreasonable searches and seizures.

    Consequently, no longer are we “innocent until proven guilty” in the face of DNA evidence that places us at the scene of a crime, behavior sensing technology that interprets our body temperature and facial tics as suspicious, and government surveillance devices that cross-check our biometrics, license plates and DNA against a growing database of unsolved crimes and potential criminals.

    The government’s questionable acquisition and use of DNA to identify individuals and “solve” crimes has come under particular scrutiny in recent years. Until recently, the government was required to at least observe some basic restrictions on when, where and how it could access someone’s DNA. That has all been turned on its head by various U.S. Supreme Court rulings, including the recent decision to let stand the Maryland Court of Appeals’ ruling in Raynor v. Maryland, which essentially determined that individuals do not have a right to privacy when it comes to their DNA.
    […]
    “We all shed DNA, leaving traces of our identity practically everywhere we go. Forensic scientists use DNA left behind on cigarette butts, phones, handles, keyboards, cups, and numerous other objects, not to mention the genetic content found in drops of bodily fluid, like blood and semen. In fact, the garbage you leave for curbside pickup is a potential gold mine of this sort of material. All of this shed or so-called abandoned DNA is free for the taking by local police investigators hoping to crack unsolvable cases.” “~scientist Leslie A. Pray
    Or, if the future scenario depicted at the beginning of this article is any indication, shed DNA is also free for inclusion in a secret universal DNA databank.

    If you haven’t yet connected the dots, let me point the way: Having already used surveillance technology to render the entire American populace potential suspects, DNA technology in the hands of government will complete our transition to a suspect society in which we are all merely waiting to be matched up with a crime.

    Moreover, despite the insistence by government agents that DNA is infallible, New York Times reporter Andrew Pollack makes a clear and convincing case that DNA evidence can, in fact, be fabricated. Israeli scientists “fabricated blood and saliva samples containing DNA from a person other than the donor of the blood and saliva,” stated Pollack. “They also showed that if they had access to a DNA profile in a database, they could construct a sample of DNA to match that profile without obtaining any tissue from that person.” The danger, warns scientist Dan Frumkin, is that crime scenes can be engineered with fabricated DNA.
    http://www.nytimes.com/2009/08/18/science/18dna.html?_r=0

    Now if you happen to be the kind of person who trusts the government implicitly and refuses to believe it would ever do anything illegal or immoral, then the prospect of government officials—police, especially—using fake DNA samples to influence the outcome of a case might seem outlandish. But for those who know their history, the probability of our government acting in a way that is not only illegal but immoral becomes less a question of “if” and more a question of “when.”
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/How_DNA_Is_Turning_Us_Into_a_Nation_of_Suspects/42469/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

    • John M. Butler, leader of the human identity testing project at the National Institute of Standards and Technology, said he was “impressed at how well they were able to fabricate the fake DNA profiles.” However, he added, “I think your average criminal wouldn’t be able to do something like that.”
      . . . . . . .
      Mr Butler misses the point. It is not that an average criminal would be able to fake DNA profiles, it is that the corrupt police state can and would.
      \\][//

      • That’s stupid bullshit TV for ya. Everything’s a joke to them, even the prospects of global tyranny.
        \\][//

  64. This was from 1981.
    HomeForumSupport UsActivist StoreContributorsQuotesContact UsActivist Theater

    Monday, March 16, 2015
    Barney Miller: NWO and Trilateral Commission Explained in 2 Minutes by Jeffrey Tambor
    Amanda Warren
    Activist Post

    In what some may call a deliberate sequence of predictive programming, there is a little-remembered scene in the show Barney Miller, where an arrested man is trying to warn people of the true nature of the Trilateral Commission – founded in 1973 by David Rockefeller ostensibly to “foster” global political cooperation. (Ironically, the arrested man who broke into the Trilateral Commission office is played by Jeffrey Tambor who is more recently known for his role in Arrested Development.)

    Right away, he is painted as a “conspiracy nut” and a crazy man for suggesting a true goal of a one world government and TC’s role with Rockefeller calling the shots. His “documents” include conspiracy magazines with titles like “Suppressed Truth Roundup.” An incredible amount of truth is revealed – only to be laughed at and presented as a random filler; a small, silly plot contrivance.

    “The Crazy Man” doesn’t believe the President is actually elected in a democratic or republic fashion but that David Rockefeller “picked up a phone, put in a call” to have George H.W. Bush simply installed as Vice President. In other words, “they” run everything. “No matter who won in November they had their man in the White House!” he says.

    Creepily, Bush would become President followed by his son and talk of his other son as a possibility for the 2016 election. Trilateral Commission’s co-founder was none other than Zbigniew Brzezinski, current adviser to President Barack Obama and telling author of The Grand Chessboard. This is another indicator that left/right politics are merely two sides of the same coin.

    None of this would have made any sense to TV viewers in 1981 unless they had just read Holly Skylar’s book on “Trilateralism” and its shaping of the New World Order. But no doubt, it will make sense to most of our readers – at least upon a little research where one finds that the arrested man’s predictions have proven true. The laugh track was so useful for guiding viewers who were already in a trance to simply laugh at true statements and pass them off as either crazy or…comedy. (Comedy is powerful, but sadly is often hijacked to force people into acceptance.)

    Yet, David Rockefeller himself reveals in Memoirs (2003):
    Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.
    Henry Kissinger, mentioned on Barney as a member and who is a lifelong trustee, says the current definition of terrorism is anyone who doesn’t go right along with the new international system.

    The popular and award-winning Barney Miller was useful in culture creation and predictive programming. The very same year this episode aired, just one year before the series ended, B.M. featured a push for police to wear more gear like bullet-proof vests, religious tension in the community and a survivalist couple trying to live in the sewer system. The couple had canned goods and unregistered guns. They were a gift from a character who was the owner of Armageddon Supply – and a mini-mart. Yes…nothing to see here, just coincidences.

    Do any of you remember this episode and does this scene ring a bell?

    Description:
    Thanks to Carlos Garcia for sharing this on Facebook https://www.facebook.com/video.php?v=
    Full episode here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aYql4… at the 23:24 mark the detective reveals that he is part of the trilateral commission. [Dietrich casually reveals he is a member and starts taking notes from Klein for a future board meeting!!]

  65. UN torture expert refused access to Guantánamo Bay and US federal prisons | 11 March 2105 | The United Nations’ top investigator on the use of torture has accused Washington of dragging its feet over his requested visits to prisons and refusing to give him access to inmates at Guantánamo. Juan Méndez said he had been waiting for more than two years for the United States to provide him access to a range of state and federal prisons, where he wants to probe the use of solitary confinement. Méndez told reporters in Geneva he wanted to visit federal prisons in New York and Colorado and state prisons in New York, California and Louisiana, among others.
    http://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2015/mar/11/un-torture-expert-refused-access-guantanamo-bay-us-prisons
    \\][//

  66. THE BIG DICK SCHOOL OF AMERICAN PATRIOTISM, AND WHAT WE MAKE OF IT
    By Nan Levinson

    Let’s face it: we live in a state of pervasive national security anxiety. There are various possible responses to this low-grade fever that saps resolve, but first we have to face the basis for that anxiety — what I’ve come to think of as the Big Dick School of Patriotism, or (since anything having to do with our present version of national security, even a critique of it, has to have an acronym) the BDSP.

    The BDSP is based on a bedrock belief in how America should work: that the only strength that really matters is military and that a great country is one with the capacity to beat the bejesus out of everyone else. Think of it as a military version of 50 Shades of Grey, with the same frisson of control and submission (for the American citizen) and the assumption that a good portion of the world is ripe to be bullied.

    […]

    When you’re a hammer, the saying goes, everything looks like a nail. And when more than half of the federal discretionary budget goes to the military, every international problem looks like a job for them. According to the National Security Strategy report the White House released in February, “Any successful strategy to ensure the safety of the American people and advance our national security interests must begin with an undeniable truth — America must lead.” And who will be, as they say, at the tip of the spear? “Our military is postured globally to protect our citizens and interests, preserve regional stability, render humanitarian assistance and disaster relief, and build the capacity of our partners to join with us in meeting security challenges.”

    In other words, one attitude that increasingly grips this country is that, if it’s going to be done at all, it’s probably going to be done by the military. It has been sold to us as the best, maybe the only functioning part of the government. Not surprisingly, then, the most recent annual Gallup poll found that almost three-quarters of those surveyed had “quite a lot” or a “great deal” of confidence in the military. Since 2001, that public confidence has never fallen below 66%…..

    http://www.blacklistednews.com/The_Big_Dick_School_of_American_Patriotism%2C_and_What_We_Make_of_It/42765/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

  67. WATCH OUT! Nurse RATCHED’s evil sister for president.

    Why Hillary Clinton Must Not Become President

    This week James delves into the shady history of Bill and Hillary and explains why Clinton must not be allowed back into the Oval Office. James also shares his picks for recommended reading, viewing and listening.

    by James Corbett
    corbettreport.com
    March 21, 2015
    As any number of recent derailments will bear witness, some freight trains are so big, so unstoppable, and carry so much forward momentum that putting the brakes on them is virtually impossible. They’re coming, like it or not, so the only way out is to plow ahead or fly off the rails. Such is the case with the Hillary Clinton 2016 presidential run.

    No one should be surprised that the campaign is already soaked in scandal before it has even officially begun. And no one should be surprised when she goes ahead with it anyway. Like it or not, here she comes.

    The list of reasons why Hillary must not be allowed in the Oval Office is lengthy, but any list that did not include the “Clinton Body Count” at the very top would be burying the lede. The body count (newly updated for Hillary’s 2016 run!) is a list of murders, “suicides” and suspicious deaths of people who have crossed paths with the Clinton political machine and not lived to tell the tale. Although some of the people included on the list are questionable or rely on speculative leaps to associate with the Clintons (JFK, Jr., anyone?), some, like Vince Foster, are by now widely recognized to be examples of politically-motivated assassinations.

    As I elaborated in a previous episode of The Corbett Report podcast, Vince Foster was a former partner with Hillary at her Rose Law Firm in Arkansas who, as White House Deputy Council, had been tasked with forming the Presidential Blind Trust. After an unusually lengthy 6 months of work on the trust, and after penning a memo stressing that Whitewater is “a can of worms that you shouldn’t open” and giving a speech about personal integrity, he confided to his wife that he was thinking of resigning the position. He scheduled a personal meeting with President Clinton on July 21, 1993, presumably for the purpose of tendering his resignation, but he never made it to the meeting; he was found dead at Fort Mercy Park the evening of July 20th.

    clintonfosterThere was no White House logbook entry of his exit from his office that day. His office was looted by Clinton’s Chief of Staff before police had even identified the body as Foster’s and his documents (including those from his personal safe) were taken to the Clintons’ private quarters. The position the body was found in was so unusual that investigators were forced to note that in their decades of experience they had “never seen a weapon or gun positioned in a suicide’s hand in such an orderly fashion” (an opinion backed up by independent forensic experts). Neither Foster’s fingerprints nor his blood were on the gun, and his wounds contained no gunpowder or bullet fragments that could be matched to the gun. His wife was asked to identify a different gun than the one found at the crime scene. Witnesses claimed altering of testimony by the FBI and even filed lawsuits for witness tampering. His death, needless to say, was ruled a “suicide” and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit not only prevented the Wall Street Journal from publishing a story about a sealed report on the case, it stopped them from publishing the court’s own ruling.

    Foster’s death is illustrative of the types of cases found in the Clinton Body Count. Journalists, lawyers, political associates and underlings, bodyguards, fundraisers, witnesses, mistresses, victims of harassment; some of the highly suspicious deaths surrounding the Clintons may be explicable, but the list in total, like the list of dead JFK witnesses, stretches the bonds of “coincidence.”

    Sadly, the Clintons’ political record offers no divergence from the bloodthirsty quest for power that such a body count would suggest. Needless to say, both Bill and Hillary are admitted globalists, committed to “Poppie” Bush’s vision of the New World Order. Bill (admittedly) attended the 1991 Bilderberg conference shortly before his surprise election and Hillary (secretly) attended the 2008 Bilderberg conference where a backroom deal was (allegedly) struck to make her Secretary of State in return for conceding the presidency to (hand-picked puppet) Obama. Hillary “joked” that the CFR offices being so close to the State Dept. office meant she didn’t have far to go to receive her orders. One CIA source has asserted that Bill was recruited by the CIA as part of “Operation Chaos” during his student days at Oxford and another confirmed that he had filed a CIA informant report for the agency at a peace event in Oslo in 1969.

    mena-300x204No surprise, then, that the years that Bill presided as Governor of Arkansas with Hillary as his partner-in-crime saw the state racked by scandal, cover-up and controversy. One of the most egregious of these connections is the drug running that went on in Mena, Arkansas as part of the CIA’s Iran-Contra connections. Terry Reed, one of the infamous Air America pilots running opium and heroin out of Laos for the CIA during the Vietnam war, talked openly about the CIA’s operations in Mena, and Barry Seal, a confirmed covert CIA pilot and drug smuggler, moved his operation to the Mena airport in the early 1980s. All of this occurred under Clintons’ (allegedly vacuum-like) nose during his time of governor, a fact that has been repeatedly brought out and covered up in the decades since.

    The Mena connection is only the most spectacular of Clinton’s many scandals during his time as governor, however. The Arkansas Development Finance Authority (ADFA), created in 1985 at Clinton’s urging, was, as chief issuer of the state’s bonds, a license to print money. Its structure had been drafted specifically to keep its decision-making process opaque to the public, but the main recipients of ADFA money was no secret: Bill’s election campaign, his circle of friends, and Hillary’s Rose Law Firm. According to longtime Clinton associate Larry Nichols in The Clinton Chronicles:

    “If you needed a million dollars, you had to get your application handled by the Rose Law Firm, pay them $50,000. There were five other companies in the state of Arkansas that were actually more qualified in bond structuring and applications, but Rose Law Firm got ‘em all. I started checking around, and I kept asking, well you know, one thing’s bothering me — to the comptroller, Bill Wilson. ‘You know, how did people make payments on these loans?’ He looked at me, he said, ‘They don’t.’”

    Hillary’s own record as legislator is no less defined by controversy and scandal, and her hands are no less covered in blood than her husband’s. A war hawk who seemingly has never seen an opportunity for American military involvement that she didn’t like, she voted for the Authorization for Use of Military Force that is the carte blanche for Bush, Obama and any future president to wage any type of war, invasion, or “kinetic military action” they like in the name of the “war on terror.” She voted for the Iraq War (before she pretended to be against it). She presided over the NATO destruction of Libya as Secretary of State and openly gloated about the assassination of Gaddafi while the TV cameras were rolling. She is infamously neck deep in the Benghazi scandal and has been a rabid supporter of the State Department neo-Nazis who led the Ukraine coup.

    Give her extra points for occasional honesty, though. At least she admits that the US created Al Qaeda and has supported them in their struggle against their mutual enemy, Assad.

    Hillary-AngryAgainst a record like this, Hillary’s other transgressions — transgressions that would be enough to scuttle any other candidate all on their own — seem minor in comparison. She is abominable to those who serve under her, with assignment to her Secret Service detail considered a form of punishment. Her press team is infamously secretive and hostile to reporters and the public. She is an inveterate liar, going so far as to adopt ridiculous fake accents to ingratiate herself to any given audience. She ordered diplomats to spy on UN officials.

    Some would wonder how she could still be a serious contender for president given all of the foregoing. Those who know how the two-party duopoly really works will know that this resume in fact makes her the perfect candidate for the banksters and well-connected globalists who actually control the Oval Office. The real question is how can the nightmare of a Hillary Clinton presidency be averted before it comes to fruition.

    If you believe the press surrounding an upcoming film on Barry Seal, it may be a movie that blows the lid off the Clintons’ deep dark secrets. The movie is to be directed by Ron Howard and may star Tom Cruise as Seal. Although Hollywood can occasionally tell these types of stories in non-whitewashy ways, as Kill The Messenger supposedly did (I haven’t seen it), I’m personally very doubtful that any big budget Ron Howard/Tom Cruise popcorn flick is going to indict two living presidents as drug runners for the world to see, especially in an election year. In other words: don’t hold your breath for the Barry Seal flick to even get made, let alone get into the intricacies of Bush, Clinton and CIA drug running.

    As I discuss in my most recent video at corbettreport.com, Bill Clinton’s seemingly never-ending list of sexual molestation and harassment allegations could disgrace the Clintons and keep Hillary out of office…if the story gains traction. Of course all it takes is for a relatively obscure comedian to tell a comedy club to “google Bill Cosby rape” for Cosby to become the number one story in America for weeks on end and to effectively end the comedian’s career. But a president who has almost the exact same record of rape allegations and out-of-court settlements? Hardly a peep in the media. There is the occasional story about this in the establishment press, but unless “google Bill Clinton rape” goes mega-viral, don’t hold your breath for the New York Times or 60 Minutes to do an in-depth story on this either.

    Of all the Clintons’ many Achilles heels, perhaps the one that is most likely to actually gain traction is Hillary’s email woes. As we all know by now (heck, even Obama knew), Hillary set up a private email server to conduct official government business. As we also know by now, this is likely illegal. Not Clinton Body Count illegal, of course, or CIA drug running illegal, but hey, it was tax evasion that brought down Capone, so you never know. And this scandal has the added bonus that it plays into the Republicans’ show trial on Benghazi so there is some left/right meat to be chewed on here. Of course, if this is the crime that ends up as Hillary’s undoing, it will likely be dealt with in such a way that the deeper scandal involved — that of the pay-for-play at the Clinton Foundation — never gets revealed, let alone the Clinton mafia’s real crimes. But at this point, any derailment of Clinton 2016 would have to be welcomed.

    clintonturnSadly, though, it is quite possible that none of these scandals are brought out into the open. It is equally possible that the establishment has already selected their candidate for 2016, or, testing the winds of public sentiment, they decide that Hillary is too much of a liability and decide not to back her. In that case we can expect some meme to enter into the establishment media through the usual Mockingbird channels, perhaps that she’s too old and out of touch, or that her head injury is worse than she let on. And just like that, she’ll be discarded like yesterday’s newspaper and the Clintons will be put out to pasture.

    The other possibility, of course, is that Hillary actually prevails and gets elected. But that is an outcome almost too ghastly to contemplate.

    One thing is for certain. If we are to have any hope in bringing any of the Clintons’ true crimes to the public’s attention, we can’t wait for the media to do it for us. We’ll have to roll up our sleeves and do it ourselves.

  68. Why the Western Alliance Is Ending

    Mar 22, 2015
    Eric Zuesse
    World leaders — heads of state especially — tend to be tactful people, whatever else might be said about them. When they discover that one of their number happens to be incredibly arrogant and psychopathic (and some leading psychopaths are skilled charmers; they’re not necessarily blatant about their aggressive intents like Hitler was), they don’t generally publicize the discovery of this unpleasant fact, because doing so would be worse than tactless: it would be downright stupid — it would jeopardize lots of the interdependencies that nations have with one-another. It would be counterproductive.

    A good example of how they receive such negative information about one-another was provided by a telephone conversation on 26 February 2014 that was between Catherine Ashton, the EU’s Foreign Affairs chief, and her investigator, Urmas Paet, Estonia’s Foreign Minister, whom she had sent to Kiev when Ukraine’s democratically elected (though corrupt, as were all of his predecessors) President, Viktor Yanukovych, was overthrown in a very bloody sequence of events during January and February of 2014, and the question she needed an answer to now was whether this had been a revolution (authentically resulting from the Ukrainian public), or instead a coup (organized top-down, by “someone from the new coalition,” meaning a person who was on the side of the coalition against Yanukovych, the coalition that now controlled the Government). In other words: As the EU’s Foreign Affairs chief, Ashton needed to know whether the pro-EU coalition in Ukraine, who now were in control there, were in power because the Ukrainian public wanted them to be, or instead because they had seized power through those violent and, as yet, hard-to-understand, clashes, which might possibly have been orchestrated by “someone from the new coalition.”

    That “coalition” were the leaders who had hoped that Yanukovych would seek to bring Ukraine into the EU. Just a few months earlier, Yanukovych had decided not to do that, but instead to continue Ukraine’s 1,200-year relationship with Russia. (Kiev was known as “the cradle of Russian civilization,” and the origin of the Rus people — those were the relocated Norsemen who had moved east and settled there (which is why so many Slavs are blond and why Hitler was an incredible bigot for worshipping the Norsemen while he despised the Slavs). It was a choice between Europe to the west, or Russia to the east; and Yanukovych had chosen to retain Ukraine’s ties to Russia. Ukraine is the main transit-route for Russian gas going into Europe, and received fees from Russia for that; Yanukovych chose to continue this; and he received, from Russia’s Gazprom company, steep discounts on Ukraine’s own gas-needs, as a further inducement for continuing that relationship. Polls of Ukrainians showed Ukrainians to be sharply divided about the issue, with western Ukraine strongly favoring to join the EU, and eastern Ukraine equally strongly favoring to stay with Russia. (For example, see this poll.)

    Here is that phone-conversation, between Ashton and Paet, annotated by me to explain what they were referring to, and accompanied with a link to the phone-conversation itself, so that you can hear it if you wish.

    As you can see (and hear) from that, Ashton was shocked to learn that it had been a coup that brought down Yanukovych, but she continued right on with the conversation, to other business, as if to indicate, “Well, let’s take care of less-disturbing matters, now.” It was clear from the conversation, up to that point, that Paet regretted needing to inform Ashton that the pro-EU side was actually controlled by some scoundrel (as yet unknown), and it’s clear that Ashton was shocked to hear this; but, as Ashton made evident from her response, she didn’t want to discuss this matter any further. These were two seasoned diplomats, and they both understood that there was nothing they could do about water already “under the bridge,” and on its way. But both of them realized, now, that its way was anything but democratic. This was useful information for Ashton to have, in her professional capacity for the EU.

    She probably entertained a strong suspicion, even then, however, as to who was actually behind this coup (as she had only now learned it to have been). A few weeks before that phone-conversation, this youtube recording of yet another phone-conversation, in which Obama’s Assistant Secretary of State for European and Eurasian Affairs, Victoria Nuland, blurted to the U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine, her infamous “F—k the EU” statement (which, of course, was also an insult to Ashton personally), included also Nuland’s instruction to Ambassador Geoffrey Pyatt in Kiev, to get Arseniy Yatsenyuk appointed to run the post-coup Ukrainian Government (1:10 on the video): “I think Yats is the guy who’s got the economic experience, the governing experience; he’s the guy, you know, who, what he needs is Klitch and Tyahnybok on the outside, he needs to be talking to them four times a week.” To which, Pyatt promptly said “Yeah, I think that’s right. Okay.” He had his assignment.

    This assignment ended up being fulfilled on 26 February 2014, just four days after the February 22nd coup.

    Coincidentally, on the very same day when Ashton heard Paet tell her that it had been a coup, “Yats” publicly received the appointment to run Ukraine’s Government, but not as Ukraine’s President (since the previous one had just been overthrown and such an immediate and non-democratic replacement of him would have been too obviously a coup), but instead as Ukraine’s other top post: Prime Minister. Obama wanted Yats’s sponsor, Yulia Tymoshenko, to win the election to replace Yanukovych as President, when that post was put up for a vote in only the northeastern half of Ukraine, the half that favored the EU and the U.S. over Russia. (It’s one of the reasons he had insisted she be released from prison from her corruption-conviction, immediately at the coup.) But she turned out to be too extreme in her Russia-hatred to be able to win even in just the northeast (the anti-Russian part of Ukraine); and, so, Obama had to settle for the slightly less racist-fascist anti-Russian, Petro Poroshenko, when he won on May 25th, and the Presidency was now downgraded to little more than a figurehead status.

    Russia’s leader, Vladimir Putin, knew everything that was going on: for examples, both of those phone-conversations had been posted to youtube after having been recorded by Russian intelligence. So: he took the action that he needed to take in order to enable the residents of Crimea, where Russia had had its main naval base since 1783, to vote on whether to rejoin Russia, of which they had been a part until the Soviet dictator Khrushchev donated Crimea to Ukraine in 1954 — a move that was extremely unpopoular in Crimea. Putin enabled them to hold a plebiscite in Crimea on 16 March 2014, which was declared by international observers to be free and fair; and the result was 96% to rejoin Russia — virtually the same percentage that was shown in opinion-polls of Crimeans.

    U.S. President Obama wanted to punish Putin for taking this defensive measure against U.S. aggression — against the anti-Russian coup in Ukraine. At first, the EU went along with the weakest sanctions that Obama pushed for against Russia, and they held out for as long as they could to delay the serious ones, until 17 July 2014, when the Obama regime in Ukraine sent up at least one fighter-jet and downed the MH17 Malaysian airliner over Ukraine’s conflict-zone and blamed it on pro-Russian separatists who had been bombed for months by the Ukrainian regime — the legend was that they had fired a “Buk” missile-launcher at the MH17 mistaking it for being one of Ukraine’s bombers. Not knowing that this had been yet another set-up job by the Obama-team, the EU now consented to join really stiff sanctions against Russia — on the theory that the downing wouldn’t have happened if Russia had not helped the separatists to do it.

    But, then, EU leaders came to know that Obama had been behind this atrocity too.

    What had started with Nuland’s “F—k the EU” was now the EU’s complicity with the racist-fascist, or ideologically nazi, anti-Russian coup-imposed Government that she and her boss Obama had placed into power in Ukraine. A lot of influential people in Europe aren’t as accepting of nazism as Obama quite evidently is.

    When it became clear — after two successive invasions of the resisting Ukrainian region, Donbass, both of which invasions failed to do anything other than to destroy the region that Ukraine claimed to be protecting against ‘Terrorists’ via Ukraine’s ‘Anti Terrorist Operation’ or ‘ATO’ for short — that assisting any further with America’s take-over of Ukraine would be not only war-criminal, but likely to lose, they started falling away from the entire effort.

    Critically important in this regard was a 21 November 2014 vote in the U.N. on whether to condemn racist fascism, and especially to condemn Nazi Germany’s World War II Holocaust against mainly Jews. Far-right racist nationalism has been booming recently; and, so, when the United States was one of only three countries — the U.S., Ukraine, and Canada — to vote against this resolution, almost the entire world was shocked.

    Clearly, now, President Obama, despite his liberal rhetoric, is far to the right of the vast majority of world-leaders, and is an insult to the memory of the U.S. troops who died fighting Hitler in World War II.

    Among the first to abandon Obama on this, right on Christmas Eve, was Viktor Orban, Hungary’s leader, who was outraged at Obama’s treatment of Hungary as if it were a vassal-state of the U.S. Empire.

    Then, on 3 January 2015, Milos Zeman, the Czech head-of-state, joined with Orban in that.

    Those countries had experienced Hitler’s horrors first-hand, and they don’t like nazis, not even ones (such as Obama) who speak liberal platitudes and have dark skins (and so arent’ a fit for the nazi stereotype — but only for the Big Lie extremity of nazism).

    And, now, it seems to be the majority of the EU who are resisting Obama’s contemptuous treatment of every other nation than his or her own.

    Then, on March 12th, Iceland terminated its candidacy for joining the EU. The EU’s rightward bend toward the U.S. seems to have been a big turn-off to Icelanders — they won’t touch even the EU.

    On March 13th, Ukraine’s figurehead President announced that he had reached agreement with “a series of the EU countries on the supply of armament”; and, the next day, Russian Television reported that 11 of the 28 EU member-nations had agreed to supply Ukraine with weapons. 17 refused Ukraine’s request for arms.

    Then, on March 17th, washingtonsblog bannered, “Major American Allies Ignore U.S. Pleas and Join China’s Alternative Bank” and reported that UK, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, India, France, Germany, and Italy, had all agreed to join China’s newly-forming international-development bank competitor to Washington’s IMF and World Bank. China, ever since the U.S. had started its Ukrainian proxy-war against Russia, has sided with Russia, against that war; and what this international conflict is really about is the continuance of the U.S. dollar as the global reserve-currency: Russia, China, and the rest of the BRIC countries — the rising developing economies — are seeking to replace the dollar-monopoly.

    The Obama Administration has been twisting arms all over the world to try to block nations from signing onto China’s new world bank; and Obama’s getting rebuffed by all these nations, many of which have been traditional U.S. allies, is a historic turn away from the American Empire that he is trying to ram down everyone’s throat.

    And, on March 20th, zerohedge bannered, “US ‘Isolated’ As Key Ally Japan Considers Joining China-Led Bank.” If this happens, then the American Empire will be all but over.

    When President Bill Clinton virtually spat upon Franklin Delano Roosevelt’s historical heritage by joining with the Republicans’ war against Russia and inviting as many former Soviet-bloc nations into the U.S.’s now anti-Russian (no longer anti-communist; communism was gone) military alliance, NATO, as possible, and he even terminated the FDR-era Glass-Steagall Act requirements that had blocked the big banks from gambling with taxpayers’ money and from their keeping only the winnings and transferring onto the Government the losses when their bets go bad, Clinton started what Obama is now trying to culminate; and, finally, at long last, the world-at-large is clearly telling this anti-FDR, aggressively imperialist, U.S.A., to just shove its fascism down its toilet. More and more nations are saying, in effect: Good-bye, Uncle Sam; you’re not the nation you were during World War Two; you’ve instead become the global enemy; you’ve turned and become fascist yourself.

    Among the few parts of Obama’s international rhetoric that are not fake, and that (because they are part of his anti-Russian propaganda campaign) express his actual fascist imperialist views — and which are increasingly being rejected — are these:

    Bragging about his foreign policy, including his killing the Russia-friendly Muammar Gaddafi: “Wherever we have been involved over the last several years, I think the outcome has been better because of American leadership. … We are hugely influential; we’re the one indispensable nation. But when it comes to nation-building, when it comes to what is going to be a generational project in a place like Libya or a place like Syria or a place like Iraq, we can help, but we can’t do it for them.” [He pretends the U.S. is a big international charity.]

    Telling West Point cadets that Russia and the other BRICs are enemies: “When a typhoon hits the Philippines, or schoolgirls are kidnapped in Nigeria, or masked men [that’s actually his own regime’s thugs] occupy a building in Ukraine, it is America that the world looks to for help. (Applause.) So the United States is and remains the one indispensable nation. That has been true for the century passed [he misspelled ‘past’] and it will be true for the century to come. … Russia’s aggression toward former Soviet states unnerves capitals in Europe, while China’s economic rise and military reach worries its neighbors. From Brazil to India, rising middle classes compete with us, and governments seek a greater say in global forums. … America’s willingness to apply force around the world is the ultimate safeguard against chaos.” [Development of underdeveloped countries is ‘chaos,’ to him. Wow!]

    To Wall Street’s CEOs, gathered in the White House: “My administration is the only thing between you and the pitchforks. [The public are here analogized to the KKK; and the banksters are instead being portrayed as the Blacks whom the KKK are trying to lynch] … I want to help. … I’m not out there to go after you. I’m protecting you [against the ‘pitchforks’].”

    Lies denigrating Russia and Putin: “Immigrants aren’t rushing to Moscow in search of opportunity. … The life expectancy of the Russian male is around 60 years old. … The population is shrinking.”

    His obsession to conquer Russia, as I reported it on 12 February 2015: “U.S. President Barack Obama’s just-issued National Security Strategy 2015 uses the term ‘aggression’ precisely 18 times, all but one of which are either explicitly, or else possibly, referring to Russia, as allegedly doing the alleged ‘aggression’ — never the U.S., and on only one occasion is he identifying North Korea with that term of opprobrium. Presumably, he thinks that Russia is by far the most ‘aggressive’ country.

    After the bloody coup that replaced Ukraine’s democratically elected President by a nazi regime a year ago; and after that regime, serving Obama’s need for hiked EU sanctaions against Russia, shot down the MH17 Malaysian airliner on 17 July 2014 and slaughtered those 298 innocent people and blamed it all on Russian-supported separatists, all in order to further Obama’s bloody designs, he now has the gall to accuse Putin of “aggression” for defending the residents of Crimea from the nazi regime that Obama had installed.

    And there’s so much other icing on this bloody cake. For example, Russia’s Sputnik News headlined on March 20th, “South Stream: Life After Death?” and reported that the Obama regime was caught trying to instigate a coup to overthrow the current leader of Macedonia, who is balking against increasing sanctions on Russia, and who wants Macedonia to host a new pipeline for Russian gas into Europe.

    And Sputnik News headlined the very next day, March 21st, “New OSCE Report on Ukraine Says Ukrainian Forces Obstruct Monitors’ Movement,” and reported that, “OSCE’s Special Monitoring Mission said on Saturday it was denied access to an east Ukrainian territory controlled by Ukrainian armed forces.” Obama is re-arming his Ukrainian stooge-regime for yet a third attempt at exterminating the residents of the area of Ukraine that had voted 90% for the man he overthrew.

    Obama and his stooges apparently think that they can get away with everything. And Republicans in the U.S. Congress complain not that he’s doing this, but instead that he’s not giving Ukraine enough weapons to do it.

    And, all of this happened after Gallup international had polled 67,000 people in 65 countries in 2013 (and never again) on “Which country do you think is the greatest threat to peace in the world today?” and found that the U.S. crushed the ‘competition’ on that, with three times as many repondents identifying the U.S. as compared to the #2 nation, which was Pakistan. Russia wasn’t even listed in the news-reports (and the poll itself wasn’t made public), because the news-reports listed only the top six-mentioned nations, and Russia wasn’t among them. No doubt, this was one reason why Gallup yanked the question from their polling during 2014, especially after all of the international mayhem (including the coup in Ukraine) that the U.S. perpetrated last year.

    So: EU leaders are finally getting the message — and even Japan and Australia are.

    When George W. Bush put together a coalition of English-speaking countries to invade Iraq in 2003, nuclear weapons (other than the depleted uranium that we showered down upon Iraqis) weren’t an issue. Now, they definitely are. And, more and more, the world’s leaders are trying to dispense with “the one indispensable nation,” so that they (and everyone) won’t be dispensed with, themselves.

    It’s well-known that only aristocrats profit from wars. And O’Bomba represents them just as much as his Republican ‘opposition’ do. But, now, even the aristocrats in other nations are increasingly abandoning him. All he evidently still has going for him is liberal and Democratic fools in the United States, who haven’t yet figured out that he’s a Manchurian candidate, Trojan horse, ‘Democrat,’ who (like the Clintons) would have FDR twisting in his grave if only he saw this. Fortunately, Roosevelt isn’t around to see it.

    President O’Bomba might become even more isolated internationally than he is at home, where there are enough liberal fools to keep him barely aloft, and enough conservative fools to keep alive the myth that he’s a Marxist Muslim.

    The U.S. has become a nut-hatchery, and the foreigners (especially the leaders in the ‘dispensable’ countries) are beginning to notice. Even America’s former friends are no longer amused.

    ———-

    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity, and of Feudalism, Fascism, Libertarianism and Economics.

  69. The Writing On The Wall

    Critical Analysis
    Global power shifting from West to East Printer friendly page Print This ShareThis
    By Joachim Hagopian, Global Research
    GlobalResearch.ca
    Sunday, Mar 22, 2015

    A major recent event last week largely went unnoticed by both MSM and independent news sources alike. The British are apparently jumping ship away from the US dollar/petrodollar in an overt effort to align itself more closely with the BRICS alliance as it seeks a new standard international currency. For several years Russia, China, Brazil, India and South Africa (BRICS) have been preparing the world for its transition from USD standard international currency to its own alternative-in-the-making. America’s so called mother country England has seen the writing on the wall and knows the global balance of power is rapidly tilting in favor of where the sun always rises in the emerging East.

    The European central banking cabal from the City of London, a separate and private political and financial entity apart from the rest of both London and England, sent British royalty Prince William to China to quietly sign a deal to become a founding member of the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB). This surprising new development is a clear indication that the royal Bank of England is placing its financial bet and future on China and the East as its rock solid anchor. Much of the world has been looking to move away from and abandon the longtime global financial stronghold of the US Federal Reserve, its World Bank and US dollar standard. A US official feebly chastised UK in the Financial Times:
    We are wary about a trend toward constant accommodation of China, which is not the best way to engage a rising power.
    More consternation arose when Germany, France and Italy have additionally made overtures in the same direction. This worldwide trend spells utter defeat for Obama and his disastrous foreign policy. After Washington’s been exerting strong-armed pressure on Australia as its key allied partner supporting its failing Asian pivot designed to check China’s growing regional and global dominance in the Pacific Asian market, Australia is now also looking to follow suit accepting and embracing China’s lead.

    According to international investor and entrepreneur Simon Black, the US is experiencing major economic blowback after two plus decades of aggression as the only global superpower:
    … After years of endless wars, spying, debt, money printing, bailouts, and insane regulations, the rest of the world has had enough. And they’re looking for an alternative.
    Enter the China led BRICS alliance and its New Development Bank and now China’s other investment bank entry AIIB. Simon takes liberty in his interpretation of Britain and Europe’s bold rebellion after decades relegated to being a mere puppet of the US Empire:
    Look, you have $18.1 trillion in official debt, you have $42 trillion in unfunded liabilities, and you’re kind of a dick. I’m dumping you.
    Perhaps some Americans may feel a bit betrayed and unsettled by our longtime strongest global allies one by one seemingly abandoning the US dollar and American Empire in its reckoning time of need. If these geopolitical and economic trends are examined beyond their face value though, the changes occurring now may reflect much more significant, deeper changes than a mere alteration of standard international currency (as impactful as that will likely be for the US). These deep rooted fundamental changes have everything to do with the major global shift now taking place where the West’s ruling power elite itself is losing to the emerging global power rising in the East.

    The latest act of bold economic defiance breaking rank with US Empire interests mirrors last month’s bucking trend that Europe exercised when putting the skids on the US campaign for sending heavy armaments to Ukraine and pushing for war against Russia. The fact is Europe and especially Germany depend on natural gas from Russia and the US imposed sanctions on Russia hurt Europe even more than Russia. That along with wanting to avoid war in their own backyard has nations like Germany and France softening their hardline, US pushed anti-Russian posturing.

    Several weeks ago German and French leaders attended meetings in Mink, Belarus to negotiate a peaceful way out of the escalating violence in Eastern Ukraine between the government forces in Kiev and the ethnic Russian separatists seeking autonomy in the Donetsk and Lugansk region. In the same way Netanyahu attempted to fan the war flames against Iran, the same day Germany and France were gathering in Minsk to meet with Putin and Ukraine leaders, Secretary of State Kerry showed up in Kiev mouthing the same worn out lie of “Russian aggression” in a transparent feeble attempt to sabotage the Minsk talks. Again, the tie-in is the Israeli-US crime cabal constantly at work every chance they get peddling and promoting more global violence, death and war.

    For over a year now Washington’s war drums have been beating louder for NATO to join forces with Ukraine, pressuring Europe to submit as it always has in going along with its permanent war agenda, all the while falsely demonizing Russia’s President Putin with outrageous propaganda lies and nonstop false flags not unlike the WMD lies against Hussein in 2002-3 Iraq. But in a rare gesture of independence, unwilling to start a war so close to home against nuclear powered Russia that Europe relies heavily as a critical source for its natural gas consumption, the powers of Europe are seeking a non-violent resolution to its regional conflict that carries the devastating potential of triggering World War III.

    Meanwhile, NATO Supreme Commander US Air Force General Philip Breedlove fashions himself to be a Dr. Strangelove incarnate, making repeated bogus claims and lies of Russian army presence inside Eastern Ukraine in a vain yet persistent attempt to foment war. Having such a deluded and deceitful warmonger in charge of the NATO nuclear arsenal poses a calamitous threat to the entire world. Yet his commander-in-chief Obama has chosen not to relieve him of command. Instead German leaders have openly criticized Breedlove and the European Union wants to replace NATO with its own continental army. This very public geopolitical conflict over such widely differing Western approaches toward Ukraine seriously undermine American Empire’s global influence and power, again underscoring simultaneous developments around the world that indicate consistent across the boards US foreign policy failures and from the broader context, a rapid US decline as the sole global hegemonic superpower.

    Putin advisor Sergei Glazyev nailed it when he said:
    The war has been provoked to destroy the Russian World, to draw Europe into it, and to surround Russia with hostile countries. Unleashing this world war, America is trying to deal with its own internal problems.
    Current economic turmoil reverberating in Japan is in large part due to the notorious corruption of the Abe government that may soon have additional problems to contend with once accusations over a fraudulent past elections get fully exposed. Abe has been a subservient tool used by the same international crime syndicate controlled by subversive Israeli-American forces. As such, Japan will also be moving away from the USD/West geopolitics and very likely pivoting toward China and a Pacific alliance that excludes the US Empire finding itself increasingly isolated on the outs.

    Though incumbent Prime Minister Netanyahu is the apparent winner in today’s Israeli election, the despot had to claw and fight for his political life to survive another day. Recent revelations that he’s been a Russian spy surfaced right after his disgraceful debacle in front of the Israeli captured US congressional audience on Capitol Hill two weeks ago and then came the despicable treasonous display of 47 Republican senators threatening letter to Iran. Bibi’s days of hate, war and paranoia are numbered as the ugly truth about his evildoing will continue to unfold that will soon bring him down. Showing his true evil colors right to the end, the day before the election Netanyahu once again reminded the world that an autonomous Palestinian state will never come to pass while on his watch.

    Within the last couple weeks other mysterious events suggesting some cataclysmic, behind-the-scenes development included the apparent disappearance of Vladimir Putin for 11 consecutive days, fueling speculation from an internal political coup to possible sickness and/or death to witnessing the birth of his child at the bedside of his girlfriend in Switzerland. Because so many monumental breaking stories and developments seem to abound every week, Putin’s normally high profile lifestyle would naturally generate even higher profile speculation over his abrupt, extended disappearance. Of course it begs the question asking if it’s merely coincidental with these other earth-shaking events or very much related.

    For years the CIA and US Empire have been hard at work in nations from Eastern Europe through the Caucasus to Central Asia all the way to China courting the favor of corrupt dictators and supporting coups promoting anti-Russo-Sino US puppet governments along the entire corridor bordering Russia and China. Despite such Obama’s plan after the 2008 Russian-Georgia conflict was to a reset relations with Russia. But with last year’s US-induced Ukrainian coup and Russia’s annexation by consensual vote of Crimea that “reset” plan went out the window. In 2011 Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan signed the economic alliance of the Eurasian Union. Meanwhile, recognizing the strategic importance of the land bridge between Europe, the Middle East and Asia, Putin has made inroads strengthening ties with the three South Caucasus nations. Putin enticed Armenia to also join the Eurasian Union and has mediated hostilities between Armenia and oil rich Azerbaijan while seeking to repair and realign with Georgia that previously leaned toward the West. US Empire has largely failed to gain a foothold in this part of the world.

    Other key geopolitical developments that have been ongoing for some time center in such remote places as western China’s mineral and oil-rich Xinjiang Province. With the powerful US Navy patrolling and to a great extent controlling Pacific waters in conjunction with Obama’s flop of an Asian Pacific pivot, the geopolitics chessboard strategy to hem the two adversarial giants in with hostile neighbors has generally backfired. Furthermore, the US was not prepared for Russia and China to suddenly renew an ultra-close economic, political and military bond that would effectively counter US Empire’s hegemonic aggression. They promptly signed a $400 billion oil-gas pipeline deal that will span a landlocked pathway, thereby foiling the US plan to seal off the China’s energy access via the Pacific. Hence, Moslem populated Xinjiang Province that is the proposed pipeline passage route has become a highly contentious target where the West and CIA in particular have been funding and supporting a separatist movement and acts of terrorism as a disruptive interdiction tactic. Overall this covert strategy has failed.

    The Western cabal controlled crime syndicate led by the likes of kingpin Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu financed and supported by the likes of multibillionaire Sheldon Adelson and the Saudi royal family along with congressional henchman and ISIS friend Senator John McCain and the rest of his treasonous Republicans, the rogue US intelligence agency the CIA and NATO’s General Breedlove are all bent on plunging the US Empire-NATO forces into World War III on multiple warfronts at every global hotspot – Ukraine, Syria, Iran, the Caucasus all the way eastward to China’s Xinjiang Province and northward to the oil-rich Arctic against the forces of the two most powerful nations of the East – Russia and China. As a desperate last ditch attempt to retain its many centuries of Rothschild-Rockefeller power and dominance, these evil-minded, megalomaniacal psychopaths know that their hitherto unchallenged global control and strength that have bankrupted and nearly destroyed the planet is fast slipping away. So they seem all the more erratically resolute in seeking revenge by taking the entire earth down with them.

    The truth about the horror and destruction these Western oligarchs have conspired and caused worldwide for centuries cannot even be fathomed. They have ensured a permanent state of war (in the US alone 93% of its 239 years) right up to the present Bush crime family-neocon fabrication of the “war on terror,” then under Obama this last year alone wrongly plunging America into another dangerous cold war with Putin’s Russia, and dozens of tragic false flag events like 9/11 designed to demonize Moslems into becoming the instantaneous post-Communist designated enemy of the twenty-first century with the US-Saudi-Israeli creation of al Qaeda/ISIS. These dark malevolent forces of evil that have propagated so much misery and suffering on humanity for so long are finally at last being exposed like never before.

    The Western oligarch agenda to inflict a globalized system of absolute totalitarian fascist police state NWO control on every nation and people on earth trapped in hopeless debtor bondage may just be running into a brick Eastern wall as clear losers in the ongoing economic/currency war. Despite the constant jabbing of Putin and his Russian bear in vain attempts to manipulate him to react with military force in eastern Ukraine and despite the failed overt assault in the form of US Empire’s Asian pivot designed to close in and isolate China from the rest of Pacific Asia, ironically it’s the United States that finds itself increasingly alone as the longtime global village bully that’s finally met its match about to get its comeuppance. The smarter, economically stronger forces emerging from the East are winning the power war potentially without even firing a single shot against Western oppressors. Hopefully peace will prevail and the international crime syndicate that has long controlled the West will be deposed of as the murderous traitors to both peace and humankind.

    As a necessary qualifier, actual real life tends toward shades of gray far more than black and white. Undoubtedly elements of corruption and evil lurk behind all the most powerful nations in both the West and the East. But the forces of China and Russia appear to be seeking a far more rational, humane and even peaceful resolution to the West-instigated West vs. East geopolitical military showdown sinisterly orchestrated by the international crime cabal’s global agenda of polarization, militarization, privatization and unsustainable, insurmountable debt-driven feudalism based on pure theft, deception, exploitation, impoverishment and pervasive planetary destruction.

    Seeking to avoid the inevitable bloodbath that would result from world war and possible nuclear annihilation of all life forms on earth, the East appears to be seeking to avert such global disaster by ensuring that this ongoing war is won by successfully transitioning to an international currency backed once again by the gold standard. The Western central banking cabal consisting of the Bank of England and other European central banks, America’s Federal Reserve Board, its World Bank and International Monetary Fund along with the Israeli-US government crime cabal all stand to ultimately be stripped of their absolute power that have the entire world drowning in debt, crushing destabilization and impoverished despair. But now a light at the end of the tunnel at least is shining a little brighter.

    Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate and former US Army officer. He has written a manuscript based on his unique military experience entitled “Don’t Let The Bastards Getcha Down.” After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field for more than a quarter

  70. Paul Craig Roberts
    RINF Alternative News

    John W. Whitehead is a constitutional attorney. As head of the Rutherford Institute he is actively involved in defending our civil liberties. Being actively involved in legal cases, he experiences first hand the transformation of law from a shield of the American people into a weapon in the hands of the government.

    American civil liberty was seriously eroded prior to 9/11 and the rise of the police/warfare state, a story I tell in How America Was Lost. Lawrence Stratton and I documented the loss of law as a shield of the American people in our book, The Tyranny of Good Intentions (2000, 2008). Whitehead in his book, A Government of Wolves (2013) and in his just released Battlefield America (2015) shows how quickly and thoroughly the police state has taken root.

    We live in an electronic concentration camp. We are addicted to images on screens that disinform and propagandize us to accept and even welcome the police state activities that have destroyed our autonomy, privacy, and independence.

    I write many columns on this subject. The advantage of a book is that it all comes together under one cover, and that is what Whitehead has done in Battlefield America.

    “The outlook for civil liberties grows bleaker by the day, from the government’s embrace of indefinite detention for US citizens and armed surveillance drones flying overhead to warrantless surveillance of phone, email and Internet communications, and prosecutions of government whistle-blowers. The homeland is ruled by a police-industrial complex, an extension of the American military empire. Everything that our founding fathers warned against is now the new norm. The government has trained its sights on the American people. We have become the enemy. All the while, the American people remain largely oblivious.”
    http://rinf.com/alt-news/latest-news/paul-craig-roberts-can-evil-be-defeated/
    \\][//

  71. EUpocalypse Now?! Greece Demands WWII Reparations From Germany
    Posted: 07 Apr 2015 08:31 AM PDT
    by James Corbett – TheInternationalForecaster.com

    Regular readers of this column will remember when I “boldly” predicted that Syriza would change nothing regarding the Greek status quo and that those celebrating the party’s election win earlier this year were going to be as sorely disappointed as Obama’s “Hope & Change” cheerleaders. Actually, it wasn’t such a bold prediction for those who understand that the only meaningful changes that are ever going to happen are going to be structural changes implemented bottom-up in peer-to-peer decentralized economic systems that have nothing to do with regional currencies, central banks or deals with the IMF, but some people treated it as a bold prediction.

    Sadly enough for the Greek people (with whom I truly do sympathize) that prediction was all too accurate. Since Syriza’s dramatic “no talks with the troika” rhetoric to their talks with the troika (oh, I’m sorry, the “Brussels Group“) to their inevitable complete cave-in (and re-cave-in) they have fallen all over themselves to make their payments to the banksters, complete all the bankster-assigned homework, and pledge their fealty to the banksters (in the only language the banksters understand, of course: fiat debt money and austerity conditions). And still, the banksters use every opportunity to remind Syriza and its supporters who’s really calling the shots in Athens (hint: it’s not Tsipras).

    eupocalypse2You know things are bad when even the progressives and socialists who voted you into power are calling you out for capitulating to the banksters.

    Don’t worry, though; Alexis and Co. have a new hope and change game to sell the public. The answer to the debt debacle crippling the Greek economy and driving the Greek people to the breaking point is…(wait for it…)…more debt!
    https://www.corbettreport.com/eupocalypse-now-greece-demands-wwii-reparations-from-germany/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+CorbettReportRSS+%28The+Corbett+Report%29
    \\][//

  72. The Boston Marathon Bombing’s “Constructed Reality”
    By Prof. James F. Tracy – Global Research, April 19, 2014

    “The only feeling that anyone can have about an event he does not experience is the feeling aroused by his mental image of that event … For it is clear enough that under certain conditions men respond as powerfully to fictions as they do to realities.” Walter Lippmann, Public Opinion, 1922.

    The careful coordination of information and visual representations governs the mass mind. The conditions for such are accentuated in times of perceived crisis. For a relatively brief period following the Boston Marathon bombing two sets of photographs emerged that actually depicted what appeared to have taken place at “ground zero,” where the first explosive device detonated. Each series of photos strongly suggests the execution of a mass casualty exercise.

    The first set of photographs was taken by amateur sports photographer Benjamin Thorndike, whose employment as a financial advisor at FOC Partners on Boylston provided him with an ideal position. The second set was taken by graphic designer Aaron Tang, whose office is several doors down Boylston Street from FOC. In fact, Tang’s photos are especially revealing as they chronicle the unusual law enforcement and first responder reactions to the incident.

    While Tang’s photos and personage are almost entirely absent from corporate news reportage and commentary, Thorndike and a handful of his more than two dozen photos receive sporadic consideration in the short-lived news cycle preceding 5:00PM on April 18, when the FBI revealed images of Tamarlan and Dzhokhar Tsarnaev in the vicinity of the finish line.

    The federal government and its major media appendages would then employ this dubious evidence vis-á-vis the Tsarnaevs’ non-American otherness to essentially indict the brothers in the court of public opinion. The spectre of Muslim terrorism–an important propaganda element of the “war on terror”–further legitimated the declaration of martial law in the greater Boston area, culminating in the extrajudicial killing of Tamarlan and the near-murder (so far as the public is lead to believe) of Dzhokhar.
    craft int logo
    “Despite what your mamma told you … Violence does solve problems”
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-boston-marathon-bombings-constructed-reality/5377487
    \\][//

  73. Boston Marathon Bombings’ Guilty Verdict Exposed as a Gross Travesty of Justice
    By Joachim Hagopian – Global Research, April 11, 2015
    Url of this article:
    http://www.globalresearch.ca/boston-marathon-bombings-guilty-verdict-exposed-as-a-gross-travesty-of-justice/5442240
    boston_bombing_Tsarnaev

    With the official government narrative of the 9/11 attack filled with a plethora of lies that have since been subsequently exposed, the next biggest “war on terror” event on US soil that the feds failed to stop was the April 2013 Boston Marathon bombings. And now the lone living suspect from that horrific crime that killed three people, left 17 limbless and injured 264 victims (though that number’s been accused of being purposely inflated) has now been found guilty of all 30 counts after the jury’s 11 hour deliberation earlier this week. As we mark the second anniversary of this tragic event and the second and final phase of the trial beginning on Monday that will decide the fate of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev – whether he’ll live out the rest of his life in prison or be put to death, a critical review of preceding events and developments surrounding his high profile, extremely significant case seems both timely and much needed.

    Despite Dzhokhar Tsarnaev pleading not guilty to the 30 counts (17 carrying the death penalty) he was charged within a week after the April 15th bombings in 2013, his lead defense attorney Judy Clark several days ago conceded to the jury that her client was guilty in her closing argument. Apparently blaming the dead brother whose due process was denied became Dzhokhar’s only defense strategy. The defense team insisted that he was coerced and bullied by his older brother into committing alleged acts of terrorism. Considering no real solid proof other than photos placing Dzhokhar and older brother Tamerlan both wearing backpacks at the scene of the crime where the two bombs exploded was even presented at the trial, no justice for either the Tsarnaevs nor the many victims can possibly come from this guilty verdict.

    If the purpose of the US judicial system in criminal trials is to ensure that all factual evidence surrounding an alleged crime or crimes be accurately and fairly presented so that the jurors can properly assess the best semblance of the truth as presented by both prosecution and defense in order for the jury to adjudicate and decide a defendant’s true guilt or innocence, this trial was a complete travesty of justice. And if a basic tenet of the justice system in the United States holds that a defendant is considered innocent until proven guilty, then again this verdict outcome is an obscene farce and a shameful joke exposing America’s justice system for its gross injustice. Just as the 9/11 commission failed to adequately address and answer dozens of questions that its official narrative failed to deliver, and years earlier the Warren Commission failed JFK and America, so does the prosecution’s case of evidence of Tsarnaev’s guilt fail to be convincing, much less provide definitive and unequivocal proof that the 21-year old Chechen American with his brother committed the Boston Marathon crimes.

    And the prime reason why is that so much of the testimony and so called evidence was based on the FBI and local law enforcement’s dishonest versions of events that were based near exclusively on the government’s one star witness’s faulty, changeable, non-credible accounting of events. The identity of this sole witness who we don’t even know other than by his fake name “Danny,” claims that the deceased brother Tamerlan confessed that he and his younger brother were responsible for the Marathon bombings as well as the murder of the MIT campus policeman. Yet “Danny” never even testified as a witness at the trial. When the strength of the state’s evidence relies solely on one anonymous witness who’s never even sworn in to testify at the trial nor subjected to cross-examination on behalf of the accused, how can the trial verdict in any way be considered legitimate or fair? Virtually the entire guilt or innocence of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev rested on what this one alleged witness claimed, yet he kept changing his story on numerous occasions.

    The other so called incriminating evidence used against Dzhokhar was a bogus, totally unbelievable written confession that he is purported to have written in the dark on the inside wall of the boat he was hiding out in. Dzhokhar was supposedly laying there nearly bleeding to death from the alleged gunshot exchange with police a few hours earlier. Yet on video footage the young man is seen emerging unassisted from the boat appearing bloodless and uninjured only to be admitted minutes later to the emergency hospital room in critical condition suffering from a deeply sliced neck wound that prevented him from speaking for weeks. How did that happen while in police custody? And that came after a swarm of police shot a slew of bullet holes into the boat while Tsarnaev supposedly lay there gravely injured.

    Just as the French authorities made sure that no prisoners were allowed to be taken alive in the alleged Hebdo Paris crime spree in January, nor in Osama bin Laden’s alleged execution in Pakistan in 2011, nor in the JFK assassination, that barrage of gunfire into that boat by FBI and/or local police was also intended to kill the only suspect. That way the government’s complicity, criminal involvement and subsequent cover-up would have conveniently been eliminated – wiped clean of any messy complications in the form of a suspect trial and the truth inadvertently leaking out. So the US government proceeds with a pseudo-trial that kept the defendant silent and unable to ever present his side of the story. In effect, he may as well have been silenced by the bullets intended to kill him.

    Another of the dozens of discrepancies in this case is over how and when older brother Tamerlan actually died. A series of photos of a naked and handcuffed Tamerlan were taken as the police placed him into custody and inside a patrol car. Both CNN and the Boston Globe reported that Tamerlan was alive in police custody. Yet the feds’ official line was that after the brothers robbed a 7-Eleven, Tamerlan was killed in the Watertown shootout with the police while Dzhokhar backed the car over him as he made his temporary getaway. It can only be one or the other. The photos don’t lie. Cops do.

    For so many incredulous inconsistencies to actually be accepted as convincing “evidence” while so many discrepant facts directly contradict state evidence, and then the “no questions asked” defense and mainstream media throughout the trial passively swallowing it hook, line and sinker in its rush to convict Dzhokhar Tsarnaev (trial being over in less than a month with 95 witnesses) is utterly preposterous and again, a complete and total miscarriage of justice. For nearly two years all the potential defense witnesses were constantly harassed, deported, jailed, and even killed, thus, virtually silencing any chance of a fair defense for Dzhokhar.

    But then the propaganda lies built into this case from the start were designed to convict the brothers as the patsy fall guys all along. Going back to the JFK assassination and Lee Harvey Oswald, every false flag operation has its unwitting stooges who are used by the feds as props to take the sole blame. From President Obama to the FBI to their propagandist presstitutes, they were all publicly weighing in their guilty verdicts no sooner than the release of the photos that within days of the bombings identified the two brothers as the only prime suspects, thus prejudicing the entire case, effectively swaying Americans into believing that the one suspect still alive was guilty long before his trial ever began. And we know based on both Obama and the FBI’s track records that they both are constantly lying through their teeth and obviously cannot be trusted. The overwhelming majority of American citizens per last August’s CNN poll, an all-time high of 87%, of Americans simply do not trust their own government, knowing that they are constantly being lied to every day. And with so many blatant holes in the state’s case, anyone half aware and informed of what’s been allowed to go down in the Boston Marathon bombings case would be near 100% certain that the government is once again producing an over-the-top false narrative designed to hide its own criminality. But then the US federal government’s become a militarized dictatorship, part of an international crime cabal that uses state propaganda as effectively as the Nazis ever did.

    All kinds of unexplained anomalies are rampant throughout this case. A number of paid mercenaries from Craft International, a paramilitary private security contractor out of Texas (not unlike notorious Blackwater/aka Xe/aka Academi) were also spotted in photos wearing those same black colored government-issued-like backpacks. The question of whether any of them laid their backpack and its contents on the ground never quite came up in the trial. Apparently these guys were part of a Homeland Security training exercise that just happened to be training at the exact same time and place as the so called terrorists on that Boston Marathon day. Think about those odds, kind of like America’s entire national air defense on 9/11 conveniently being absent, purposely diverted to training exercises in the Atlantic just so the 9/11 false flag could be executed as planned. In Boston the unmistakable heavy presence of the military and special ops personnel assembled en-masse instantly on the scene after the marathon explosions is yet another giveaway indicating that the feds had something if not everything to do with this tragedy.

    Clearly it was a training exercise alright, Bostonians was used as a guinea pig litmus test for assessing how a large US urban population of over a million people would react to a first practice, simulation dry-run of martial law in America, conveniently prepping us for what’s to come. The 2012 National Defense Authorization Act upheld by the US Supreme Court a year ago now permits the US military to invade our homes without warrant, arrest us without charges, and imprison us indefinitely without trial, legal representation or due process. After the marathon bombings the feds’ stand down order issued over an expansive, densely populated metropolitan area to remain in their homes while a massive police state-army dressed and armed for war against its own people without warrants entered thousands of homes with automatic weapons drawn in the largest, monster-scale manhunt in US history searching for one teenager from a family with whom the feds were already very familiar.

    Perhaps the most respected independent news team that’s been diligently investigating the Boston Marathon bombings the last two years – WhoWhatWhy – has asserted that older brother Tamerlan was most likely an FBI informant. Through court motions last year Dzhokhar’s defense team submitted evidence that the FBI had approached the older Tsarnaev brother in an effort to recruit him to spy on his fellow Boston Chechen and Muslim community. The US intel community has a verifiably long history both here and around the globe of seeking out troubled youth and young people like the Tsarnaevs as informants in its worldwide clandestine operations.

    The FBI and CIA’s common misuse of paying informants to entrap others globally into joining plots of terrorism was well documented in researcher-author Trevor Aaronson’s book The Terror Factory: Inside the FBI’s Manufactured War on Terrorism. Between 9/11 and 2011 he confirmed that 508 defendants were recruited by informants paid up to $100,000 in multiple sting operations. In fact, in all but only three high profile cases were the FBI and their informants not involved. Again, this demonstrates that the US government’s calling card around the world reads “Terrorism-R-US,” just another M.O. for squandering hard earned taxpayer dollars to keep its invented “war on terror” very much ongoing and alive forever.

    What seems most probable are efforts by the FBI to recruit Tamerlan to become a snitch in the neocons’ self-serving war on terror. Yet this piece of crucial evidence has been purposely withheld from all court proceedings and MSM’s dubious, half-ass coverage. 26-year old Tamerlin was a down on his luck, unemployed boxer whose dream of Olympic gold had been shattered, married to a nurse’s aide working 60 hours a week to make ends meet. YetWhoWhatWhy states that just two days prior to the bombings, Tamerlan could afford sending his mother in Russia $900 cash along with paying for the backpacks (or were they government issued?), ammunition and bomb-making materials. Yet this critical piece of information was also prohibited from further inquiry during the trial.

    Of course the FBI predictably denied any Tsarnaev solicitation to become an informant. Prior to last month’s trial, the US Circuit Court judge presiding over the case explicitly ordered that the brother’s involvement with FBI not be allowed to enter his courtroom during the trial. It remains to be seen if Judge George A. O’Toole will permit the defense to present this critical information during the upcoming sentencing phase. Because the government has so much to hide and has failed to address so many discrepancies in the case for obvious high stakes reasons, it probably won’t be included, which of course only reinforces what many of us already know, that this trial is but a sham for police state propaganda and truth suppression.

    Of all the receipts for typical everyday items purchased, the only receipts found in Tamerlan’s pockets were receipts for his self-incriminating bomb-making materials. That’s almost like finding the unblemished passport belonging to the lead 9/11 box-cutter a couple blocks from the towers’ ashes the day after, or the Hebdo gunman’s wallet with ID left carelessly on purpose in the cab so those terrorists could instantly be identified. This calling card pattern smacks of yet another inside job rendition with the same shabby, grubby fed fingerprints carelessly smudged all over it.

    Another inconsistent weakness in the prosecution’s case was the sophistication required for making the “pressure-cooker” bombs used at the marathon. Supposedly Tamerlan learned off an al Qaeda internet website where the article’s authors mention the directions being beyond the scope of a novice. Throughout the trial, the prosecution team would go back and forth promoting the notion of the bombs’ complexity whenever it served their purpose. For example, as the reason used to justify the FBI interrogating Dzhokhar for two days straight without reading him his Miranda rights, the FBI suspected that others were also involved, partially based on the bombs seeming more than homemade-like. Yet whenever it would come up as a reason to mitigate seeking the death penalty, the notion of lone wolves would get drummed home every time.

    The traces of bomb materials in Tamerlan’s apartment underwent the same flip floppy logic as a transparent prosecution ploy used to convict the younger brother. Three times the feds changed their tune on traces of the bomb material being found in the apartment and whether the brothers had outside help or not. These discrepancies consistently went unchallenged by the defense during the trial as if pre-scripted to let the shady government off the hook in its back and forth rendition of “truth,” protecting the feds’ cover-up lies of discrepancy in order to allow the US government to get away with its incriminating part.

    The one thread of unfailing consistency throughout this entire two year story is the constant inconsistencies and the countless conspicuously avoided bottom line questions that smack of inside cover-up. Initially the Tsarnaevs were not the suspects. Apparently once the photos of the Tsarnaev brothers at the Boston Marathon were made public asking for help in identifying their names, overheard on a Boston police scanner and then scooped up immediately by social media network sources, the names Mike Mulugeta and Sunil Trapathi were erroneously identified as the suspects. The fact that the FBI knew who the two men in those photos were because they had previous dealings with them enough to place them on a no fly list, the FBI willfully lied to America pretending it needed the public’s assistance to identify them. And then the police put out false names of innocent people as suspects. Mike Mulugeta reportedly was shot dead though any actual accounts confirming his death are completely absent. However, East Indian American and Brown University student Sunil Trapathi who had been reported missing since mid-March was found floating face down in pond water in Providence, Rhode Island about a week after the Marathon explosions. What little information about his suspicious death was released through his family and the question of whether the death resulted from foul play is still largely unknown.

    More bogus, planted propaganda against the brothers shortly after they were identified as the prime suspects was the FBI claim linking them to the triple murder case in Waltham, Massachusetts that took place on September 11th, 2011. Only during the trial did it come out that there existed absolutely no evidence that Tamerlan was involved. Yet the systematic damage of misinformation supporting the brothers’ guilt was already done, ensuring that in the court of public opinion the Tsarnaevs were guilty as charged right from the get-go.

    Here the Tsarnaev brothers were supposedly on a no fly list acting as more evidence supporting prior contact with intelligence agencies, yet Tamerlan was permitted to fly to known terrorist hotbed Chechnya and neighboring Dagestan from January 21, 2012 to July 17, 2012. His family members insist he spent his entire time with family, among them a distant cousin who heads a non-violent organization critical of Western policies toward Islam. Yet his visit was used by prosecution as so called evidence that the older brother was “radicalized” there and came home an inspired terrorist seeking revenge on America.

    A New York Times article dated April 20, 2013 suggests that Tamerlan was first approached by the FBI in January 2011 after a return trip from Russia. Russian intelligence services that monitored phone calls in Chechnya warned the FBI in March 2011 that Tamerlan was becoming a potential threat. Thus two plus years well in advance of the bombings, the FBI was already cognizant of Tamerlan’s extremist leaning activities. Yet the FBI allowed him to travel yet again to Russia despite being on a no fly list and less than nine months after his return from that final trip abroad, the Boston Marathon bombings occurred. This damning piece of government evidence makes the feds minimally guilty of criminal gross negligence if not actually a criminal accomplice.

    Yet another despicable chapter to this tragic saga is the FBI’s murder of Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s friend in Florida. Within weeks after the Boston bombings, an unarmed Ibragim Todashev was shot by an FBI agent previously reprimanded for excessive force as an Oakland police officer. Initially the FBI lied about the circumstances, falsely claiming Todashev wielded a knife. The victim’s family is suing the FBI for $30 million. Even after admitting the lie about the victim brandishing a weapon, the Justice Department (overseeing the FBI) and a Florida prosecutor cleared the murdering FBI agent of any wrongdoing. The official government’s response that in effect supports such egregious acts of violence toward innocent civilians strongly indicates that the victim knew too much and the crime syndicate’s answer for people aware of the feds’ evildoing is to systematically assassinate those who might incriminate the federal government. Neutralizing perceived threats is standard operating procedure.

    As an aside, the Tsarnaev brothers’ uncle who went public shortly after the bombings blasting his nephews as “losers” was married for several years in the 1990’s to the daughter of well-known CIA career officer Graham Fuller. Fuller is the CIA architect for creating the Mujahedeen movement that fought the Soviets in Afghanistan in the 1980’s, the same outfit whose leader Osama bin Laden emerged as the so called 9/11 al Qaeda mastermind. Fuller was a committed advocate for using Islamic fundamentalists as US proxy war mercenaries. Another coincidence that the CIA VIP’s son-in-law and his nephews came from Chechnya, a hotspot for separatist Muslim terrorist activity?

    Once again the United States government appears to be at least complicit in another state crime against its own citizens… and then applying a media blackout to any real investigative reporting that would ask the dozens of questions to get to the truth. Even the defendant’s legal representation abandoned Tsarnaev’s right to a fair trial, and by co-opting to act in accordance with the government’s “no questions asked” implicitly applied gag-rule, it too is complicit in this heinous crime for neither seeking the truth nor any real justice for either the defendants or the scores of victims. The US crime cabal and its fabricated “war on terror” is perpetuated globally, both on US soil and around the world as an ongoing crime against humanity. The truth behind 9/11 is in-our-face, and so is the truth behind these Boston bombings. The criminals in Washington must pay for their crimes.

    Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate and former US Army officer. He has written a manuscript based on his unique military experience entitled “Don’t Let The Bastards Getcha Down.” It examines and focuses on US international relations, leadership and national security issues. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field for more than a quarter century. He now concentrates on his writing and has a blog site at http://empireexposed. blogspot. com/.

    Copyright © 2015 Global Research
    \\][//

  74. TOWER OF BASEL
    basel
    The following is an excerpt from TOWER OF BASEL: The Shadowy History of the Secret Bank that Runs the World by Adam LeBor. Reprinted with permission from PublicAffairs.

    The world’s most exclusive club has eighteen members. They gather every other month on a Sunday evening at 7 p.m. in conference room E in a circular tower block whose tinted windows overlook the central Basel railway station. Their discussion lasts for one hour, perhaps an hour and a half. Some of those present bring a colleague with them, but the aides rarely speak during this most confidential of conclaves. The meeting closes, the aides leave, and those remaining retire for dinner in the dining room on the eighteenth floor, rightly confident that the food and the wine will be superb. The meal, which continues until 11 p.m. or midnight, is where the real work is done. The protocol and hospitality, honed for more than eight decades, are faultless. Anything said at the dining table, it is understood, is not to be repeated elsewhere.

    Few, if any, of those enjoying their haute cuisine and grand cru wines— some of the best Switzerland can offer—would be recognized by passers-by, but they include a good number of the most powerful people in the world. These men—they are almost all men—are central bankers. They have come to Basel to attend the Economic Consultative Committee (ECC) of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), which is the bank for central banks. Its current members [ZH: as of 2013] include Ben Bernanke, the chairman of the US Federal Reserve; Sir Mervyn King, the governor of the Bank of England; Mario Draghi, of the European Central Bank; Zhou Xiaochuan of the Bank of China; and the central bank governors of Germany, France, Italy, Sweden, Canada, India, and Brazil. Jaime Caruana, a former governor of the Bank of Spain, the BIS’s general manager, joins them.

    In early 2013, when this book went to press, King, who is due to step down as governor of the Bank of England in June 2013, chaired the ECC. The ECC, which used to be known as the G-10 governors’ meeting, is the most influential of the BIS’s numerous gatherings, open only to a small, select group of central bankers from advanced economies. The ECC makes recommendations on the membership and organization of the three BIS committees that deal with the global financial system, payments systems, and international markets. The committee also prepares proposals for the Global Economy Meeting and guides its agenda.
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Meet_The_Secretive_Group_That_Runs_The_World/43361/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

    • SLAVES TO IGNORANCE

      Slaves to ignorance will dismiss much of what is written on these pages.
      This is to be expected. In fact such expectation is part of that which is written here.
      It is a simple story, older than history itself, that this is the nature of human existence.
      \\][//

  75. And now, for a little more push pull

    Thursday, April 16, 2015
    One Last Look At The Real Economy Before It Implodes – Part 5
    Brandon Smith
    Activist Post

    Since I began writing analysis for the liberty movement more than eight years ago, I have always said that we will know when the endgame of the globalists is upon us when the criminals come out into the light of day and admit to their crimes. At that moment, it will be because they no longer fear either the repercussions or their plans being obstructed.

    As I plan to show in this installment of my series on the hidden fiscal collapse of America, the endgame has indeed arrived. At the very least, the international elites seem to think success is within their grasp, for they now openly expose their own criminality. But they do so in a way that attempts to divert blame or to rationalize their actions as being for the “greater good.”

    In Part 4 of this series, I discussed the reality of the false East/West paradigm and the fact that the “conflict” between Eastern and Western interests is nothing more than Kabuki theater constructed by globalists and designed to mesmerize the masses. You see, the problem with most people is that they tend to let their innate sense of tribalism drive them to take sides in war without understanding the fundamental root of that war. In most cases, they believe one side must be “good” and one side must be “bad.” Globalists understand this weakness of human collectivism, and they exploit it as often as possible. They create conflicts from out of the void, conflicts in which BOTH sides are controlled. Then, they let the masses fumble like idiots trying to set the noose around the other guy’s neck.

    The East/West paradigm is just another in a long line of false confrontations engineered by the elites, but it is one that is most dangerous to the liberty movement itself. In our rage over the destruction of freedom and prosperity within our own country, some of us have come to assume that the source of all that is unholy bubbles at the heart of U.S. corporate and government activity and that the East is in the midst of some kind of rebellion. This is simply nonsense.

    Recently, a reader sent me a link that reminded me of comments made by Rep. Louis T. McFadden, chairman of the House Banking Committee, on May 4, 1933. In the wake of his battle against the Federal Reserve, he said:
    … the treacherous signing away of American rights at the 7-power conference at London in July 1931 … put the Federal Reserve System under the control of the Bank of International Settlements.
    Even in 1933, there were some people who could see that the Federal Reserve was just an errand boy, an economic hit man for a more powerful entity. Sadly, McFadden died in 1936 from coronary thrombosis before he could make any headway in his crusade. The truth he stamped into the public record, though, lives on; and it is a truth that many people just don’t want to hear. It is easier to quantify the threat of the Federal Reserve. It is easier to believe that the Fed either controls the entire game or (for the more sheep-minded citizenry) that the Fed is a harmless “quasi-governmental body.” Many of us in the movement want to believe it is the gateway to the seventh circle of hell because if the Fed dies, then we win. And the Fed appears to be killable, most notably in light of certain actions on the part of the East. Unfortunately, the problem is far more complex.

    As McFadden exposed, the Fed is merely a tentacle, one of many slithering at the behest of a larger vampire squid. The Bank for International Settlements appears to be the eye of the leviathan. I have been happy to see that the BIS is gaining more and more attention from the alternative media as a primary threat to the stability of the world. Zero Hedge published a very interesting article on the BIS banking cabal recently, excerpted from a book by Adam LeBor and titled “Meet The Secretive Group That Runs The World.”

    Of course, this is not the first exposé on the BIS. Even Harper’s published a surprisingly honest (though only half the story) piece on the bank, titled “Ruling The World Of Money,” back in 1983. In it, the magazine claims that “…the unabashed purpose of its (BIS) elite monthly meetings is to coordinate and, if possible, to control all monetary activities in the industrialized world.”

    Any central bank that ends up on the membership roster of the BIS should be for all intents and purposes considered a pawn of the BIS. This includes the central banks of Eastern nations supposedly in opposition to Western power. The very beginning history of the BIS is stained with blood, since it financially played both sides of World War II and aided the funding of the Nazi apparatus. Keep in mind that Germany, Japan and the Allies were all members of the BIS from 1931 on and remained members through the war. Bankers have been pitting countries against each other for a very long time, and they have no loyalties to any particular nation.

    The BIS had to fade into the background for a time after its partnership with fascists was made public after the war. So the elites formed yet another monstrosity, the International Monetary Fund, to take its place in the public eye. However, the BIS continues to this day to pull the strings of the world’s central banks and, by extension, the world’s governments.

    The strategy of engineered conflict has not changed. I have written numerous articles on the undeniable collusion between Russia and the IMF, including the avid Russian support for the IMF’s new global reserve currency, the Special Drawing Rights. You can read those articles here, here and here.

    Vladimir Putin and the Kremlin have continued their love affair with the IMF since 2009, when they called for the SDR to become the world reserve currency.

    Last year, Putin reasserted the goal of the BRICS to become more involved (enveloped) in the IMF system:
    In the BRICS case we see a whole set of coinciding strategic interests. First of all, this is the common intention to reform the international monetary and financial system. In the present form it is unjust to the BRICS countries and to new economies in general. We should take a more active part in the IMF and the World Bank’s decision-making system. The international monetary system itself depends a lot on the US dollar, or, to be precise, on the monetary and financial policy of the US authorities. The BRICS countries want to change this.
    I also have been covering the Chinese shift away from the dollar and into the arms of the IMF’s currency basket for years.

    The great lie today is that China and Russia are anti-New World Order. Yet as I discussed in my last article, China (and Russia) have consistently called for a global conversion into the SDR basket system, and they want this system to be run by the IMF. The IMF, in turn, has consistently called for the end of the dollar as the world reserve currency and has openly embraced institutions like the new Asian regional bank, the AIIB, which is dominated by China, despite the fact that many people wrongly believe that the AIIB is somehow “competition” to the IMF or World Bank.

    This excerpt comes from the International Business Times:
    World Bank managing director Mulyani Indrawati told Xinhua in an interview.

    “We will definitely open for cooperation with AIIB [sic]. Even now, we are working very closely in the beginning and looking at the setting, principle and framework of this institution.”

    She also dismissed worries that the AIIB will compete against the World Bank or existing regional development banks and noted the global need for infrastructure is huge to accommodate multiple organisations.

    Speaking at the opening of the China Development Forum in Beijing, IMF chief Christine Lagarde said the IMF would be “delighted” to co-operate with AIIB, and the institutions have “massive” room for cooperation.
    More on the history of China and its partnership with the New World Order can be found in James Corbett’s excellent video analysis here.

    At the level of international banking and monetary policy, there is absolutely NO indication of any legitimate conflict between the East and the West. Again, such battles are only theater for the masses. But what purpose does this theater serve?

    The fake economic war between East and West provides cover and rationale for the true goal of the internationalists: the destruction of the dollar as the world reserve currency and the ascendency of the SDR global monetary system. The endgame of the bankers is, of course, global government. It has been the longtime dream of the Fabian socialists permeating the central banking universe. A global currency system and centralized economic management are first-step psychological weapons against the public. If the world operates on a singular currency mechanism and a singular economic authority, why not have a singular governmental system as well?

    The mistake many liberty movement analysts make is the assumption that the internationalists are somehow dedicated to U.S. interests. The idea that globalists have any loyalties to any sovereign government is a ridiculous notion. Fabians hate sovereign separations between nations (as much as they hate individual liberties), and they seek to ultimately destroy all boundaries for the sake of a singular global fiscal-political edifice.

    But the elites cannot simply kill the dollar and replace it outright. They need a magic trick, a smoke-and-mirrors hologram, a sexy assistant in a sequined bathing suit and fireworks galore while they pull their global basket reserve out of a top hat. The false East/West paradigm is the perfect distraction. What better way to destroy the dollar and conjure a new world reserve than to pit one block of nations you dominate against the other block of nations you dominate and blame the resulting economic catastrophe on the “barbarism of sovereign nationalism,” which you also plan to erase in due course?

    The elites are preparing for this event, and they are not content only to trigger it then sit back and watch it happen. They also hope to construct a new image for themselves as the prophets who tried to warn the world — the financial “sages” who would be our rescuers.

    The criminals are coming into the light, and they are wearing the masks of saviors.

    Alan Greenspan is now suddenly a staunch promoter of economic caution, warning that “something big … a significant market event …” is about to happen, and that gold is now a good investment as opposed to the dollar.

    Janet Yellen has openly conceded that cash is not a convenient store of value.

    Jamie Dimon is getting in on the prognosticator action, asserting that another financial crisis is coming.

    The IMF now consistently warns of “shadow banking risks” bringing disaster to the economic environment.

    The World Bank has been polite enough to warn the public that “now is the time to prepare for the next crisis.”

    The BIS now produces statements on a regular basis predicting a possible “violent reversal of global markets,” just as it conveniently alerted the public to the possibility of credit collapse in 2007 right before the derivatives crisis.

    Literally every elitist and his drunken uncle now publicly discuss the danger of another market crash. That’s a rather stark reversal from a few years ago when recovery was a mainstream absolute, Bernanke was being called a hero, and fiat stimulus was the fountain of youth. How would they know that such an event is coming? They built the conditions by which a collapse is inevitable, and now they want to purify themselves in the waters of Lake Minnetonka and absolve their institutions of all future ugliness.

    I would like to point out, though, that banker warnings of volatility and crisis are generally given far too late for average people to act accordingly. I would also like to point out that the rising chorus of mainstream voices giving predictions of destabilization are also marginalizing and isolating the U.S. and the Federal Reserve as the root cause. The U.S. is nothing more than a storefront for elitist activities. And the Federal Reserve is a tentacle that can be sacrificed if it means achieving total centralization. All signs and evidence point to what the IMF calls the “great global economic reset.” The plans for this reset do not include U.S. prosperity or a thriving dollar.

    You can read more from Brandon Smith at his site Alt-Market.com, where this article first appeared.

    • Crisis of Democracy
      http://www.trilateral.org/download/doc/crisis_of_democracy.pdf
      ____________________________________________________________________________

      Patrick Henry

      St. John’s Church, Richmond, Virginia
      March 23, 1775.

      MR. PRESIDENT: No man thinks more highly than I do of the patriotism, as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have just addressed the House. But different men often see the same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will not be thought disrespectful to those gentlemen if, entertaining as I do, opinions of a character very opposite to theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely, and without reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before the House is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfil the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offence, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the majesty of heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.

      Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.

      I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided; and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years, to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves, and the House? Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with these war-like preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to be reconciled, that force must be called in to win back our love? Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to which kings resort. I ask, gentlemen, sir, what means this martial array, if its purpose be not to force us to submission? Can gentlemen assign any other possible motive for it? Has Great Britain any enemy, in this quarter of the world, to call for all this accumulation of navies and armies? No, sir, she has none. They are meant for us; they can be meant for no other. They are sent over to bind and rivet upon us those chains which the British ministry have been so long forging. And what have we to oppose to them? Shall we try argument? Sir, we have been trying that for the last ten years. Have we anything new to offer upon the subject? Nothing. We have held the subject up in every light of which it is capable; but it has been all in vain. Shall we resort to entreaty and humble supplication? What terms shall we find which have not been already exhausted? Let us not, I beseech you, sir, deceive ourselves. Sir, we have done everything that could be done, to avert the storm which is now coming on. We have petitioned; we have remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have prostrated ourselves before the throne, and have implored its interposition to arrest the tyrannical hands of the ministry and Parliament. Our petitions have been slighted; our remonstrances have produced additional violence and insult; our supplications have been disregarded; and we have been spurned, with contempt, from the foot of the throne. In vain, after these things, may we indulge the fond hope of peace and reconciliation. There is no longer any room for hope. If we wish to be free² if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending²if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained, we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of Hosts is all that is left us!

      They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance, by lying supinely on our backs, and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. Three millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations; and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable²and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

      It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace²but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!

      http://www.history.org/almanack/life/politics/giveme.cfm
      \\][//

  76. The distinction between raw data and information is generally misunderstood. Data is not information until it is put in some particular context.
    Data sets must not only be put in context, but all other data in that context must be analyzed as a whole.
    \\][//

  77. Assuming the horizon
    r
    Wednesday, April 22, 2015
    One Last Look At The Real Economy Before It Implodes – Part 6 – Solutions

    By Brandon Smith

    All problems, all crises, have at least one solution, if not many solutions. There is no such thing as an unwinnable scenario. Some may not be smart enough or courageous enough to see it, but the solution is always there, waiting to be discovered. The only fight that cannot be won is the fight in which the enemy makes all the rules and we foolishly abide by those rules. Life is not a game of chess, and a man can choose to be more than a pawn anytime he has the guts to do so.

    In the past, I have likened the liberty movement to a rebellion against not just tyrants but the game itself – a group of people willing to walk away from the chess board and make their own rules. I stand by that assertion. However, simply walking away is not enough; we must also be willing to take actions that will destroy the game entirely.

    In order to accomplish this task, any rebellion against corruption of power must be self-critical – more self-critical of its own weaknesses than opposing propagandists could ever be. Most of our problems as a society are being caused by a relatively small number of elitists, but we will never be able to undo these problems without understanding our weaknesses as much as the enemy’s weaknesses. In this final installment of my six-part series, I will talk about REAL solutions to the inevitable economic implosion in front of us, but I will also discuss the shortcomings of the liberty movement as an obstacle to the success of those solutions.

    Perhaps the most detrimental of weaknesses within the Liberty Movement is a propensity of some to demand action by others before they take action themselves. Not all solutions require a synchronized mass movement led by top-down leadership. Often the best solutions are implemented by individuals and small groups within the local sphere. One man alone may not be able to change the entire world, but each individual can change the immediate world around him in smaller ways each day. Activists need to stop concerning themselves with what everyone else is doing and worry more about what THEY are doing to derail tyranny.

    As noted in Part 5 of this series, segments of the liberty movement have fallen into a trap of biased assumption, namely a gullible embrace of the false East/West paradigm. I find it a little sad at times when I come across freedom activists who worship the footsteps of Henry Kissinger/International Monetary Fund puppet Vladimir Putin, or those who cheer for a globalist petri dish like China, all because they hate American imperialism so much they have decided out of reactionary fervor to cheerlead for the “lesser of two evils.” There is no difference between those who buy into the false East/West paradigm and those who buy into the false Left/Right political paradigm. There is no “good guy” in the world of geopolitical maneuvering. East or West, it is all irrelevant primarily because both sides serve the same international interests. Those who refuse to recognize this fact will find themselves utterly incompetent in terms of presenting practical solutions. One cannot defeat the game if one plays by the unfair rules of the game.

    Another issue within the liberty movement is an inability by some to consider where the globalist ideal will actually lead. I know very well that there are 1,001 theories out there as to what the globalists actually want to achieve, which is why I personally look at the evidence at hand. The best available evidence is the evidence the elites openly ADMIT to, as they are apt to do in random fits of arrogance. It is important to understand that the elites often cannot help themselves and are desperate to boast of their activities before said activities are a forgone conclusion. Some analysts in recent history have presented undeniable admission by the elites, yet some activists still bicker about the enemy’s intent.

    Whether it be the surprising words of insiders like Carroll Quigley, or the in-depth investigations of Antony Sutton, or the quotable quotes of frothing Fabian socialists, there is indeed a distinct strategy in play and this strategy is hidden in plain sight; the strategy of order out of chaos. And in terms of economics, there is an openly admitted goal, namely the integration of national currencies into a single global basket system (the special drawing rights, or SDR) controlled by the IMF and the Bank for International Settlements. I do not “believe” this is the goal; I KNOW this is the goal because the elites have for decades openly admitted to it in articles like “Get Ready For The Phoenix” published by the Rothschild-owned The Economist in 1988, which stated that a global currency system will be established under the auspices of the SDR by 2018.

    Further information on the plan for global economic reset can be found in my article ‘The Economic Endgame Explained.’

    As I have shown with ample evidence throughout this series, the U.S. is on the verge of fiscal collapse, the dollar is already in the process of losing its world reserve status, the East is just as subservient to the reset plan as the West, and all of this is in preparation for an engineered disaster that will anesthetize the masses and prepare them for a shift toward total centralization.

    Solutions require us to first grasp the fundamental nature of the greater threat. The cold, hard truth is that we as a movement for freedom are alone in the fight against globalization. There are no nation states to fall back on. There is no safe region on the planet to run away to. No white knight is coming to our rescue, and any embrace of the East will end only in co-option and defeat for liberty activists.

    Believe it or not, though, I am still an optimist.

    Knowing the scale of the threat gives clarity to our response. The movement stands alone, therefore, we must act without naively waiting for outside aid. We must take on an attitude of self-reliance.

    The gravity of our situation also reveals to us what solutions actually have merit and which “solutions” present false hopes. I have seen numerous attempts at silver-bullet solutions in the movement over the past decade, from useless and intangible crypto-currencies to pyramid schemes designed to generate enough revenue to “sue” the Federal Reserve to blind armed marches on Washington planned by tactically retarded spokesmen to even more national election drives wasting even more money and more energy on candidates that may mean well but have no chance at defusing the economic time bomb already ticking away.

    If the solution presented seems too easy, then it is probably nonsense. If someone is trying to sell you on the idea that no sacrifice, no struggle and no pain will be required to defeat globalism, then they are probably a con man trying to take something from you, whether it be your money or your common sense. Throughout history, the only real solutions to real problems — economic, social or political — require much pain and sacrifice. To change the world for the better, to fight for the truth, you must be willing to take risks up to an including risking your life, otherwise failure is guaranteed.

    I do not believe in silver-bullet solutions. I do not believe there is a path of “least resistance.” The following methods are not academic. They are not philosophical. They will not appeal to the egghead libertarian portion of the movement, obsessed with theory rather than practice. And they will not appeal to self-proclaimed pacifists terrified of consequence and public perception. These are difficult actions requiring the will to endure. Every response listed here is a response I am applying in my own community, and I would not suggest a solution that I would not undertake myself.

    Localism

    If you want to undermine a concerted campaign of globalization, you must generate an opposing system. The opposite of tyranny is voluntarism. The opposite of collectivism is individualism. The opposite of globalism is localism.

    Localism is economic organization based upon the methodology of self-reliance. While globalism forces people, cities, states and countries to become interdependent and unable to survive or prosper without each other, localism brings internal economic stability and removes dependency. If all communities were based on localism and independent fiscal strength, such redundancy would make widespread financial collapse a thing of the past.

    While globalism is a top down model in which all decisions and power bottleneck at the peak of the pyramid, localism is a bottom up grass-roots initiative completely voluntary in nature. It is a methodology in which no one has power over the lives of others. That said, in order for localism to become a reality, these things must be accomplished first…

    Real Preparedness

    Self-reliance requires preparedness. There is no way around it. There is no such thing as crisis for those who are prepared. This means placing oneself in a position to provide the necessities of life so that one does not become a slave to need. Desperation often leads to moral relativism, and tyrants thrive on the moral weakness of a population. The more prepared an individual is, the more likely he is to fight back against despotism. The more prepared a community is, the less that community will feel inclined to request aid from those who might leverage such aid to oppress that community.

    Preparedness can also in some cases include commodity investment by individuals and networks of individuals. While beans, bullets and Band-Aids are a priority, no one can deny the trend of foreign central banks stockpiling precious metals. And this stockpiling is clearly being done as a parallel measure to de-dollarization and the rise of the SDR basket. Metals are useful during windows of time just before collapse and after rebuilding has begun. They are a back-up. They are not a solution by themselves.

    Real Production

    Americans, in particular, will have to become producers again. And by production I mean useful items, useful skills and useful ideas, rather than frivolous attempts to sustain our avarice and empty materialism. Do you have the skills to produce food, clean water, shelter, warmth or energy? Are you able to invent or reimagine useful tools? Can you repair useful items? Do you have any experience with hard labor whatsoever? If you have answered in the negative to these questions, then you have a lot of work ahead of you to learn what you can in the time we have left. If you were to approach a group of people today and try to convince them of your value as a producer, what would you tell them? If you were thrust into an economic system in which barter was the primary means of wealth circulation, what would you trade that people would actually want? It is not about being “communally useful”, but it is about supply and demand. What can you provide that is commonly in demand during faltering fiscal conditions?

    This is not necessarily a call for Americans to revert back to 18th century living; it is a call for Americans to reclaim their heritage of entrepreneurship and adaptability. Globalism is merely feudal mercantilism wearing a modernized mask. It is globalism that is taking us back to the Dark Ages. And only localism can bring us into a future where technical achievement works for the common man rather than against him.

    Real Community

    Humans are social beings, but there are healthy forms of social organization, and unhealthy forms. At this stage in our society, collectivism has nearly decimated all vestiges of true community. Today, people have no clue who their neighbors are and most of them do not want to know. They have little to no interaction with their surroundings beyond superficial consumerism, and they see every other person around them as a competitor rather than an ally. Their idea of the “greater good” is a mentally deranged one. For them, the state is the root source of safety and communal coherency rather than the citizenry, and the people around them are not to be trusted.

    Collectivism isolates people from each other to the point that their only means of feeling a connection with their fellow man is to do so through support of the establishment control grid. Participation in the totalitarian framework becomes a shallow replacement for participation in the world around us. By paying taxes, blindly supporting a war, giving to impotent international charities and voting once every two to four years in the farcical election process, we fool ourselves into believing we are a part of a “team” and that our civic duty has been fulfilled.

    This terrible cycle can be broken, but it takes the effort of individuals going out and actively building relationships with others of like mind off the grid, so to speak. The liberty movement in particular should be forming groups and associations all over the country — not just to complain about the condition of the nation, but to take tangible actions. Mutual aid and barter groups, neighborhood watches and community preparedness teams, business ventures and engineering projects are all useful means of organization. These organizations will not form themselves. YOU must make them happen.

    Real Self-Defense

    As I discussed in my article ‘If You Are Not Thinking Tactically You Are Not A Survivalist,’ self-defense is an imperative that simply cannot be denied. This defense must include preparation for all enemies, foreign and domestic, and corrupt government is not excluded.

    Economic collapse is very often followed by an increase in oppressive state power. And in the end, the establishment does not relinquish power over the citizenry unless it is forced to do so. Because of this reality, all honorable people should endeavor to become dangerous people, the more dangerous the better.

    Voices expressing nihilism and futility in self defense are rarely constructive and should be ignored. Frankly, I find such cowardice stomach churning. There may very well come a day in which you will have to decide between freedom or absolute slavery. The size, strength and technological advancement of the enemy should have NO bearing whatsoever on the choice to fight for freedom; it should only have bearing on the applied strategy. Again, there is no problem without a solution if you have the courage to seek it. I hope that my joint project with Oath Keepers on how to build a working thermal evasion suit, due to be released in the next few weeks, will provide a good example as to why a technologically advanced tyranny is still vulnerable to a resourceful citizenry.

    Real Grass-Roots Expansion

    There has always been a lot of talk within the liberty movement of “nullification.” But ultimately, the philosophy of nullification is useless unless it comes from a position of strength. Federal overreach will not stop simply because a state happens to pass a bill denying the establishment full access. Here in Montana, medical marijuana legalization was crushed by the Feds despite state recognition. They simply marched in and arrested on drug charges anyone who dared open up shop, and the state did nothing to stop it. This is just one example of many in which nullification failed because people refused to accept that written law is meaningless unless it is backed by a vigilant public. Words on paper alone have never stopped the ascendance of totalitarians.

    I suspect that as the overall economic implosion becomes more obvious to average people, there will be some counties and states that develop a desire for nullification on a grand scale. Americans will want resource implementation to provide wealth protection. And some states have more than enough resources to offset a national financial disaster, or at least stop that disaster at their borders. This would require the complete dissolution of numerous federal laws prohibiting resource development.

    Such dissolution will not be successful unless counties and states have enough strong grass-roots communities in place to defend against federal intrusion — or at least make the idea so costly and prohibitive that they have second thoughts. Each smaller liberty group linking with other liberty groups can eventually create this kind of expansion. This is, of course, a best-case scenario. County and state organization should take a backseat to neighborhood and town organization until wider expansion becomes realistic. Strong counties and states begin with strong individuals, strong neighborhoods, and strong towns.

    The collapse itself could easily be prolonged through a series of smaller catastrophes; or it could happen in a matter of days, depending on the trigger. For now, it appears that the U.S. is to be worn down to nothing as the IMF works closely with the BRICS to promote the SDR basket system. All nations will be negatively affected by this shift, but some will be hurt far more than others. War is certainly a possibility and would make for great cover as the IMF’s global reset is enacted. I can’t speak much to this kind of event other than to say that regardless of what happens, the IMF and the BIS will remain neutral, waiting until the conflict subsides so that they can step in as “heroes” ready to rebuild the world.

    The liberty movement must also be ready to rebuild, and our ideal must be fully formed if we are to compete with the globalists. The most difficult reality of all is the reality that economic implosion is only the end of one struggle and the beginning of a new struggle. Our responsibility will not only be to fight against the machinations of elitists, but also to convince the world that the way of independence and freedom is more useful and preferable than the way of collectivist peasantry. Collapse is already upon us; now we must decide who will determine what happens next.

  78. Ole’ Hillary promising us a blow job while giving head to who the slut sold out to
    Hillary Clinton Calls For “Toppling” the 1%…While Being Bankrolled by the 1%

    Op-Ed by Nick Bernabe
    April 21, 2015
    (ANTIMEDIA) This really happened. As crazy as it sounds, Hillary Clinton is trying to repackage her war-torn reputation into a populist spitting image of progressive icon Elizabeth Warren. The New York Times reports that “Mrs. Clinton pointed at the top category and said the economy required a ‘toppling’ of the wealthiest 1 percent, according to several people who were briefed on Mrs. Clinton’s policy discussions.”

    The New York Times and Huffington Post didn’t bother asking the questions that should have been asked, with their reporting easily summed up by the opening line in the HuffPo peice: “Hillary Clinton believes that strengthening the middle class and alleviating income inequality will require ‘toppling’ the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans, according to a New York Times profile published on Tuesday.” That statement, so far, has gone relatively unquestioned by the corporate media.
    But, as we all know, politicians tend to say things when they’re campaigning that differ greatly from what they actually do in real life. Firstly, Hillary Clinton’s stance that the 1% needs to be toppled goes directly against the interests of her biggest financiers. Behold her greatest campaign contributors since 1989 below:
    hillary-clinton-campaign-contributors
    A few familiar faces — Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Time Warner, 21st Century Fox (?) — which all happen to fall under the 1% category that Hillary is now claiming to despise. But Wall Street knows the name of the game, it is their game now after all, isn’t it? Politico asked them what they thought about Hillary’s pseudo-populist agenda a few days ago:

    Back in Manhattan, the hedge fund managers who’ve long been part of her political and fundraising networks aren’t sweating the putdown and aren’t worrying about their take-home pay just yet.

    It’s ‘just politics,’ said one major Democratic donor on Wall Street, explaining that some of Clinton’s Wall Street supporters doubt she would push hard for closing the carried-interest loophole as president, a policy she promoted when she last ran in 2008.
    William Cohan at Politico added,
    Down on Wall Street they don’t believe it for a minute. While the finance industry does genuinely hate Warren, the big bankers love Clinton, and by and large they badly want her to be president. Many of the rich and powerful in the financial industry—among them, Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein, Morgan Stanley CEO James Gorman, Tom Nides, a powerful vice chairman at Morgan Stanley, and the heads of JPMorganChase and Bank of America—consider Clinton a pragmatic problem-solver not prone to populist rhetoric. To them, she’s someone who gets the idea that we all benefit if Wall Street and American business thrive. What about her forays into fiery rhetoric? They dismiss it quickly as political maneuvers. None of them think she really means her populism.
    SONY DSC
    This must be some kind of inside joke.
    Wall Street knows it’s all politics. They continue funneling money into her campaign knowing that once she gets into office everything will be just fine for the 1%. These superficial, pseudo-populist calls for empowerment of the common working American will fall to the wayside once she’s elected. Hillary Clinton’s campaign is expected to raise $2 billion dollars during her 2016 presidential run. A large portion of that money is expected to come from two of her closest support groups in the private sector: Wall Street and the military-industrial-complex. Not exactly surprising considering her cozy ties to the banking industry and her track record of supporting pretty much every war America has been in since she became a politician.

  79. As 2015 marks the 100th anniversary of the Armenian genocide and the subject gains some traction in the media, I repeatedly hear this one question asked: “Why would the Turks not just fess up, apologize and get it over with?”

    As most things in this world, the issue is far from being such a simple proposition.

    First, a brief outline of Turkish sentiments about the subject:

    1. Nationalists – These are the people who cherish their central Asian roots, (mis)interpret Turkish history in a way that favors Turks, overemphasizing Turkish contributions to history and civilization not just by the Ottoman empire, but also by all Turkic nations that came before the Ottomans. They outright refuse Armenians (or any other ethnic group for that matter) any rights to their respective historical, cultural and territorial presence. Plus, as far as they are concerned, Talat and his gang were tried, convicted and many were executed by the Ottoman courts.

    2. Islamists – Their religious views are obvious. But, their historical perspective is framed by the crusades, which in turn frames any and every event (including genocides) in terms of a war of civilizations; Islam vs. Christianity. In that context, they view the Armenians and all other Christian communities as the “enemy within” who work against the sheer existence of Islam and Muslims.

    3. Liberals – I feel this group should be separated into two separate categories:

    A. The Western appeasers. They are driven by a centuries old (since the beginning of the Ottoman Decline) inferiority complex, believe all things western are good and all things eastern are crap, and they take pride in being “western”, and swallow all history and sciences propagated by the west hook line and sinker, including the latest wave of “human rights” psyop by NGOs. Their stance on the Armenian Genocide is that it did happen, the backwards Ottomans were terrible, and that Turkey should admit, apologize and do whatever is necessary to please the West, so that, hopefully, they would accept Turkey into the EU.

    B. Moderates+Intellectuals. These are also west-facing Turks, but who have knowledge of the intricacies of international affairs, and who put (at least attempt to put) the Armenian Genocide into its historical context and perspective. We might even call them “Realists”. While they admit to the atrocities committed by Turks in 1915, and accept he fact that it was outright ethnic cleansing and a genocide, their conclusions and plans of action are quite nuanced, and they demand a certain level of fairness in the process of admitting to the crimes against humanity, and require reciprocation by the very western nations who are demanding the Turks’ admission of a genocide. A typical argument by this group would start by pointing out the eradication of Native Americans (which is officially not called a genocide) and go through some mass murdering and ethnic cleansing performed by European colonialists, the slave trade, and all the way to 19th and 20th centuries, from the cleansing of North Africa by Italy and France, to the live burning of women and children by Napalm bombs in Vietnam, the silence against German supply of chemical weapons to Iraq which took the lives of hundreds of thousands of Iranians, and West sponsored genocides in Rwanda and Sudan.

    4. Government – As the list above shows, admitting to a genocide is not acceptable to a vast majority of Turks for a variety reasons and sentiments, and would certainly not be a smart political move the Turkish government would make irrespective of who controls it at any given time. Nonetheless, along with philosophical and sentimental and political reasons, there are also numerous technical, real world, realpolitik reasons for Turkey’s resistance to such an admission:

    A. Reparations – The sheer number of victims of the genocide would translate to many billions of dollars that would need to be paid out to the victims’ descendants.

    B. Property rights – Similarly, claims to rightful ownership of land, property and territory will certainly be made by the uprooted and/or killed Armenians.

    C. Negotiations on A and B – Even if we were to assume that Turkey would come out of the negotiations conceding to only a small amount of reparations and property, the negotiation process and the negative impact of the inevitable hearings, legal actions, along with the inevitable propaganda they will be subjected to is simply something a somewhat unstable nation like Turkey can not afford.

    D. Geopolitics (gentle prompt to open map:-) – The modern day eastern fault line between Turks and Armenians (or muslims and christians) lays between Armenia and Azerbaijan, who have been in conflict over the critical Nagorno-Karabakh region.The Azeris and modern day Turks from Turkey have extremely close links to each other through history, language, culture and bloodlines. Any concessions that Turkey would make to the Armenians would greatly impact the current very fragile balance in the region. A balance on which almost all major players have designs.

    Furthermore, it is no secret that modern Turkey has designs to become a major power in the region, and given the right circumstances, would try an eastward expansion strategy, similar to what it has been trying to do along its southern border (Syria). Currently, Armenia is essentially the only thing preventing a Turkey-Azerbaijan merger, which would automatically put Turkey in an almost direct (across Caspian sea) contact with yet another oil and gas rich Turkic nation of Turkmenistan.

    When you add to that the Kurdish issue and how it is being played by the U.S. on the near east chessboard, one might start understanding how crucial this region is…

    In closing, it’d be fair to say that the issue of admitting to the Armenian Genocide is not as simple as putting on a sad face and building a couple of monuments and museums. Post WWII Germany’s actions about the holocaust is often given as an example of what Turkey should be doing. I would like to point out that Germany stands alone as the only nation having officially admitted to have committed genocide that is more recent than a few hundred years, and has done so not of their own free will, but under occupation after having lost a war.

    • Thank you Lilaleo!
      Excellent information there.
      Good point about Germany being under occupation, thus duress, coerced into an admission of acts that all the major powers committed in both wars.
      Amerika never admitted or apologized for dropping atomic weapons on civilian Japanese cities, nor admitted that it was needless, as Japan was already suing for peace.
      Or the firebombing of Tokyo. Or the British firebombing of Dresden. All horrific war crimes with genocidal intent.
      \\][//

  80. EMAILS REVEAL CLOSE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PSYCHOLOGY GROUP AND CIA

    Newly released emails show a close relationship between the American Psychological Association and the psychologists who helped create the architecture of the CIA’s torture program.

    One email between CIA psychologist Kirk Hubbard and an executive from the American Psychology Association, or APA, makes a thinly cloaked reference to the role in interrogations of the now-infamous CIA contractors James Mitchell and Bruce Jessen.

    “You won’t get any feedback from Mitchell or Jessen. They are doing special things to special people in special places, and generally are not available,” Hubbard wrote in August 2003.

    The APA has denied allegations that it cooperated with the Bush administration to modify its professional guidelines for psychologists so that they would be allowed to participate in CIA interrogations. Those charges resurfaced last fall, in a book by New York Times reporter James Risen, Pay Any Price. In November 2014, the organization appointed an outside counsel to investigate the claims in Risen’s book.

    Portions of the emails appeared in the book, but they were published today by the Times. A copy of the emails was also provided to The Intercept, along with a report authored by a group of psychologists and human rights researchers. The report alleges that the APA “secretly coordinated” with Bush officials to give the administration the legal cover they believed they needed for the CIA’s interrogation program to continue.

    In December, after the Senate Intelligence committee revealed new details about Mitchell and Jessen’s role in the CIA program, the APA gave Reuters a statement that the details were “sickening and reprehensible,” and that the two should be held “fully accountable.”
    https://firstlook.org/theintercept/2015/04/30/emails-show-close-relationship-psychology-group-cia/
    \\][//

  81. ARE WE BEING PSYCHOLOGICALLY CONDITIONED TO ACCEPT MARTIAL LAW IN AMERICA?

    Have you noticed that we are starting to be bombarded with images of troops in the streets? Have you noticed that the term “martial law” is coming up a lot in movies, news broadcasts and even in television commercials? In recent years, it seems like the solution to almost every major crisis involves bringing in troops. In fact, it has already gotten to the point where when something really bad happens a lot of Americans immediately cry out for troops to be brought in. And we are seeing the same patterns over and over again. Just remember what happened in Ferguson – protesters were whipped up to a frenzy, when the riots began the police were ordered to stand down and not intervene, and finally National Guard troops were brought in as the “solution” to a crisis that had escalated wildly out of control. This is the exact same pattern that we are witnessing in Baltimore, and as you will see below, National Guard troops all over the nation have been training for this exact type of scenario. A couple of decades ago, many Americans would have regarded the notion of “martial law in America” as absolutely unthinkable, but these days the threat of civil unrest is causing an increasing number of Americans to embrace the idea of troops patrolling our city streets.
    The anger toward the police that we see in the city of Baltimore is very real, but there also seem to be a lot of signs that the events of the past several days have been orchestrated and manipulated. This is something that I covered in my previous article entitled “12 Unanswered Questions About The Baltimore Riots That They Don’t Want Us To Ask“. But what we have found out since then is that high school kids appear to have been “herded” by the police into the Mondawmin neighborhood in Baltimore when school was let out on Monday…

    When school let out that afternoon, police were in the area equipped with full riot gear. According to eyewitnesses in the Mondawmin neighborhood, the police were stopping busses and forcing riders, including many students who were trying to get home, to disembark. Cops shut down the local subway stop. They also blockaded roads near the Mondawmin Mall and Frederick Douglass High School, which is across the street from the mall, and essentially corralled young people in the area. That is, they did not allow the after-school crowd to disperse.
    http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/are-we-being-psychologically-conditioned-to-accept-martial-law-in-america
    \\][//

  82. Trotsky’s ashes stolen and baked in cookies

    Repost of english translation:

    Eighty eight years of the day Trotsky directed the suppression of the anarchist uprising in Krondstadt, a group of bandits scaled the walls of his former house in Mexico City during the late hours at night. We broke the lock on his mausoleum and we expropriate the content inside it: a silver large vase that bears the inscription of his name, wrapped in the red scarf that he carried around the neck, containing the ashes of the corpse inside. We replace with care the lock in the monument with a reproduction that was similar in the appearance and escaped into the night.

    The vase along with its content then was taken far away to a place where the vase was discarded and the content (a combination of ash and bone) were baked in cookies. These cookies then were sent, along with a letter that explains our actions, to newspapers, to organizations of Trotskyists, and to the groups of anarchist around the world.

    While we will not repeat everything of our full letter, briefly we propose to give new light to the idea that history does not end with the past and still a small group of bandits can give new direction to fights thought long to be frozen in the time. We want to expand the fight to include dead objects of the past that hold hostage us in the present.

    Nevertheless, if Trotsky is right about the history, we do not determine anything, but we are only characters whose actions were written in the revolution of October. As was his destiny, coincidentally, to come to be a cookie.

    The ones that receive these cookies have a decision. Through time, the act to consume enemies have been seen as a way to absorb their powers. On the other hand, consuming the body and the blood of the dead person as a sacrament have also been a form of worship. We would want to indicate that, at any rate, the result is always shit.

    For those a little delicate, we have tried them, and although they be a little sandy, they are delicious. The green dots, by the way, they are just candies.

    http://news.infoshop.org/article.php?story=2009trotsky-cookies
    \\][//

  83. Geronimo’s Heirs Sue Secret Yale Society Over His Skull
    By JAMES C. McKINLEY Jr.
    New York Times – Published: February 19, 2009
    HOUSTON — The descendants of Geronimo have sued Skull and Bones, a secret society at Yale University with ties to the Bush family, charging that its members robbed his grave in 1918 and have kept his skull in a glass case ever since.

    Associated Press
    Legend has it that Prescott S. Bush stole Geronimo’s skull.
    The claim is part of a lawsuit filed in federal court in Washington on Tuesday, the 100th anniversary of Geronimo’s death. The Apache warrior’s heirs are seeking to recover all his remains, wherever they may be, and have them transferred to a new grave at the headwaters of the Gila River in New Mexico, where Geronimo was born and wished to be interred.

    “I believe strongly from my heart that his spirit was never released,” Geronimo’s great-grandson Harlyn Geronimo, 61, told reporters Tuesday at the National Press Club.

    Geronimo died a prisoner of war at Fort Sill, Okla., in 1909. A longstanding tradition among members of Skull and Bones holds that Prescott S. Bush — father of President George Bush and grandfather of President George W. Bush — broke into the grave with some classmates during World War I and made off with the skull, two bones, a bridle and some stirrups, all of which were put on display at the group’s clubhouse in New Haven, known as the Tomb.

    The story gained some validity in 2005, when a historian discovered a letter written in 1918 from one Skull and Bones member to another saying the skull had been taken from a grave at Fort Sill along with several pieces of tack for a horse.
    http://www.nytimes.com/2009/02/20/us/20geronimo.html?_r=0
    \\][//

    • The Words Of The Prophet Are Written On The Subway Wall

      Make the Rich Panic
      byChris Hedges

      Protesters rush a police line after a rally at City Hall in Philadelphia on Thursday. The event followed days of unrest in Baltimore over the death of Freddie Gray. (Photo: AP / Matt Rourke)
      It does not matter to the corporate rich who wins the presidential election. It does not matter who is elected to Congress. The rich have the power. They throw money at their favorites the way a gambler puts cash on his favorite horse. Money has replaced the vote. The wealthy can crush anyone who does not play by their rules. And the political elites—slobbering over the spoils provided by their corporate masters for selling us out—understand the game. Barack and Michelle Obama, as did the Clintons, will acquire many millions of dollars once they leave the White House. And your elected representative in the House or Senate, if not a multimillionaire already, will be one as soon as he or she retires from government and is handed seats on corporate boards or positions in lobbying firms. We do not live in a democracy. We live in a political system that has legalized bribery, exclusively serves corporate power and is awash in propaganda and lies.

      If you want change you can believe in, destroy the system. And changing the system does not mean collaborating with it as Bernie Sanders is doing by playing by the cooked rules of the Democratic Party. Profound social and political transformation is acknowledged in legislatures and courts but never initiated there. Radical change always comes from below. As long as our gaze is turned upward to the powerful, as long as we invest hope in reforming the system of corporate power, we will remain enslaved. There may be good people within the system—Sanders and Elizabeth Warren are examples—but that is not the point. It is the system that is rotten. It must be replaced.

      “The only way you can get the parties’ attention is if you take votes away from them,” Ralph Nader told me by phone. “So,” he said of Sanders, “How serious is he? He makes Clinton a better phony candidate. She is going to have to agree with him on a number of things. She is going to have to be more anti-Wall Street to fend him off and neutralize him. We know it is bullshit. She will betray us once she becomes president. He is making her more likely to win. And by April he is done. Then he fades away.”

      We must build mass movements that are allied with independent political parties—a tactic used in Greece by Syriza and in Spain by Podemos. Political action without the support of radical mass movements inevitably becomes hollow, and that, I think, will be the fate of the Sanders presidential campaign. Only by building militant mass movements that are unrelentingly hostile to the system of corporate capitalism, imperialism, militarism and globalization can we wrest back our democracy.

      “The gates are controlled by two parties indentured to the same commercial interests,” Nader said. “If you don’t go through those gates, if you do what [Ross] Perot did, … you [might] get 19 million votes [but] not one electoral vote. If you do not get electoral votes you don’t come close. And even if you do get electoral votes you are up against a winner-take-all. This means if you lose you don’t build for the future as you would with proportional representation. The system is a locked-out system. It is brilliantly devised. It is pruned to perfect a two-party duopoly.”

      We have to organize around a series of non-negotiable demands. We have to dismantle the array of mechanisms the rich use to control power. We have to destroy the ideological and legal system cemented into place to justify corporate plunder.

      This is called revolution. It is about ripping power away from a cabal of corporate oligarchs and returning it to the citizenry. This will happen not by appealing to corporate power but by terrifying it. And power, as we saw in Baltimore, will be terrified only when we take to the streets. There is no other way.

      “The rich are only defeated when running for their lives,” the historian C.L.R. James noted. And until you see the rich fleeing in panic from the halls of Congress, the temples of finance, the universities, the media conglomerates, the war industry and their exclusive gated communities and private clubs, all politics in America will be farce.

      It is apparent to most people across the globe that organizing political and social behavior around the dictates of the marketplace has proved to be a disaster for working men and women. The promised prosperity that was to have raised living standards through trickle-down economics has been exposed as a lie. The corporate state, understanding that it has been unmasked with the rise of unrest, has formed militarized police forces, stripped us of legal protection, taken over the legislative bodies, the courts and mass media, and built the most intrusive system of mass surveillance in human history. Corporate power, if unchecked, will suck every last bit of profit out of human society and the ecosystem before collapse. It has no self-imposed limits. And it has no external limits. Only we can create them.

      To save ourselves from impending financial and environmental catastrophe we need to build movements that have as their uncompromising goal the abolition of corporate power. Corporation after corporation, including banks, energy companies, the health care sector and defense contractors, must be broken up and nationalized. We must institute a nationwide public works program, especially for those under the age of 25, to create conditions for full employment. We must mandate a $15-an-hour minimum wage. We must slash our obscene spending on defense—we spend $610 billion a year, more than four times the outlay of the second-largest military spender, China—and cut the size of our armed forces by more than half. We must rebuild our infrastructure, including mass transit, roads, bridges, schools, libraries and public housing. We must make war on the fossil fuel industry and turn to alternative sources of energy. We must place heavy taxes on the rich, including a special tax on Wall Street speculators that would be used to wipe out the $1.3 trillion in student debt. We must ensure that education at all levels, along with health care, is a free right of all Americans, not something accessible for the wealthy alone. We must abolish the Electoral College and mandate public financing of political campaigns. We must see that the elderly, the disabled, poor single parents and the mentally ill receive a weekly income of at least $600, or we must find them space in state-run institutions if they require daily care. We must institute a moratorium on foreclosures and bank repossessions. We must end our wars and the proxy wars in the Middle East and bring home our soldiers, Marines, airmen and sailors. We must pay reparations to Iraq and Afghanistan, and to African-Americans whose ancestors largely built this country as slaves who never were compensated for their labor. We must repeal the Patriot Act and Section 1021 of the National Defense Authorization Act. We must abolish the death penalty. We must dismantle our system of mass incarceration, release the vast majority of our 2.3 million prisoners, place them in job-skill programs and find them work and housing.

      Police must be demilitarized. Mass surveillance must end. Undocumented workers must be given citizenship and full protection under the law. NAFTA, CAFTA and other free-trade agreements must be revoked. Anti-labor laws such as the Taft-Hartley Act, along with laws that criminalize poverty and dissent, must be repealed.

      All this is the minimum.

      Do not expect the corporate masters of war and commerce to willingly let this happen. They must be forced.

      Revolutions take time. They are often begun by one generation and completed by the next. “Those who give the first check to a state are the first overwhelmed in its ruin,” Michel de Montaigne wrote in 1580. “The fruits of public commotion are seldom enjoyed by him who was the first mover; he only beats the water for another’s net.” Revolutions can be crushed by force, as amply demonstrated by history. Or they may be hijacked by individuals such as Vladimir Lenin, Leon Trotsky and Josef Stalin or movements that betray the populace. There are no guarantees that we will move toward a worker’s paradise or socialist utopia—we might move toward the most efficient form of totalitarianism in human history.

      Radical movements are often their own worst enemies. The activists within them have a bad habit of fighting over arcane bits of doctrine, forming counterproductive schisms, misreading power and engaging in self-defeating and ultimately self-destructive internal power struggles. When they do not carefully calculate their power and the moment to strike, they often overreach and are crushed. The state uses its ample resources to infiltrate, monitor and vilify groups and arrest or assassinate movement leaders—and all uprisings, even supposedly leaderless ones, have leaders. Success is not assured, especially given the endemic levels of violence that have characterized American society.

      But no matter what happens, the chain reaction that leads to revolt has begun. Most people realize that our expectations for a better future have been obliterated, not only those for ourselves but also for our children. This realization has lit the fuse. There is a widespread loss of faith in established systems of power. The will to rule is weakening among the elites, who are entranced by hedonism and decadence. Internal corruption is rampant and transparent. Government is despised.

      The nation, like many prerevolutionary societies, is headed into crisis. Lenin identified the components that come together to foster a successful revolt:

      The fundamental law of revolution, which has been confirmed by all revolutions, and particularly by all three Russian revolutions in the twentieth century, is as follows: it is not enough for revolution that the exploited and oppressed masses should understand the impossibility of living in the old way and demand changes, what is required for revolution is that the exploiters should not be able to live and rule in the old way. Only when the “lower classes” do not want the old way, and when the “upper classes” cannot carry on in the old way—only then can revolution win.

      When I was a foreign correspondent I covered revolts, insurgencies and revolutions, including the guerrilla conflicts in the 1980s in Central America; the civil wars in Algeria, Sudan and Yemen; and the two Palestinian uprisings or intifadas, along with the revolutions in East Germany, Czechoslovakia and Romania and the war in the former Yugoslavia. I have seen that despotic regimes collapse internally. Once the foot soldiers of the elite—the police, the courts, the civil servants, the press, the intellectual class and finally the army—no longer have the will to defend the regime, the regime is finished. When these state organs are ordered to carry out acts of repression—such as clearing people from parks and arresting or even shooting demonstrators—and refuse their orders, the old regime crumbles. The veneer of power appears untouched before a revolution, but the internal rot, unseen by the outside world, steadily hollows out the state edifice. And when dying regimes collapse, they do so with dizzying speed. Upheaval is coming. The people must be prepared. If we are, we will have a chance.

      • Ha! I was just discussing this article with a friend from JFKfacts…

        Beautiful article by Hitchens – thanks Veri.
        \\][//

      • The Beast

        America as Dangerous Flailing Beast

        Despite pretty talk about “democracy” and “human rights,” U.S. leaders have become the world’s chief purveyors of chaos and death – from Vietnam through Iraq, Libya, Syria, Ukraine and many other unfortunate nations, a dangerous dilemma addressed by John Chuckman.

        By John Chuckman

        When I think of America’s place in the world today, the image that comes to mind is of a very large animal, perhaps a huge bull elephant or even prehistoric mammoth, which long roamed as the unchallenged king of its domain but has become trapped by its own missteps, as caught in a tar pit or some quicksand, and it is violently flailing about, making a terrifying noises in its effort to free itself and re-establish its authority.

        Any observer immediately knows the animal ultimately cannot succeed but certainly is frightened by the noise and crashing that it can sustain for a considerable time.

        President George W. Bush announcing the start of his invasion of Iraq on March 19, 2003.
        President George W. Bush announcing the start of his invasion of Iraq on March 19, 2003.
        I think that is the pretty accurate metaphor for the situation of the United States today, still a terribly large and powerful society but one finding itself trapped after a long series of its own blunders and errors, a society certain ultimately to become diminished in its prestige and relative power with all the difficulties which that will entail for an arrogant people having a blind faith in their own rightness.

        America simply cannot accept its mistakes or that it was ever wrong, for Americanism much resembles a fundamentalist religion whose members are incapable of recognizing or admitting they ever followed anything but the divine plan.

        America has made a costly series of errors over the last half century, demonstrating to others that the America they may have been in awe of in, say, 1950, and may have considered almost godlike and incapable of mistakes, has now proved itself indisputably, in field after field, as often not even capable of governing itself. The irony of a people who are seen as often unable to govern themselves advising others how to govern themselves brings a distinct note of absurdity to American foreign policy.

        America’s establishment, feeling its old easy superiority in the world beginning to slip away in a hundred different ways, seems determined to show everyone it still has what it takes, determined to make others feel its strength, determined to weaken others abroad who do not accept its natural superiority, determined to seize by brute force and dirty tricks advantages which no longer come to it by simply superior performance.

        Rather than learn from its errors and adjust its delusional assumptions, America is determined to push and bend people all over the world to its will and acceptance of its leadership. But you cannot reclaim genuine leadership once you have been exposed enough times in your bad judgment, and it is clear you are on the decline, just as you cannot once others realize that they can do many things as well or better than you.

        In the end, policies which do not recognize scientific facts are doomed. Policies based on wishes and ideology do not succeed over the long run, unless, of course, you are willing to suppress everyone who disagrees with you and demand their compliance under threat. The requirement for an imperial state in such a situation is international behavior which resembles the internal behavior of an autocratic leader such as Stalin, and right now that is precisely where the United States is headed.

        Stalin’s personality had a fair degree of paranoia and no patience for the views of others. He felt constantly threatened by potential competitors and he used systematic terror to keep everyone intimidated and unified under him.

        Stalin’s sincere belief in a faulty economic system that was doomed from its birth put him in a position similar to that of America’s oligarchs today. They have a world imperial system that is coming under increasing strain and challenge because others are growing and have their own needs and America simply does not have the flexibility to accommodate them.

        America’s oligarchs are not used to listening to the views of others. Stalin’s belief in a system that was more an ideology than a coherent economic model is paralleled by the quasi-religious tenets of Americanism, a set of beliefs which holds that America is especially blessed by the Creator and all things good and great are simply its due.

        Dominion over the Earth?

        Americanism blurrily assumes that God’s promise in the Old Testament that man should have dominion over the earth’s creatures applies now uniquely to Americans. Such thinking arose during many years of easy superiority, a superiority that was less owing to intrinsic merits of American society than to a set of fortuitous circumstances, many of which are now gone.

        In Vietnam, America squandered countless resources chasing after a chimera its ideologues insisted was deadly important, never once acknowledging the fatal weaknesses built right into communism from its birth. Communism was certain eventually to fail because of economic falsehoods which were part of its conception, much as a child born with certain genetic flaws is destined for eventual death.

        America’s mad rush to fight communism on all fronts was in keeping with the zealotry of America’s Civic Religion, but it was a huge and foolish practical judgment which wasted colossal resources.

        In Vietnam, America ended in something close to total shame – literally defeated on the battlefield by what seemed an inconsequential opponent, having also cast aside traditional ethical values in murdering great masses of people who never threatened the United States, murder on a scale (3 million) comparable to the Holocaust.

        The United States used weapons and techniques of a savage character: napalm, cluster bombs, and secret mass terror programs. The savagery ripped into the fabric of America’s own society, dividing the nation almost as badly as its Civil War once had. America ended reduced and depleted in many respects and paid its huge bills with devalued currency.

        Following Vietnam, it has just been one calamity after another revealing the same destructive inability to govern, the same thought governed by zealotry, right down to the 2008 financial collapse which was caused by ignoring sound financial management and basically instituting a system of unlimited greed. The entire world was jolted and hurt by this stupidity whose full consequences are not nearly played out.

        The wars in Afghanistan and Iraq were completely unnecessary, cost vast sums, caused immense misery, and achieved nothing worth achieving. We now know what was kept hidden, that more than one million Iraqis died in an invasion based entirely on lies. These wars also set in motion changes whose long-term effects have yet to be felt. Iraq, for example, has just about had its Kurdish, oil-producing region hived off as a separate state.

        Mishandling Russia

        America’s primitive approach to the Soviet Union’s collapse, its sheer triumphalism and failure to regard Russia as important enough to help or with which to cooperate, ignored America’s own long-term interests. After all, the Russians are a great people with many gifts, and it was inevitable that they would come back from a post-collapse depression to claim their place in the world.

        So how do the people running the United States now deal with a prosperous and growing Russia, a Russia which reaches out in the soundest traditional economic fashion for cooperation and partnership in trade and projects? Russia has embraced free trade, a concept Americans trumpeted for years whenever it was to their advantage, but now for Russia is treated as dark and sinister.

        Here America fights the inevitable power of economic forces, something akin to fighting the tide or the wind, and only for the sake of its continued dominance of another continent. Americans desperately try to stop what can only be called natural economic arrangements between Russia and Europe, natural because both sides have many services, goods, and commodities to trade for the benefit of all. America’s establishment wants to cut off healthy new growth and permanently to establish its primacy in Europe even though it has nothing new to offer.

        America’s deliberately dishonest interpretation of Russia’s measured response to an induced coup in Ukraine is used to generate an artificial sense of crisis, but despite the pressures that America is capable of exerting on Europe, we sense Europe only goes along to avoid a public squabble and only for so long as the costs are not too high.

        The most intelligent leaders in Europe recognize what the United States is doing but do not want to clash openly, although the creation of the Minsk Agreement came pretty close to a polite rejection of America’s demand for hardline tactics.

        The coup in Ukraine was intended to put a hostile government in control of a long stretch of Russian border, a government which might cooperate in American military matters and which would serve as an irritant to Russia. But you don’t get good results with malicious policy.

        So far the coup has served only to hurt Ukraine’s economy, security and long-term interests. It has a government which is seen widely as incompetent, a government which fomented unnecessary civil war, a government which may have shot down a civilian airliner, and a government in which no one, including in the West, has much faith.

        Its finances are in turmoil, many important former economic connections are severed, and there is no great willingness by Europe, especially an economically-troubled Europe, to assist it. It is not an advanced or stable enough place to join the EU because that would just mean gigantic subsidies being directed to it from an already troubled Europe.

        And the idea of its joining NATO is absolutely a non-starter both because it can’t carry its own weight in such an organization and because that act would cross a dangerous red line for Russia.

        Kiev is having immense problems even holding the country together as it fights autonomous right-wing outfits like the Azov Battalion in the southeast who threaten the Minsk Agreement, as the regime tries to implement military recruiting in western Ukraine with more people running away than joining up, as it finds it must protect its own President with a Praetorian Guard of Americans from some serious threats by right-wing militias unhappy with Kiev’s failures, as it must reckon with the de facto secession of Donetsk and the permanent loss of Crimea – all this as it struggles with huge debts and an economy in a nosedive.

        America is in no position to give serious assistance to Ukraine, just plenty of shop-worn slogans about freedom and democracy. These events provide a perfect example of the damage America inflicts on a people with malicious policy intended only to use them to hurt others.

        There is such a record of this kind of thing by America that I am always surprised when there are any takers out there for the newest scheme. One remembers Secretary of State Henry Kissinger in 1975 encouraging the Iraqi Kurds to revolt against Saddam Hussein and then leaving them in the lurch when the dictator launched a merciless suppression.

        I also think of the scenes at the end of the Vietnam War as American helicopters took off in cowardly fashion from the roof of the embassy leaving their Vietnamese co-workers, tears streaming down their faces, vainly grasping for the undercarriages of helicopters, a fitting and shameful end to a truly brainless crusade.

        Messing up Ukraine

        I don’t know but I very much doubt that the present government of Ukraine can endure, and it is always possible that it will slip into an even more serious civil war with factions fighting on all sides, something resembling the murderous mess America created in Libya. Of course, such a war on Russia’s borders would come with tremendous risks.

        The American aristocracy doesn’t become concerned about disasters into which they themselves are not thrust, but a war in Ukraine could easily do just that. In ironic fashion, heightened conflict could mark the beginning of the end of the era of European subservience to America. Chaos in Ukraine could provide exactly the shock Europe needs to stop supporting American schemes before the entire continent or even the world is threatened.

        I remind readers that while Russia’s economy is not as large as America’s, it is a country with a strong history in engineering and science, and no one on the planet shares its terrifying experiences with foreign invasion. So it has developed and maintains a number of weapons systems that are second to none. Each one of its new class of ballistic missile submarines, and Russia is building a number of them, is capable of hitting 96 separate targets with thermo-nuclear warheads, and that capability is apart from rail-mounted ICBMs, hard-site ICBMs, truck-mounted missiles, air-launched cruise missiles, sea-launched cruise missiles, and a variety of other fearsome weapons.

        Modern Russia does not make threats with this awesome power, and you might say Putin follows the advice of Theodore Roosevelt as he walks softly but carries a big stick, but I do think it wise for all of us to keep these things in mind as America taunts Russia and literally play a game of chicken with Armageddon.

        I don’t believe America has a legitimate mandate from anyone to behave in this dangerous way. Europe’s smartest leaders, having lived at the very center of the Cold War and survived two world wars, do understand this and are trying very carefully not to allow things to go too far, but America has some highly irresponsible and dangerous people working hard on the Ukraine file, and accidents do happen when you push things too hard.

        The Israel Obsession

        In another sphere of now constant engagement, instead of sponsoring and promoting fair arrangements in the Middle East, America has carried on a bizarre relationship with Israel, a relationship which is certainly against the America’s own long term interests, although individual American politicians benefit with streams of special interests payments – America’s self-imposed, utterly corrupt campaign financing system being ultimately responsible – in exchange for blindly insisting Israel is always right, which it most certainly is not.

        An important segment of Israel’s population is American, and they just carried over to Israel the same short-sightedness, arrogance and belligerence which characterize America, so much so, Israel may legitimately be viewed as an American colony in the Middle East rather than a genuinely independent state.

        Its lack of genuine independence is reflected also in its constant dependence on huge subsidies, on its need for heavily-biased American diplomacy to protect it in many forums including the United Nations, and on its dependence upon American arm-twisting and bribes in any number of places, Egypt’s generous annual American pension requiring certain behaviors being one of the largest examples.

        Here, too, inevitability has been foolishly ignored. The Palestinians are not going anywhere, and they have demonstrated the most remarkable endurance, yet almost every act of Israel since its inception, each supported by America, has been an effort to make them go away through extreme hardship and abuse and violence, looking towards the creation of Greater Israel, a dangerous fantasy idea which cannot succeed but it will fail only after it has taken an immense toll.

        Despite America’s constant diplomatic and financial pressure on other states to support its one-sided policy here, there are finally a number of signs that views are turning away from the preposterous notion that Israel is always right and that it can continue indefinitely with its savage behavior.

        Recently, we have had a great last effort by America and covert partners to secure Israel’s absolute pre-eminence in the Middle East through a whole series of destructive intrusions in the region – the “Arab Spring,” the reverse-revolution in Egypt, the smashing and now dismemberment of Iraq, the smashing and effective dismemberment of Libya, and the horrible, artificially-induced civil war in Syria which employs some of the most violent and lunatic people on earth from outside and gives them weapons, money and refuge in an effort to destroy a stable and relatively peaceful state.

        I could go on, but I think the picture is clear: in almost every sphere of American governance, internally and abroad, America’s poor political institutions have yielded the poorest decisions. America has over-extended itself on every front, has served myths rather than facts, has let greed run its governing of almost everything, and has squandered resources on achieving nothing of worth.

        I view America’s present posture in the world – supporting dirty wars and coups in many places at the same time and treating others as game pieces to be moved rather than partners – as a desperate attempt to shake the world to gain advantages it couldn’t secure through accepted means of governance and policy.

        America is that great beast, bellowing and shaking the ground, and for that reason, it is extremely dangerous

  84. A sober competent view from the other side

    One can only guess who will be more effective – the Americans with their gas can or the Russians with their fire extinguisher?
    TheFallingDarkness.com,

    Foreword by the Saker:

    The analysis below is, by far, the best I have seen since the beginning of the conflict in the Ukraine. I have regularly posted analyses by Ishchenko on this blog before, because I considered him as one of the best analysts in Russia. This time, however, Ishchenko has truly produced a masterpiece: a comprehensive analysis of the geostrategic position of Russia and a clear and, I believe, absolutely accurate analysis of the entire “Putin strategy” for the Ukraine. I have always said that this conflict is not about the Ukraine but about the future of the planet and that there is no “Novorussian” or even “Ukrainian” solution, but that the only possible outcome is a strategic victory of either Russia or the USA which will affect the entire planet. Ishchenko does a superb overview of the risks and options for both sides and offers the first comprehensive “key” to the apparently incomprehensible behavior of Russia in this conflict. Finally, Ishchenko also fully understands the complex and subtle dynamics inside Russian society. When he writes “Russian power is authoritative, rather than authoritarian” he is spot on, and explains more in seven words than what you would get by reading the billions of useless words written by so-called “experts” trying to describe the Russian reality.

    We all owe a huge debt of gratitude to Denis, Gideon and Robin for translating this seminal text, which was very difficult to translate. The only reason why we can read it in such a good English is because the innumerable hours spent by these volunteers to produce the high quality translation this analysis deserves.

    I strongly recommend that you all read this text very carefully. Twice. It is well worth it.

    The Saker

    What does Putin want?

    Rostislav Ishchenko

    Source: http://actualcomment.ru/chego-khochet-putin.html

    Translated from the Russian by Denis, Gideon, and Robin

    It’s gratifying that “patriots” did not instantly blame Putin for the failure to achieve a full-scale rout of Ukrainian troops in Donbass in January and February, or for Moscow’s consultations with Merkel and Hollande.

    Even so, they are still impatient for a victory. The most radical are convinced that Putin will “surrender Novorossiya” just the same. And the moderates are afraid that he will as soon as the next truce is signed (if that happens) out of the need to regroup and replenish Novorossiya’s army (which actually could have been done without disengagement from military operations), to come to terms with the new circumstances on the international front, and to get ready for new diplomatic battles.

    In fact, despite all the attention that political and/or military dilettantes (the Talleyrands and the Bonapartes of the Internet) are paying to the situation in Donbass and the Ukraine in general, it is only one point on a global front: the outcome of the war is being decided not at the Donetsk airport or in the hills outside Debaltsevo, but at offices on Staraya Square and Smolenskaya Square, at offices in Paris, Brussels and Berlin. Because military action is only one of the many components of the political quarrel.

    It is the harshest and the final component, which carries great risk, but the matter doesn’t start with war and it doesn’t end with war. War is only an intermediate step signifying the impossibility of compromise. Its purpose is to create new conditions whereby compromise is possible or to show that there is no longer any need for it, with the disappearance of one side of the conflict. When it is time for compromise, when the fighting is over and the troops go back to their barracks and the generals begin writing their memoirs and preparing for the next war, that is when the real outcome of the confrontation is determined by politicians and diplomats at the negotiating table.

    Political decisions are not often understood by the general population or the military. For example, during the Austro-Prussian war of 1866, Prussian chancellor Otto Von Bismarck (later chancellor of the German Empire) disregarded the persistent requests of King Wilhelm I (the future German Emperor) and the demands of the Prussian generals to take Vienna, and he was absolutely correct to do so. In that way he accelerated peace on Prussia’s terms and also ensured that Austro-Hungary forever (well, until its dismemberment in 1918) became a junior partner for Prussia and later the German Empire.

    To understand how, when and on what conditions military activity can end, we need to know what the politicians want and how they see the conditions of the postwar compromise. Then it will become clear why military action turned into a low-intensity civil war with occasional truces, not only in the Ukraine but also in Syria.

    Obviously, the views of Kiev politicians are of no interest to us because they don’t decide anything. The fact that outsiders govern the Ukraine is no longer concealed. It doesn’t matter whether the cabinet ministers are Estonian or Georgian; they are Americans just the same. It would also be a big mistake to take an interest in how the leaders of the Donetsk People’s Republic (DPR) and the Lugansk People’s Republic (LNR) see the future. The republics exist only with Russian support, and as long as Russia supports them, Russia’s interests have to be protected, even from independent decisions and initiatives. There is too much at stake to allow [Alexander] Zakharchenko or [Igor] Plotnitzky, or anyone else for that matter, to make independent decisions.

    Nor are we interested in the European Union’s position. Much depended on the EU until the summer of last year, when the war could have been prevented or stopped at the outset. A tough, principled antiwar stance by the EU was needed. It could have blocked U.S. initiatives to start the war and would have turned the EU into a significant independent geopolitical player. The EU passed on that opportunity and instead behaved like a faithful vassal of the United States.

    As a result, Europe stands on the brink of frightful internal upheaval. In the coming years, it has every chance of suffering the same fate as the Ukraine, only with a great roar, great bloodshed and less chance that in the near future things will settle down – in other words, that someone will show up and put things in order.

    In fact, today the EU can choose whether to remain a tool of the United States or to move closer to Russia. Depending on its choice, Europe can get off with a slight scare, such as a breakup of parts of its periphery and possible fragmentation of some countries, or it could collapse completely. Judging by the European elites’ reluctance to break openly with the United States, collapse is almost inevitable.

    What should interest us is the opinions of the two main players that determine the configuration of the geopolitical front and in fact are fighting for victory in the new generation of war – the network-centric Third World War. These players are the United States and Russia.

    The U.S. position is clear and transparent. In the second half of the 1990s, Washington missed its only opportunity to reform the Cold War economy without any obstacles and thereby avoid the looming crisis in a system whose development is limited by the finite nature of planet Earth and its resources, including human ones, which conflicts with the need to endlessly print dollars.

    After that, the United States could prolong the death throes of the system only by plundering the rest of the world. At first, it went after Third World countries. Then it went for potential competitors. Then for allies and even close friends. Such plundering could continue only as long as the United States remained the world’s undisputed hegemon.

    Thus when Russia asserted its right to make independent political decisions – decisions of not global but regional import – , a clash with the United States became inevitable. This clash cannot end in a compromise peace.

    For the United States, a compromise with Russia would mean a voluntary renunciation of its hegemony, leading to a quick, systemic catastrophe – not only a political and economic crisis but also a paralysis of state institutions and the inability of the government to function. In other words, its inevitable disintegration.

    But if the United States wins, then it is Russia that will experience systemic catastrophe. After a certain type of “rebellion,” Russia’s ruling classes would be punished with asset liquidation and confiscation as well as imprisonment. The state would be fragmented, substantial territories would be annexed, and the country’s military might would be destroyed.

    So the war will last until one side wins. Any interim agreement should be viewed only as a temporary truce – a needed respite to regroup, to mobilize new resources and to find (i.e., to poach) additional allies.

    To complete the picture of the situation, we only need Russia’s position. It is essential to understand what the Russian leadership wants to achieve, particularly the president, Vladimir Putin. We are talking about the key role that Putin plays in the organization of the Russian power structure. This system is not authoritarian, as many assert, but rather authoritative – meaning it is based not on legislative consolidation of autocracy but on the authority of the person who created the system and, as the head of it, makes it work effectively.

    During Putin’s 15 years in power, despite the difficult internal and external situation, he has tried to maximize the role of the government, the legislative assembly, and even the local authorities. These are entirely logical steps that should have given the system completeness, stability, and continuity. Because no politician can rule forever, political continuity, regardless of who comes to power, is the key to a stable system.

    Unfortunately, fully autonomous control, namely the ability to function without the president’s oversight, hasn’t been achieved. Putin remains the key component of the system because the people put their trust in him personally. They have far less trust in the system, as represented by public authorities and individual agencies.

    Thus Putin’s opinions and political plans become the decisive factor in areas such as Russia’s foreign policy. If the phrase “without Putin, there is no Russia” is an exaggeration, then the phrase “what Putin wants, Russia also wants” reflects the situation quite accurately in my opinion.

    First, let’s note that the man who for 15 years has carefully guided Russia to its revival has done so in conditions of U.S. hegemony in world politics along with significant opportunities for Washington to influence Russia’s internal politics. He had to understand the nature of the fight and his opponent. Otherwise, he wouldn’t have lasted so long.

    The level of confrontation that Russia allowed itself to get into with the United States grew very slowly and up to a certain point went unnoticed. For example, Russia did not react at all to the first attempt at a color revolution in the Ukraine in 2000-2002 (the Gongadze case, the Cassette Scandal, and the Ukraine without Kuchma protest).

    Russia took an opposing position but did not actively intervene in the coups that took place from November 2003 to January 2004 in Georgia and from November 2004 to January 2005 in the Ukraine. In 2008, in Ossetia and Abkhazia, Russia used its troops against Georgia, a U.S. ally. In 2012, in Syria, the Russian fleet demonstrated its readiness to confront the United States and its NATO allies.

    In 2013, Russia began taking economic measures against [Victor] Yanukovych’s regime, which contributed to his realization of the harmfulness of signing an association agreement [with the EU].

    Moscow could not have saved the Ukraine from the coup because of the baseness, cowardice, and stupidity of the Ukraine’s leaders – not only Yanukovych but all of them without exception. After the armed coup in Kiev in February 2014, Russia entered into open confrontation with Washington. Before that, the conflicts were interspersed with improved relations, but at the beginning of 2014 relations between Russia and the United States deteriorated swiftly and almost immediately reached the point where war would have been declared automatically in the prenuclear era.

    Thus at any given time Putin engaged in precisely the level of confrontation with the United States that Russia could handle. If Russia isn’t limiting the level of confrontation now, it means Putin believes that, in the war of sanctions, the war of nerves, the information war, the civil war in the Ukraine, and the economic war, Russia can win.

    This is the first important conclusion about what Putin wants and what he expects. He expects to win. And considering that he takes a meticulous approach and strives to anticipate any surprises, you can be sure that when the decision was made not to back down under pressure from the United States, but to respond, the Russian leadership had a double, if not a triple, guarantee of victory.

    I would like to point out that the decision to enter into a conflict with Washington was not made in 2014, nor was it made in 2013. The war of August 8, 2008, was a challenge that the United States could not leave unpunished. After that, every further stage of the confrontation only raised the stakes. From 2008 to 2010, the United States’ capability – not just military or economic but its overall capability – has declined, whereas Russia’s has improved significantly. So the main objective was to raise the stakes slowly rather than in explosive fashion. In other words, an open confrontation in which all pretences are dropped and everyone understands that a war is going on had to be delayed as long as possible. But it would have been even better to avoid it altogether.

    With every passing year, the United States became weaker while Russia became stronger. This process was natural and impossible to arrest, and we could have projected with a high degree of certainty that by 2020 to 2025, without any confrontation, the period of U.S. hegemony would have ended, and the United States would then be best advised to think about not how to rule the world, but how to stave off its own precipitous internal decline.

    Thus Putin’s second desire is clear: to keep the peace or the appearance of peace as long as possible. Peace is advantageous for Russia because in conditions of peace, without enormous expense, it obtains the same political result but in a much better geopolitical situation. That is why Russia continually extends the olive branch. Just as the Kiev junta will collapse in conditions of peace in Donbass, in conditions of world peace, the military-industrial complex and the global financial system created by the United States are doomed to self-destruct. In this way, Russia’s actions are aptly described by Sun Tzu’s maxim “The greatest victory is that which requires no battle.”

    It is clear that Washington is not run by idiots, no matter what is said on Russian talk shows or written on blogs. The United States understands precisely the situation it is in. Moreover, they also understand that Russia has no plans to destroy them and is really prepared to cooperate as an equal. Even so, because of the political and socioeconomic situation in the United States, such cooperation is not acceptable to them. An economic collapse and a social explosion are likely to occur before Washington (even with the support of Moscow and Beijing) has time to introduce the necessary reforms, especially when we consider that the EU will have to undergo reform at the same time. Moreover, the political elite who have emerged in the United States in the past 25 years have become accustomed to their status as the owners of the world. They sincerely don’t understand how anyone can challenge them.

    For the ruling elite in the United States (not so much the business class but the government bureaucracy), to go from being a country that decides of the fate of inferior peoples to one that negotiates with them on an equal footing is intolerable. It is probably tantamount to offering Gladstone or Disraeli the post of prime minister of the Zulu Kingdom under Cetshwayo kaMpande. And so, unlike Russia, which needs peace to develop, the United States regards war as vital.

    In principle, any war is a struggle for resources. Typically, the winner is the one that has more resources and can ultimately mobilize more troops and build more tanks, ships, and planes. Even so, sometimes those who are strategically disadvantaged can turn the situation around with a tactical victory on the battlefield. Examples include the wars of Alexander the Great and Frederick the Great, as well as Hitler’s campaign of 1939-1940.

    Nuclear powers cannot confront each other directly. Therefore, their resource base is of paramount importance. That is exactly why Russia and the United States have been in a desperate competition for allies over the past year. Russia has won this competition. The United States can count only the EU, Canada, Australia, and Japan as allies (and not always unconditionally so), but Russia has managed to mobilize support from the BRICS, to gain a firm foothold in Latin America, and to begin displacing the United States in Asia and North Africa.

    Of course, it’s not patently obvious, but if we consider the results of votes at the UN, assuming that a lack of official support for the United States means dissent and thus support for Russia, it turns out that the countries aligned with Russia together control about 60% of the world’s GDP, have more than two-thirds of its population, and cover more than three-quarters of its surface. Thus Russia has been able to mobilize more resources.

    In this regard, the United States had two tactical options.

    The first seemed to have great potential and was employed by it from the early days of the Ukrainian crisis.

    It was an attempt to force Russia to choose between a bad situation and an even worse one. Russia would be compelled to accept a Nazi state on its borders and therefore a dramatic loss of international authority and of the trust and support of its allies, and after a short time would become vulnerable to internal and external pro-U.S. forces, with no chance of survival. Or else it could send its army into the Ukraine, sweep out the junta before it got organized, and restore the legitimate government of Yanukovych. That, however, would have brought an accusation of aggression against an independent state and of suppression of the people’s revolution. Such a situation would have resulted in a high degree of disapproval on the part of Ukrainians and the need to constantly expend significant military, political, economic, and diplomatic resources to maintain a puppet regime in Kiev, because no other government would have been possible under such conditions.

    Russia avoided that dilemma. There was no direct invasion. It is Donbass that is fighting Kiev. It is the Americans who have to devote scarce resources to the doomed puppet regime in Kiev, while Russia can remain on the sidelines making peace proposals.

    So now the United States is employing the second option. It’s as old as the hills. That which cannot be held, and will be taken by the enemy, must be damaged as much as possible so that the enemy’s victory is more costly than defeat, as all its resources are used to reconstruct the destroyed territory. The United States has therefore ceased to assist the Ukraine with anything more than political rhetoric while encouraging Kiev to spread civil war throughout the country.

    The Ukrainian land must burn, not only in Donetsk and Lugansk but also in Kiev and Lvov. The task is simple: to destroy the social infrastructure as much as possible and to leave the population at the very edge of survival. Then the population of the Ukraine will consist of millions of starving, desperate and heavily armed people who will kill one another for food. The only way to stop this bloodbath would be massive international military intervention in the Ukraine (the militia on its own will not be sufficient) and massive injections of funds to feed the population and to reconstruct the economy until the Ukraine can begin to feed itself.

    It is clear that all these costs would fall on Russia. Putin correctly believes that not only the budget, but also public resources in general, including the military, would in this case be overstretched and possibly insufficient. Therefore, the objective is not to allow the Ukraine to explode before the militia can bring the situation under control. It is crucial to minimize casualties and destruction and to salvage as much of the economy as possible and the infrastructure of the large cities so that the population somehow survives and then the Ukrainians themselves will take care of the Nazi thugs.

    At this point an ally appears for Putin in the form of the EU. Because the United States always tried to use European resources in its struggle with Russia, the EU, which was already weakened, reaches the point of exhaustion and has to deal with its own long-festering problems.

    If Europe now has on its eastern border a completely destroyed Ukraine, from which millions of armed people will flee not only to Russia but also to the EU, taking with them delightful pastimes such as drug trafficking, gunrunning, and terrorism, the EU will not survive. The people’s republics of Novorossiya will serve as a buffer for Russia, however.

    Europe cannot confront the United States, but it is deathly afraid of a destroyed Ukraine. Therefore, for the first time in the conflict, Hollande and Merkel are not just trying to sabotage the U.S. demands (by imposing sanctions but not going too far), but they are also undertaking limited independent action with the aim of achieving a compromise – maybe not peace but at least a truce in the Ukraine.

    If the Ukraine catches fire, it will burn quickly, and if the EU has become an unreliable partner that is ready if not to move into Russia’s camp then at least to take a neutral position, Washington, faithful to its strategy, would be obliged to set fire to Europe.

    It is clear that a series of civil and interstate wars on a continent packed with all sorts of weapons, where more than half a billion people live, is far worse than a civil war in the Ukraine. The Atlantic separates the United States from Europe. Even Britain could hope to sit it out across the Channel. But Russia and the EU share a very long [sic] border.

    It is not at all in Russia’s interests to have a conflagration stretching from the Atlantic to the Carpathian Mountains when the territory from the Carpathians to the Dnieper is still smoldering. Therefore, Putin’s other objective is, to the extent possible, to prevent the most negative effects of a conflagration in the Ukraine and a conflagration in Europe. Because it is impossible to completely prevent such an outcome (if the United States wants to ignite the fire, it will), it is necessary to be able to extinguish it quickly to save what is most valuable.

    Thus, to protect Russia’s legitimate interests, Putin considers peace to be of vital importance, because it is peace that will make it possible to achieve this goal with maximum effect at minimum cost. But because peace is no longer possible, and the truces are becoming more theoretical and fragile, Putin needs the war to end as quickly as possible.

    But I do want to stress that if a compromise could have been reached a year ago on the most favorable terms for the West (Russia would have still obtained its goals, but later – a minor concession), it is no longer possible, and the conditions are progressively worsening. Ostensibly, the situation remains the same; peace on almost any conditions is still beneficial for Russia. Only one thing has changed, but it is of the utmost importance: public opinion. Russian society longs for victory and retribution. As I pointed out above, Russian power is authoritative, rather than authoritarian; therefore, public opinion matters in Russia, in contrast to the “traditional democracies.”

    Putin can maintain his role as the linchpin of the system only as long as he has the support of the majority of the population. If he loses this support, because no figures of his stature have emerged from Russia’s political elite, the system will lose its stability. But power can maintain its authority only as long as it successfully embodies the wishes of the masses. Thus the defeat of Nazism in the Ukraine, even if it is diplomatic, must be clear and indisputable – only under such conditions is a Russian compromise possible.

    Thus, regardless of Putin’s wishes and Russia’s interests, given the overall balance of power, as well as the protagonists’ priorities and capabilities, a war that should have ended last year within the borders of the Ukraine will almost certainly spill over into Europe. One can only guess who will be more effective – the Americans with their gas can or the Russians with their fire extinguisher? But one thing is absolutely clear: the peace initiatives of the Russian leaders will be limited not by their wishes but their actual capabilities. It is futile to fight either the wishes of the people or the course of history; but when they coincide, the only thing a wise politician can do is to understand the wishes of the people and the direction of the historical process and try to support it at all costs.

    The circumstances described above make it extremely unlikely that the proponents of an independent state of Novorossiya will see their wishes fulfilled. Given the scale of the coming conflagration, determining the fate of the Ukraine as a whole is not excessively complicated but, at the same time, it will not come cheap.

    It is only logical that the Russian people should ask: if Russians, whom we rescued from the Nazis, live in Novorossiya, why do they have to live in a separate state? If they want to live in a separate state, why should Russia rebuild their cities and factories? To these questions there is only one reasonable answer: Novorossiya should become part of Russia (especially since it has enough fighters, although the governing class is problematic). Well, if part of the Ukraine can join Russia, why not all of it? Especially as in all likelihood by the time this question is on the agenda, the European Union will no longer be an alternative to the Eurasian Union [for the Ukraine].

    Consequently, the decision to rejoin Russia will be made by a united federated Ukraine and not by some entity without a clear status. I think that it is premature to redraw the political map. Most likely the conflict in the Ukraine will be concluded by the end of the year. But if the United States manages to extend the conflict to the EU (and it will try), the final resolution of territorial issues will take at least a couple of years and maybe more.

    In any situation we benefit from peace. In conditions of peace, as Russia’s resource base grows, as new allies (former partners of the United States) go over to its side, and as Washington becomes progressively marginalized, territorial restructuring will become far simpler and temporarily less significant, especially for those being restructured.

  85. This is Max Igan http://www.thecrowhouse.com online treatise of himself.
    Worth the read as much of this describes us here following this blog

    Site Navigation
    Who am I?

    Ok folks, well this is the nitty-gritty. This is ultimately who I am and no, you dont get a photo or a real name. If you are reading this, then I can only imagine that you are a friend or associate of mine as I cannot possibly imagine who else in the world would be remotely interested. This page will also serve as a blog of sorts and will be added to later.

    My real given name will remain anonymous and my second name is Maxwell. My last name will also remain anonymous. I live in Queensland, Australia and at the time of writing this essay, it is June 2007 and I am 49 years old. The pen-name Max Igan that I have become known by is a combination of my middle name and my sons’ middle name. As a matter of interest, Igan is the original Irish spelling of the name Ian, and no, I do not have any Irish roots, we just liked the name. 🙂 I decided upon the name Max Igan as my pen-name & internet identity as a tribute to my son and as a dedication to him. Any and all work I have done on the internet I have done mainly for him, first and foremost.

    I have always had a strong love for art and music and spent many hours constructing drawings I would give away during my teenage years and a few pencil a pen drawings that I kept, some of which are displayed on this site. I began messing around in Photoshop, Bryce and a few other 3D programs in my spare time about 3 years ago and most of the art found on this site is a result of those ongoing efforts.

    On a more personal note, I have spent most of my life as a traveling musician and continued to do so up until about 3 years ago. The life that is led by a traveling musician may seem strange or exotic to most people and definitely pointless and irrelevant to some, simply because a musician just doesn’t do regular stuff. They don’t work regular hours, are often only ever in any town for short time and many don’t even have regular homes for months or sometimes even years on end. A traveling musician lives more on the “outside of society” than within its confines but because of that, and because of the music, a musician is able to meet, and interact, with a great many people from all walks of life and a great many countries, cultures and classes that many other people are not. This gives them a unique perspective. If they are astute, take advantage of such situations and learn from such interaction, they are able to gain a valuable insight and understanding of many facettes of human kind and many things that remain unseen and unknown to most other people. Many people may say, “Oh what would they know, they are just a muso” but they often forget that they themselves listen to music and would gladly interact with most musicians and it is the same with people that they themselves are unable to meet. Somehow music breaks down the barriers between most cultures and classes and opens doors that would have otherwise remained closed. Plus because a musician is able to make a living from his or her art, they are able to pursue more philosophical and intellectual interests and to ponder, investigate and connect the information they have gathered in their spare time, as they have so much more of it than a person who must work regular hours at the same job. I feel very privileged to have been granted the gift of music and to have been able do many of the things I have done and meet the many people I have because of it.

    For my own reasons, I have remained a reasonably solitary person for the last 12 years and somehow cannot see that ever changing. In the last 3 years, and strange as it may seem to some, one of my greatest loves has been for the Game clan I belong to, the Alliance of Defiance. I am by no means, a game junky and I don’t love the clan because of the game. The game is fun, but the clan is where the love lies.
    The Alliance of Defiance was a strange advent in my life, and is a tale worth mentioning. I am by no means a young man and have been on the net for years but I had never had the desire to belong to any game clan.
    Then came the AOD.

    I had begun playing the internet game “Enemy Territory” about 5 years ago, mainly as a way of interacting with my son, who lives with his mother. Enemy territory gave us a great way to go do stuff with each other while not actually being together. If you are unfamiliar with it, ET is a free online first person shooter game based in WW2 Europe and far from promoting violence, I find it promotes both teamwork and friendly competition. It was my son who found the AOD “All Generals, All the time” game server and insisted I come and play with him on it. I was not really keen on the server to begin with due its distance from my location. (America) – like, almost exactly on the other side of the world to me, but eventually I complied and I openly admit it was mainly due to the Australian servers we used to play on closing down. For those who know anything about online gaming, when I switched to the All Generals Server, my “ping time” instantly went from 30-80 to 250-300, where it has remained to this day, but it is worth it for the quality of the people.
    While playing one day, my son noticed a message on the screen offering the chance of applying to join the clan upon the acquisition of 10,000 experience points on the clan server – he had always wanted to be part of a clan. He worked ferociously for an entire weekend towards that goal while staying at my house and managed to gain about 9,920 Experience points in two days. He applied and was accepted. Knowing the nature of the internet – and as a father of a 12 year old boy – I contacted the head of the clan and informed him that he was dealing with a 12 year old in the case of the new clan applicant and trusted he would act accordingly and responsibly. I received a reply and was offered membership into the clan myself and again, simply for my son, I joined.
    Being frank and honest, I admit that for the first year of my membership, I simply played the game as a team mate for my son and not even always on the clan server. I didn’t even visit the clan website or the forums. Then I began to visit the clan forums and got to know many members of the clan and again, as with music, via the instrument of art, I managed to interact with and get to know a great many of them, more than many other members have. Again, I found myself dealing with people from all walks of life and many countries from around the world ranging in age from 11 to 70 and one of the real beauty’s of the internet is that it is a non-judgment environment, inasmuch as appearance and personal defects do not come into the equation in your relationships with people. Its almost like people are more equal on the internet because again, they are not bound by the constraints of normal society and though in actuality, I really hardly know these people – and not at all in a personal sense, I now count many of the clan members as some of my dearest friends be they 14 or 50 – though I don’t get to see half of them nearly enough.

    My friends among the clan are really too numerous to name but some people deserve special mention here. These are the people who, for my own reasons, reside on my own personal Honor Role.
    Of course, my son, Black Knight, who is not only my son, but is also a great friend and my source of inspiration. Beo, who has shown himself to be a caring man of great integrity. Twizt, who was my first real friend in the AOD, DragonOverlord, for just being himself. Joykiller, Crashley, Flieger, Raven Fire, Toker, Tweeker, Toecuter, BazookaTom, Arpium, n00b.cfg, Luftwaffe, Morten Harket, Dead at 27, Casper, Kimi, Cant Shoot, Bartman, The Random Device, Fender, A7X – I love you all.
    Gamesmann, who allowed me the opportunity to correspond with a soldier based in Iraq and proved to be a formidable sniper foe upon his return.
    APTPupil, who has provided me with this web space.
    And of course my math whiz little sister Blondie.

    Some people may find this next bit uncomfortable but being who I am I will say it because its just the kind of person I am to say it, simply because I feel it needs to be said and I wish to say it while I still have the freedom to say such things.

    I’m sure many clan members and many other people besides, including members of my own family, find me somewhat of a strange entity and possibly a touch nutty. I don’t watch television, except for a couple of documentary programs, I think television is a propganda machine that feeds false information to the masses. I believe television teaches people what to think, not how to think. I don’t use credit cards, I am very outspoken and have strong views on politics, the war on terror, fractional reserve banking and some aspects of many religions and I can be highly opinionated. In regards to the book I have placed on the projects page (still a rough draft and as yet unfinished) and in regards to the bible, I must stress that my views do not extend to Christianity itself nor to the New Testament. It is not my desire to attack the religious beliefs contained in the Bible and the work should not be interpreted in that way. My questions relate wholly to the Old Testament and are viewed in a historical context.
    In regards to my political views, I must also stress that it is not nor has it ever been my desire to appear anti-American or anti western because I am most definitely not. I am however, very anti-corporatism and very anti-fascism and in the words of WW2 dictator, Benito Mussolini: “Fascism should more appropriately be called Corporatism, because it is the merger of corporate and state power”. This is exactly what we are witnessing now on a global scale and it spells a very frightening and dangerous scenario if the situation is ignored and such corporate power is allowed to continue.
    I am very pro American which is one of the things that makes me as outspoken as I am, but I recognize the reality that the thing that makes the US great is not the Nation itself, it is the American Constitution and the American people, some of whom I count as my dear friends. As a responsible citizen of the world I cannot idly stand by and watch the only true beacon of freedom in the world and the freedoms of my friends be extinguished due to the actions of a corporate controlled administration and an irresponsible president who committed electoral fraud to gain office, and whose family has long standing ties to some very sinister people. And I am utterly appalled by the media’s failure to address these issues. People would do well to remember the words spoken by former US President Thomas Jefferson: “That we are to stand by a president whether he is right or wrong is not only unpatriotic and servile, it is morally treasonable to the American People.” And of former US President Ronald Regan who stated: “It takes only one generation for a Nation to lose its freedom”
    What happens in America is echoed strongly in Australia and if America falls from within, then so will my country fall, and again, all the signs are there, and now far too many to be ignored. Due to 911, the so called “War on Terror” and laws that have been passed by the current administrations, presently, America, Australia, and Britain are politically in the position of Germany in 1937 whose people were also in denial. It is crucial for the entire world that history be remembered and this situation is taken in hand, and for that reason I am, and will continue to be, outspoken about such issues in the name of what is right, regardless of the consequences, and to offer one more quote that I believe can be adapted to fit almost every situation in daily life, this time from Martin Luther King:
    “The Ultimate measure of a man is not where he stands in moments of comfort and convenience, but where he stands at times of challenge and controversy… Cowardice asks the question – Is it safe? Expedience asks the question – Is it Politic? Vanity asks the question – Is it popular? But Conscience asks the question – Is it right?
    And there comes a time when a man must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular, but one must take it because it is RIGHT!” .

    Most of my time these days is spent on my radio show and video presentations, research into Government Corruption and Ancient History, working on my next book and artwork when I can find the time .

    *

    Is life so dear or peace so sweet as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take, but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!

    – Patrick Henry

  86. TRANSCRIPT AND SOURCES:

    Timothy McVeigh. The Oklahoma City bomber. The “face of American terrorism.” The face of evil.

    On the morning of April 19, 1995, the Alfred P. Murrah Building was torn apart by explosions, killing 168. Office workers. Passersby. Children in the building’s day care centre. Horrified, a nation in grief turned to the authorities for answers.

    Now, 20 years after that tragic day, we all know the story the public was told:
    https://www.corbettreport.com/episode-305-the-secret-life-of-timothy-mcveigh/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+CorbettReportRSS+%28The+Corbett+Report%29

  87. The Shift

    Ukraine crisis causes strategic, mental shift in global order
    By Dmitri Trenin Source:Global Times Published: 2015-5-17 21:23:01

    The recent visits to Russia by German chancellor Angela Merkel and US Secretary of State John Kerry have raised the prospect of the stabilization of the conflict between Russia and the West, which broke out in 2014 over Ukraine. Some observers even go so far as to discuss what a new security regime in Europe might look like. Not so fast.

    The Ukraine crisis was not just about Ukraine, or even Europe. It was about the global order, which promises a long competition with a yet-unforeseen result. Crucially, it is part of a pattern of changing relationships among the world’s powers, with the US struggling to preserve its dominance.

    The EU, for now, is not one of the competitors. The Ukraine crisis has demonstrated its woeful lack of both strategic thinking and action. The EU precipitated the crisis with its Eastern Partnership initiative, but then failed to oversee the transition in Kiev, and now is falling short of resources to keep Ukraine afloat financially.

    The military conflict has naturally highlighted the role of NATO and the US, pushing the EU to the side. Germany, which after the euro crisis was rising as the EU’s sole leader, has to accept that whatever leadership it may be able to exercise now has to be embedded within a broader US leadership.

    This leaves Europe’s security in a precarious state. The Russia problem which was left unresolved through inclusion since the end of the Cold War, cannot be solved through Russia’s exclusion: It is still too big and increasingly assertive of its interests.

    Western policies of sanctioning Russia economically and isolating it politically have failed to achieve the stated goal of making Russian President Vladimir Putin change his course. However, changing gears by sitting down with Putin to hammer out some compromise on Ukraine would be politically suicidal for Western leaders, in view of the rhetoric of the past 15 months. Strategically, this would constitute a US retreat which would reverberate around the world.

    This means that Europe, for the foreseeable future, will not have a stable security order. The Minsk II agreement which the US, Germany, France, Ukraine and Russia pledged to uphold has little chance of being implemented. Kiev is unlikely to federalize Ukraine and give Donbass the “widest possible autonomy” it seeks, and the Donbass will not just wither away, ceding control of the Russian border to Ukraine. The best one can hope for is a stable truce, with some economic and humanitarian ties across the divide and regular contact between officials. Thus, Minsk would be less about the goal and more about the process.

    The only consolation for the West in this situation will be that “Putin has been stopped.” No attack on Mariupol by the rebels, no Russian offensive toward Kharkov or Odessa, the notion of Novorossiya has been retired. Transnistria is quiet, for the time being, the status quo in Abkhazia and South Ossetia is undisturbed. Moldova has confirmed its westward orientation, Georgia hosts US training exercises. Crucially, the Baltic States have not been disturbed by Russia, and have received not just moral, but also military support from their NATO allies. All true, except that the Kremlin did not intend to restore the Soviet Union, much less the Soviet sphere of influence in Europe.

    The change that the Ukraine crisis has brought about is not territorial, but rather strategic and mental. Russia has finally quit its policy of trying to integrate into the West and become part of the Euro-Atlantic system. It has returned to its home base in Eurasia and has prioritized links to non-Western countries.

    Relations with China for the first time are becoming as important for Russia as its relations with the US, and totally the opposite in nature. The Sino-Russian entente can further serve as a catalyst for coordination within such formations as BRICS and SCO, both of which will hold their next summits in Russia in July.

    With Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s ground-breaking visit to China and India’s forthcoming accession to the SCO, Moscow is putting more effort into its pet project of a closer triangular “RIC” cooperation.

    The change of the global order will take a generation. The transition period will be marked by instability: The arrival of ambitious players at different levels and in virtually all regions will overload the capacity of the existing instruments of governance and control. Look at the Middle East, until very recently a playground for competing outside powers. Europe, until recently the world’s most stable region, will hardly escape unscathed. Ukraine’s domestic situation is fraught with many dangers. The Balkans, as Macedonia has just reminded everyone, are not a done deal. Britain may be headed for exit from the EU, and Turkey, having been denied entry there, is now on a path of its own, both internally and internationally.

    The most important developments shaping the future of the world, however, will take place in Asia. What different players there will have learnt from the lessons of Ukraine will matter.

    The author is director of the Carnegie Moscow Center. opinion@globaltimes.com.cn

  88. Seymour Hersh’s Modified Limited Hangout

    Seymour Hersh’s latest attempt at “investigative journalism” gives the impression of yet another elaborate limited hangout. His “sources” are long retired Pakistani ISI officials (i.e. CIA sock puppets) who go to great lengths to show that Bin Laden was indeed present,in the flesh, in Abbottabad during the staged event – something that has never been empirically proven. It is all based on crudely crafted government lies that this recent “exposure” desperately tries to reinforce by pretending to “expose the official lie” only to come full circle to the same fantastic conclusion that generally confirms “the official lie” but makes a big fuss of many small and irrelevant details. This is the classic limited hangout technique used by the CIA to deal with uncomfortable truths once those get to the general public’s attention.

    Hersh’s claims won’t be able to change the fact that Bin Laden probably died many years before this staged raid, and that the navy SEAL Team 6 who later on participated in mission ‘Extortion 17′ were gunned down by a CIA black-ops team to cover up the evidence and dispose of key witnesses to the lie.
    . . . . . .
    Journalist Seymour Hersh has cited senior American intelligence officials in claiming that the killing of Osama bin Laden was a joint operation between the United States and Pakistan. In a lengthy article published over the weekend in The London Review of Books, the veteran investigative reporter suggests that Pakistan had kept the al-Qaeda founder in prison for several years in the city of Abbottabad. Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate —known commonly as ISI— had planned to turn bin Laden over to the US in its own time, in a quid-pro-quo move. But the Pakistanis’ plan had to be scrapped when bin Laden’s hideout was betrayed to the Central Intelligence Agency by a former ISI officer, says Hersh. His assertion agrees with previous accounts of the US raid against bin Laden, offered by security expert R.J. Hillhouse in 2011, and earlier this year by Lt. Gen. Asad Durrani, who led the ISI from 1990 to 1992.

    The unnamed sources behind Hersh’s claims are an American “retired senior intelligence official” who was privy to early intelligence concerning bin Laden’s compound in Pakistan. Hersh also cites “information from inside Pakistan”, as well as two other sources from America, who have been “longtime consultants to the [US] Special Operations Command”.

    The initial tip about bin Laden’s whereabouts came to the CIA in the form of a ‘walk-in’ —a term used to denote someone who voluntarily contacts an intelligence outpost, usually by simply walking into an embassy or consulate and asking to speak to the intelligence officer on duty. Hersh says the walk-in was a former high official in the ISI, who told the Agency’s Islamabad station that he could lead them to the al-Qaeda founder’s location. The retired official was successfully polygraphed and was eventually able to claim the $25 million reward offered by the US Department of State for bin Laden’s head. He and his family are now living in the Washington, DC, area, says Hersh.

    The walk-in told the CIA that the compound in Abbottabad where bin Laden was living was “not an armed enclave”, as Langley had initially assumed. Instead it was a prison and was under the complete control of the ISI. The latter had managed to capture bin Laden in the Hindu Kush Mountains in 2006, by paying off some of the local tribesmen who were sheltering him. Hersh also reiterates information previously reported by intelNews, namely that the government of Saudi Arabia had entered into an agreement with Islamabad to finance the construction and maintenance of bin Laden’s prison-compound in Abbottabad.

    According to Hersh, the US government eventually informed Pakistan that it had uncovered and was incessantly monitoring bin Laden’s location. Along with threats, Washington offered the ISI commanders, who were in charge of bin Laden’s security, “under-the-table personal incentives” to agree to stand aside during a US raid on the compound. Under the final agreement, struck at the end of January 2011, the Americans promised to send in a small force that would kill bin Laden, thus sparing Islamabad and Riyadh the embarrassment of the al-Qaeda founder speaking out about his previously close relations with both governments. The Pakistanis even provided the CIA with accurate architectural diagrams of the compound. Accordingly, when the US forces went into Abbottabad in May of that year, “they knew where the target was —third floor, second door on the right”, says the retired US intelligence official quoted by Hersh.

    The veteran journalist adds that the American planners of the operation knew well that bin Laden had been held in virtual isolation from the outside world for years, and that he was not “running a command center for al-Qaeda operations” from Abbottabad, as the White House later claimed. Consequently, the stories about “garbage bags full of computers and storage devices” that the US Navy SEALs brought back from the compound were false. Some of the SEALs took with them some books and papers found in bin Laden’s bedroom. But most of the material that was eventually acquired by the CIA was voluntarily provided to the Americans by the Pakistanis, who took control of the compound immediately after the SEALs left and eventually razed it.

    Related articles:
    http://osnetdaily.com/2013/08/death-of-seal-team-6-set-up-and-cover-up/
    http://osnetdaily.com/2013/10/families-suspect-seal-team-6-crash-was-inside-job/
    \\][//

    • Published December 26, 2001 FoxNews.com

      Usama bin Laden has died a peaceful death due to an untreated lung complication, the Pakistan Observer reported, citing a Taliban leader who allegedly attended the funeral of the Al Qaeda leader.

      “The Coalition troops are engaged in a mad search operation but they would never be able to fulfill their cherished goal of getting Usama alive or dead,” the source said.

      Bin Laden, according to the source, was suffering from a serious lung complication and succumbed to the disease in mid-December, in the vicinity of the Tora Bora mountains. The source claimed that bin Laden was laid to rest honorably in his last abode and his grave was made as per his Wahabi belief.

      About 30 close associates of bin Laden in Al Qaeda, including his most trusted and personal bodyguards, his family members and some “Taliban friends,” attended the funeral rites. A volley of bullets was also fired to pay final tribute to the “great leader.”
      http://www.foxnews.com/story/2001/12/26/report-bin-laden-already-dead/
      \\][//

  89. The New Dark Age Cometh

    “Crimes against humanity include government-initiated or -assisted policies or practices resulting in massacre, dehumanization, unjust imprisonment, extrajudicial punishments, torture, racial/ethnic persecution, and other such acts. In reference to the last-cited crime, in 1976 the United Nations General Assembly declared the systematic persecution of one racial group by another (for instance, the practice of apartheid) to be a crime against humanity.

    Given the origins of this body of law, it comes as a shock that there are now a number of countries that would like to weaken, and perhaps even do away with, this category of law. These states claim that terrorism, and the so-called war against it, have changed the international environment so greatly that laws designed to protect us all from crimes against humanity are now tying the hands of those who regard terrorism as the present greatest threat to civilization.

    While this argument may have some headway with certain governments and populations, it is a distortion of facts and a mangling of history. The vast majority of crimes against humanity require a level of organization and force only found with the state. This fact was brought out during World War II to such a degree that it could no longer be ignored.

    On the other hand, the crimes of small groups of terrorists may indeed be heinous, but even at their worst, they do not come close, in terms of numbers affected, to the crimes of states. For governments to decry laws attempting to rein in their own major crimes as impediments against their efforts to battle those perpetrating, in comparison, relatively lesser crimes, is more propaganda than truth.
    […]
    The Israelis are not very secretive about this. Take, for instance, Moshe Yaalon, the present Israeli Defense Minister and one of those actively working against international law referencing crimes against humanity.

    At a recent conference entitled “Towards a New Law of War,” sponsored by Shurat HaDin (an organization of Israeli lawyers operating internationally to defend Israeli military and civilian practices which violate international law), Yaalon declared that in any future with conflict with Lebanon, Israel “will hurt Lebanese civilians including kids of the family … . We did it in the Gaza Strip, we are going to do it in any round of hostilities in the future.”

    His excuse for this criminal position is that organizations such as Hezbollah and Hamas allegedly hide their soldiers and weapons in densely populated urban areas. However, journalists on the ground have found this to be false.
    […]
    Another indicator that Israel will continue to defy this aspect of international law is the recent appointment of Ayelet Shaked as Minister of Justice in the newly formed government of Benjamin Netanyahu. Shaked has declared that Israel is at war with the entire Palestinian people and therefore they all should be destroyed, “including its elderly and its women, its cities and its villages, its property and its infrastructure.” Shaked is a deceptively innocent-looking woman. Her behavior, however, calls to mind Oscar Wilde’s The Portrait of Dorian Gray.
    palestine

    The West Gives a Green Light

    Major Western nations seem ready to support Israel in this effort, even though it clearly encourages a new era of state-sponsored barbarism. For instance, the U.S. government has consistently protected Israel’s criminal behavior from United Nations condemnation by using its veto in the Security Council.”~Lawrence Davidson.
    https://consortiumnews.com/2015/05/23/israel-seeks-international-law-rewrite/
    \\][//

  90. “The nation is wallowing self-piteously in a fetid trough of denial and adolescent rage/magical thinking now that the nation’s bogus, debt-based “prosperity” has crashed and cannot be restored, though the visible state (Federal Reserve and elected officials) keep trying to glue Humpty Dumpty back back together again.

    The Deep State has been busy powering up the immense machinery of full spectrum repression to contain the inevitable disarray that will follow the collapse of the nation’s bogus, debt-based “prosperity.”

    Our best hope for a productive outcome is that the cadre of those inside the Deep State Network who grasp the self-defeating nature of repression will gain influence over their repression-obsessed peers.” ~Charles Hugh Smith
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Surplus_Repression_and_the_Self-Defeating_Deep_State/44189/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    . . . . . . . . . .
    “We’re an empire now, bla bla bla…”~Neocons

    Bullshit!

    The Neocons were fooling themselves, ‘they’ were never ‘The Empire’, they were pawns in the larger game of the Global Empire, where Amerika is merely the garrison state for the High Cabal that really sits at the top of the political foodchain.

    Scott & C.H.Smith are making the same myopic error in my view.
    \\][//

  91. “Turn on, tune in, drop out” is a counterculture-era phrase popularized by Timothy Leary in 1966. In 1967 Leary spoke at the Human Be-In, a gathering of 30,000 hippies in Golden Gate Park in San Francisco and uttered the famous phrase, “Turn on, tune in, drop out”. It was also the title of his spoken word album Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out recorded in 1966. On this lengthy album one can hear Leary speaking in a monotone, soft-spoken voice on his views about the world and humanity and describing nature, Indian symbols, “the meaning of inner life”, the LSD experience, peace and many other issues.

    In a 1988 interview with Neil Strauss, Leary stated that slogan was “given to him” by Marshall McLuhan during a lunch in New York City. Leary added that McLuhan “was very much interested in ideas and marketing, and he started singing something like, ‘Psychedelics hit the spot / Five hundred micrograms, that’s a lot,’ to the tune of a Pepsi commercial of the time. Then he started going, ‘Tune in, turn on, and drop out.'”[1] The phrase was used by Leary in a speech he delivered at the opening of a press conference in New York City on September 19, 1966. It urged people to embrace cultural changes through the use of psychedelics and by detaching themselves from the existing conventions and hierarchies in society.
    \\][//

  92. Bullshit Back Wash Tsunami In The Making Or Superpower In Distress
    A project of The Nation Institute

    Return to TomDispatch Home
    ArchiveAuthorsBooksPressAboutContactSupport Us
    Tomgram: Michael Klare, Superpower in Distress
    Posted by Michael Klare at 8:03am, May 28, 2015.
    Follow TomDispatch on Twitter @TomDispatch.
    Email Print
    Think of this as a little imperial folly update — and here’s the backstory. In the years after invading Iraq and disbanding Saddam Hussein’s military, the U.S. sunk about $25 billion into “standing up” a new Iraqi army. By June 2014, however, that army, filled with at least 50,000 “ghost soldiers,” was only standing in the imaginations of its generals and perhaps Washington. When relatively small numbers of Islamic State (IS) militants swept into northern Iraq, it collapsed, abandoning four cities — including Mosul, the country’s second largest — and leaving behind enormous stores of U.S. weaponry, ranging from tanks and Humvees to artillery and rifles. In essence, the U.S. was now standing up its future enemy in a style to which it was unaccustomed and, unlike the imploded Iraqi military, the forces of the Islamic State proved quite capable of using that weaponry without a foreign trainer or adviser in sight.

    In response, the Obama administration dispatched thousands of new advisers and trainers and began shipping in piles of new weaponry to re-equip the Iraqi army. It also filled Iraqi skies with U.S. planes armed with their own munitions to destroy, among other things, some of that captured U.S. weaponry. Then it set to work standing up a smaller version of the Iraqi army. Now, skip nearly a year ahead and on a somewhat lesser scale the whole process has just happened again. Less than two weeks ago, Islamic State militants took Ramadi, the capital of Anbar Province. Iraqi army units, including the elite American-trained Golden Division, broke and fled, leaving behind — you’ll undoubtedly be shocked to hear — yet another huge cache of weaponry and equipment, including tanks, more than 100 Humvees and other vehicles, artillery, and so on.

    The Obama administration reacted in a thoroughly novel way: it immediately began shipping in new stocks of weaponry, starting with 1,000 antitank weapons, so that the reconstituted Iraqi military could take out future “massive suicide vehicle bombs” (some of which, assumedly, will be those captured vehicles from Ramadi). Meanwhile, American planes began roaming the skies over that city, trying to destroy some of the equipment IS militants had captured.

    Notice anything repetitive in all this — other than another a bonanza for U.S. weapons makers? Logically, it would prove less expensive for the Obama administration to simply arm the Islamic State directly before sending in the air strikes. In any case, what a microcosm of U.S. imperial hubris and folly in the twenty-first century all this training and equipping of the Iraqi military has proved to be. Start with the post-invasion decision of the Bush administration to totally disband Saddam’s army and instantly eject hundreds of thousands of unemployed Sunni military men and a full officer corps into the chaos of the “new” Iraq and you have an instant formula for creating a Sunni resistance movement. Then, add in a little extra “training” at Camp Bucca, a U.S. military prison in Iraq, for key unemployed officers, and — Voilà! — you’ve helped set up the petri dish in which the leadership of the Islamic State movement will grow. Multiply such stunning tactical finesse many times over globally and, as TomDispatch regular Michael Klare makes clear today, you have what might be called the folly of the “sole superpower” writ large. Tom

    Delusionary Thinking in Washington
    The Desperate Plight of a Declining Superpower
    By Michael T. Klare

    Take a look around the world and it’s hard not to conclude that the United States is a superpower in decline. Whether in Europe, Asia, or the Middle East, aspiring powers are flexing their muscles, ignoring Washington’s dictates, or actively combating them. Russia refuses to curtail its support for armed separatists in Ukraine; China refuses to abandon its base-building endeavors in the South China Sea; Saudi Arabia refuses to endorse the U.S.-brokered nuclear deal with Iran; the Islamic State movement (ISIS) refuses to capitulate in the face of U.S. airpower. What is a declining superpower supposed to do in the face of such defiance?

    This is no small matter. For decades, being a superpower has been the defining characteristic of American identity. The embrace of global supremacy began after World War II when the United States assumed responsibility for resisting Soviet expansionism around the world; it persisted through the Cold War era and only grew after the implosion of the Soviet Union, when the U.S. assumed sole responsibility for combating a whole new array of international threats. As General Colin Powell famously exclaimed in the final days of the Soviet era, “We have to put a shingle outside our door saying, ‘Superpower Lives Here,’ no matter what the Soviets do, even if they evacuate from Eastern Europe.”

    Imperial Overstretch Hits Washington

    Strategically, in the Cold War years, Washington’s power brokers assumed that there would always be two superpowers perpetually battling for world dominance. In the wake of the utterly unexpected Soviet collapse, American strategists began to envision a world of just one, of a “sole superpower” (aka Rome on the Potomac). In line with this new outlook, the administration of George H.W. Bush soon adopted a long-range plan intended to preserve that status indefinitely. Known as the Defense Planning Guidance for Fiscal Years 1994-99, it declared: “Our first objective is to prevent the re-emergence of a new rival, either on the territory of the former Soviet Union or elsewhere, that poses a threat on the order of that posed formerly by the Soviet Union.”

    H.W.’s son, then the governor of Texas, articulated a similar vision of a globally encompassing Pax Americana when campaigning for president in 1999. If elected, he told military cadets at the Citadel in Charleston, his top goal would be “to take advantage of a tremendous opportunity — given few nations in history — to extend the current peace into the far realm of the future. A chance to project America’s peaceful influence not just across the world, but across the years.”

    For Bush, of course, “extending the peace” would turn out to mean invading Iraq and igniting a devastating regional conflagration that only continues to grow and spread to this day. Even after it began, he did not doubt — nor (despite the reputed wisdom offered by hindsight) does he today — that this was the price that had to be paid for the U.S. to retain its vaunted status as the world’s sole superpower.

    The problem, as many mainstream observers now acknowledge, is that such a strategy aimed at perpetuating U.S. global supremacy at all costs was always destined to result in what Yale historian Paul Kennedy, in his classic book The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, unforgettably termed “imperial overstretch.” As he presciently wrote in that 1987 study, it would arise from a situation in which “the sum total of the United States’ global interests and obligations is… far larger than the country’s power to defend all of them simultaneously.”

    Indeed, Washington finds itself in exactly that dilemma today. What’s curious, however, is just how quickly such overstretch engulfed a country that, barely a decade ago, was being hailed as the planet’s first “hyperpower,” a status even more exalted than superpower. But that was before George W.’s miscalculation in Iraq and other missteps left the U.S. to face a war-ravaged Middle East with an exhausted military and a depleted treasury. At the same time, major and regional powers like China, India, Russia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey have been building up their economic and military capabilities and, recognizing the weakness that accompanies imperial overstretch, are beginning to challenge U.S. dominance in many areas of the globe. The Obama administration has been trying, in one fashion or another, to respond in all of those areas — among them Ukraine, Syria, Iraq, Yemen, and the South China Sea — but without, it turns out, the capacity to prevail in any of them.

    Nonetheless, despite a range of setbacks, no one in Washington’s power elite — Senators Rand Paul and Bernie Sanders being the exceptions that prove the rule — seems to have the slightest urge to abandon the role of sole superpower or even to back off it in any significant way. President Obama, who is clearly all too aware of the country’s strategic limitations, has been typical in his unwillingness to retreat from such a supremacist vision. “The United States is and remains the one indispensable nation,” he told graduating cadets at West Point in May 2014. “That has been true for the century past and it will be true for the century to come.”

    How, then, to reconcile the reality of superpower overreach and decline with an unbending commitment to global supremacy?

    The first of two approaches to this conundrum in Washington might be thought of as a high-wire circus act. It involves the constant juggling of America’s capabilities and commitments, with its limited resources (largely of a military nature) being rushed relatively fruitlessly from one place to another in response to unfolding crises, even as attempts are made to avoid yet more and deeper entanglements. This, in practice, has been the strategy pursued by the current administration. Call it the Obama Doctrine.

    After concluding, for instance, that China had taken advantage of U.S. entanglement in Iraq and Afghanistan to advance its own strategic interests in Southeast Asia, Obama and his top advisers decided to downgrade the U.S. presence in the Middle East and free up resources for a more robust one in the western Pacific. Announcing this shift in 2011 — it would first be called a “pivot to Asia” and then a “rebalancing” there — the president made no secret of the juggling act involved.

    “After a decade in which we fought two wars that cost us dearly, in blood and treasure, the United States is turning our attention to the vast potential of the Asia Pacific region,” he told members of the Australian Parliament that November. “As we end today’s wars, I have directed my national security team to make our presence and mission in the Asia Pacific a top priority. As a result, reductions in U.S. defense spending will not — I repeat, will not — come at the expense of the Asia Pacific.”

    Then, of course, the new Islamic State launched its offensive in Iraq in June 2014 and the American-trained army there collapsed with the loss of four northern cities. Videoed beheadings of American hostages followed, along with a looming threat to the U.S.-backed regime in Baghdad. Once again, President Obama found himself pivoting — this time sending thousands of U.S. military advisers back to that country, putting American air power into its skies, and laying the groundwork for another major conflict there.

    Meanwhile, Republican critics of the president, who claim he’s doing too little in a losing effort in Iraq (and Syria), have also taken him to task for not doing enough to implement the pivot to Asia. In reality, as his juggling act that satisfies no one continues in Iraq and the Pacific, he’s had a hard time finding the wherewithal to effectively confront Vladimir Putin in Ukraine, Bashar al-Assad in Syria, the Houthi rebels in Yemen, the various militias fighting for power in fragmenting Libya, and so on.

    The Party of Utter Denialism

    Clearly, in the face of multiplying threats, juggling has not proven to be a viable strategy. Sooner or later, the “balls” will simply go flying and the whole system will threaten to fall apart. But however risky juggling may prove, it is not nearly as dangerous as the other strategic response to superpower decline in Washington: utter denial.

    For those who adhere to this outlook, it’s not America’s global stature that’s eroding, but its will — that is, its willingness to talk and act tough. If Washington were simply to speak more loudly, so this argument goes, and brandish bigger sticks, all these challenges would simply melt away. Of course, such an approach can only work if you’re prepared to back up your threats with actual force, or “hard power,” as some like to call it.

    Among the most vocal of those touting this line is Senator John McCain, the chair of the Senate Armed Services Committee and a persistent critic of President Obama. “For five years, Americans have been told that ‘the tide of war is receding,’ that we can pull back from the world at little cost to our interests and values,” he typically wrote in March 2014 in a New York Times op-ed. “This has fed a perception that the United States is weak, and to people like Mr. Putin, weakness is provocative.” The only way to prevent aggressive behavior by Russia and other adversaries, he stated, is “to restore the credibility of the United States as a world leader.” This means, among other things, arming the Ukrainians and anti-Assad Syrians, bolstering the NATO presence in Eastern Europe, combating “the larger strategic challenge that Iran poses,” and playing a “more robust” role (think: more “boots” on more ground) in the war against ISIS.

    Above all, of course, it means a willingness to employ military force. “When aggressive rulers or violent fanatics threaten our ideals, our interests, our allies, and us,” he declared last November, “what ultimately makes the difference… is the capability, credibility, and global reach of American hard power.”

    A similar approach — in some cases even more bellicose — is being articulated by the bevy of Republican candidates now in the race for president, Rand Paul again excepted. At a recent “Freedom Summit” in the early primary state of South Carolina, the various contenders sought to out-hard-power each other. Florida Senator Marco Rubio was loudly cheered for promising to make the U.S. “the strongest military power in the world.” Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker received a standing ovation for pledging to further escalate the war on international terrorists: “I want a leader who is willing to take the fight to them before they take the fight to us.”

    In this overheated environment, the 2016 presidential campaign is certain to be dominated by calls for increased military spending, a tougher stance toward Moscow and Beijing, and an expanded military presence in the Middle East. Whatever her personal views, Hillary Clinton, the presumed Democratic candidate, will be forced to demonstrate her backbone by embracing similar positions. In other words, whoever enters the Oval Office in January 2017 will be expected to wield a far bigger stick on a significantly less stable planet. As a result, despite the last decade and a half of interventionary disasters, we’re likely to see an even more interventionist foreign policy with an even greater impulse to use military force.

    However initially gratifying such a stance is likely to prove for John McCain and the growing body of war hawks in Congress, it will undoubtedly prove disastrous in practice. Anyone who believes that the clock can now be turned back to 2002, when U.S. strength was at its zenith and the Iraq invasion had not yet depleted American wealth and vigor, is undoubtedly suffering from delusional thinking. China is far more powerful than it was 13 years ago, Russia has largely recovered from its post-Cold War slump, Iran has replaced the U.S. as the dominant foreign actor in Iraq, and other powers have acquired significantly greater freedom of action in an unsettled world. Under these circumstances, aggressive muscle-flexing in Washington is likely to result only in calamity or humiliation.

    Time to Stop Pretending

    Back, then, to our original question: What is a declining superpower supposed to do in the face of this predicament?

    Anywhere but in Washington, the obvious answer would for it to stop pretending to be what it’s not. The first step in any 12-step imperial-overstretch recovery program would involve accepting the fact that American power is limited and global rule an impossible fantasy. Accepted as well would have to be this obvious reality: like it or not, the U.S. shares the planet with a coterie of other major powers — none as strong as we are, but none so weak as to be intimidated by the threat of U.S. military intervention. Having absorbed a more realistic assessment of American power, Washington would then have to focus on how exactly to cohabit with such powers — Russia, China, and Iran among them — and manage its differences with them without igniting yet more disastrous regional firestorms.

    If strategic juggling and massive denial were not so embedded in the political life of this country’s “war capital,” this would not be an impossibly difficult strategy to pursue, as others have suggested. In 2010, for example, Christopher Layne of the George H.W. Bush School at Texas A&M argued in the American Conservative that the U.S. could no longer sustain its global superpower status and, “rather than having this adjustment forced upon it suddenly by a major crisis… should get ahead of the curve by shifting its position in a gradual, orderly fashion.” Layne and others have spelled out what this might entail: fewer military entanglements abroad, a diminishing urge to garrison the planet, reduced military spending, greater reliance on allies, more funds to use at home in rebuilding the crumbling infrastructure of a divided society, and a diminished military footprint in the Middle East.

    But for any of this to happen, American policymakers would first have to abandon the pretense that the United States remains the sole global superpower — and that may be too bitter a pill for the present American psyche (and for the political aspirations of certain Republican candidates) to swallow. From such denialism, it’s already clear, will only come further ill-conceived military adventures abroad and, sooner or later, under far grimmer circumstances, an American reckoning with reality

    • Thanks Veri, a very prescient review of the madness of the West… especially the numbskull North Amerikan TVZombies…

      gawblesmurkah…
      \\][//

  93. Perspective from a different tact
    CLUBORLOV
    PUBLISHED ON TUESDAYS

    TUESDAY, MAY 12, 2015

    America’s Achilles’ Heel

    Heiko Müller
    [Auf Deutsch] [日本語訳] [En français] [Em português] [In italiano]

    Last Saturday, a massive Victory Parade was held in Moscow commemorating the 70-year anniversary of the surrender of Nazi Germany to the Red Army and the erection of the Soviet flag atop the Reichstag in Berlin. There were a few unusual aspects to this parade, which I would like to point out, because they conflict with the western official propaganda narrative. First, it wasn’t just Russian troops that marched in the parade: the troops of 10 other nations took part in it, including the Chinese honor guard and a contingent of Grenadiers from India. Dignitaries from these nations were present in the stands, and the Chinese President Xi Jinping and his wife were seated next to President Vladimir Putin, who, in his speech at the start of the parade, warned against attempts to create a unipolar world—sharp words aimed squarely at the United States and its western allies. Second, a look at the military hardware that rolled through Red Square or flew over it would indicate that, short of an outright nuclear mutual self-annihilation, there isn’t much that the US military could throw at Russia that Russia couldn’t neutralize.

    It would appear that American attempts to isolate Russia have resulted in the exact opposite: if 10 nations, among them the world’s largest economy, comprising some 3 billion people, are willing to set aside their differences and stand shoulder to shoulder with the Russians to counter American attempts at global dominance, then clearly the American plan isn’t going to work at all. Western media focused on the fact that western leaders declined to attend the celebration, either in a fit of pique or because so ordered by the Obama administration, but this only highlights their combined irrelevance, be it in defeating Hitler, or in commemorating his defeat 70 years later. Nevertheless, in his speech Putin specifically thanked the French, the British and the Americans for their contribution to the war effort. I am sorry that he left out the Belgians, who had been so helpful at Dunkirk.

    One small detail about the parade is nevertheless stunning: Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu, a Tuvan Buddhist and one of the most respected Russian leaders, who presided over the Emergencies Ministry prior to becoming the Defense Minister, did something none of his predecessors ever did: at the beginning of the ceremony, he made the sign of the cross, in the Russian Orthodox manner. This simple gesture transformed the parade from a display of military pomp to a sacred ritual. Then followed the slow march with two flags side by side: the Russian flag, and the Soviet flag that flew on top of the Reichstag in Berlin on Victory Day 70 years ago. The march was accompanied by a popular World War II song? Its title? “The Sacred War.” The message is clear: the Russian military, and the Russian people, have put themselves in God’s hands, to do God’s work, to once again sacrifice themselves to save the world from the ravages of an evil empire.

    If you try to dismiss any of this as Russian state propaganda, then here is something else you should be aware of. Did you hear of the spontaneously organized procession in which, after the official parade, half a million people marched through Moscow with portraits of their relatives who died in World War II? The event was called “The Eternal Regiment” (Бессмертный полк). Similar processions took place in many cities throughout Russia, and the total number of participants is estimated at around 4 million. Western press either panned it or billed it as an attempt by Putin to whip up anti-western sentiment. Now that sort of “press coverage,” my fellow space travelers, is pure propaganda! No, it was an enthusiastic, spontaneous outpouring of genuine public sentiment. If you think about it just a tiny bit, nothing on this scale could be contrived artificially, and the thought that millions of people would prostitute their dead for propaganda purposes is, frankly, both cynical and insulting.

    * * *

    Instead of collapsing quietly, the US has decided to pick a fight with Russia. It appears to have already lost the fight, but a question remains: How many more countries will the US manage to destroy before the reality of its inevitable defeat and disintegration finally catches up with it?

    As Putin said last summer when speaking at the Seliger youth forum, “I get the feeling that no matter what the Americans touch, they end up with Libya or Iraq.” Indeed, the Americans have been on a tear, destroying one country after another. Iraq has been dismembered, Libya is a no-go zone, Syria is a humanitarian disaster, Egypt is a military dictatorship executing a program of mass imprisonment. The latest fiasco is Yemen, where the pro-American government was recently overthrown, and the American nationals who found themselves trapped there had to wait for the Russians and the Chinese to extract them and send them home. But it was the previous American foreign policy fiasco, in the Ukraine, which prompted the Russians, along with the Chinese, to signal that the US has taken a step too far, and that all further steps will result in automatic escalation.

    The Russian plan, along with China, India, and much of the rest of the world, is to prepare for war with the US, but to do everything possible to avoid it. Time is on their side, because with each passing day they become stronger while America grows weaker. But while this process runs its course, America might “touch” a few more countries, turning them into a Libya or an Iraq. Is Greece next on the list? What about throwing under the bus the Baltic states (Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania), which are now NATO members (i.e., sacrificial lambs)? Estonia is a short drive from Russia’s second-largest city, St. Petersburg, it has a large Russian population, it has a majority-Russian capital city, and it has a rabidly anti-Russian government. Of those four facts, just one is incongruous. Is it being set up to self-destruct? Some Central Asian republics, in Russia’s ticklish underbelly, might be ripe for being “touched” too.

    There is no question that the Americans will continue to try to create mischief around the world, “touching” vulnerable, exploitable countries, for as long as they can. But there is another question that deserves to be asked: Do the Americans “touch” themselves? Because if they do, then the next candidate for extreme makeover into a bombed-out wasteland might be the United States itself. Let’s consider this option.

    As the events in Ferguson, and more recently in Baltimore, have indicated, the tensions between African-Americans and the police have escalated to a point where explosions become likely. The American “war on drugs” has been essentially a war on young black (and Latino) men; about a third of young blacks are behind bars. They also run a high risk of being shot by the police. To be fair, the police also run a high risk of getting shot by young black males, causing them to be jumpy and to overreact. Given the gradually collapsing economy—close to 100 million working-age Americans are unemployed (“outside the labor force,” if you wish to split hairs)—it would seem that for an ever-increasing chunk of the population cooperating with the authorities is no longer a useful strategy: you get locked up or killed anyway, but you get none of the temporary benefits that come from ignoring the law.

    There is an interesting asymmetry in the American media’s ability to block out information about civil unrest and insurgency: if it is happening overseas, then news of it can be carefully calibrated or suppressed outright. (Did American television tell you about the recent resumption of shelling of civilian districts by the Ukrainian military? Of course not!) This is possible because Americans are notoriously narcissistic and largely indifferent to the rest of the world, of which most of them know little, and what they think they know is often wrong. But if the unrest is within the US itself, then the various media outlets find themselves competing against each other in who can sensationalize it better, in order to get more viewership, and more advertising revenue. The mainstream media in the US is tightly controlled by a handful of large conglomerates, making it one big monopoly on information, but at the level of selling advertising market principles still prevail.

    Thus there is the potential for a positive feedback loop: more civil unrest generates more sensationalized news coverage, which in turn amplifies the civil unrest, which further sensationalizes the news coverage. And there is a second positive feedback loop as well: the more civil unrest there is, the more the police overreact in trying to control the situation, thereby generating more rage, amplifying the civil unrest. These two positive feedback loops can continue to run out of control for a while, but the end result, in all such recent incidents, is the same: the introduction of National Guard troops and the imposition of curfew and martial law.

    The swift introduction of the military might seem a bit odd, considering that most police departments, even small-town ones, have been heavily militarized in recent years, and even the security people at some school districts now have military vehicles and machine guns. But the progression is a natural one. On the one hand, when people who habitually resort to brute force find that it isn’t working, they naturally assume that this is because they aren’t using enough of it. On the other hand, if the criminal justice system is already a travesty and a shambles, then why not just cut through the red tape and impose martial law?

    There is an awful lot of weapons of all sorts in the US already, and more will come in all the time as the US is forced to close overseas military bases due to lack of funds. And they will probably get used, for the same reason and in the same fashion that red bricks came to be used in Boston. You see, plenty of red bricks kept coming into Boston aboard British ships, where they were used as ballast for the return trip. This created the impetus to do something with them. But putting up brick buildings is a difficult, demanding process, especially if laborers are always drunk. And so the solution was to use the bricks to pave sidewalks—something one can do on one’s hands and knees. Similarly with the military hardware sloshing back into the US from abroad. It will be used, because it’s there; and it will be used in the stupidest way possible: shooting at one’s own people.

    But bad things happen to militaries when they are ordered to shoot at their own people. It is one thing to shoot at “towel-heads” in a far-away land; it is quite another to be ordered shoot at somebody who could be your own brother down the street from where you grew up. Such orders result in fragging (shooting your own officers), in refusal to follow orders, and in attempts to stand up for the other side.

    And that’s where things get interesting. Because, you see, if you shoot at, imprison, and otherwise abuse a defenseless civilian population long enough, what you get in response is an armed insurgency. The place insurgencies are easiest to organize is in prison. For instance, ISIS, or the Islamic Caliphate, was masterminded by people who had previously worked for Saddam Hussein, while they were imprisoned by the Americans. They took this opportunity to work out an efficient organizational structure and, upon release, found each other and got down to work. Having a third of young American blacks locked up gives them all the opportunity they need to organize an effective insurgency.

    To be effective, an insurgency needs lots of weapons. Here, again, there is a procedure for acquiring military technology that has become almost routine. What weapons are being used by ISIS? Why, of course, American ones, which the Americans provided to the regime in Baghdad, and which ISIS took as trophies when the Iraqi army refused to fight and ran away. And what weapons are being used by the Houthi rebels in Yemen? Why, of course, the American ones, which the Americans provided to the now overthrown pro-American regime there. And what are some of the weapons being used by the Syrian regime of Bashar Assad? Why, of course, American ones, sold to them by the Ukrainian government, which got them from the Americans. There is a pattern here: it seems that whenever Americans arm, train and equip an army, that army stands a really big chance of simply melting away, with the weapons falling into the hands of those who want to use them against American interests. It is hard to see why this same pattern wouldn’t hold once the US places much of itself under military occupation.

    And that’s where things get really interesting: a well-armed, well-organized insurgency composed of thoroughly radicalized, outraged people who have absolutely nothing to lose and are fighting for their home turf and their families squaring off against a demoralized, defeated US military that has just failed spectacularly in every country it “touched.”

    They say that “You can’t fight city hall.” But what if you have a tank battalion that can control four intersections all around city hall, turrets pointed in all directions, firing at anything that moves? And what if you have enough infantry to go around and ring the doorbells of all the key city hall bureaucrats? Wouldn’t that change one’s odds of victory in fighting city hall?

    The US might get to “touch” a few more countries before this scenario unfolds, but it seems likely that (excepting the possibility of all-out war) eventually America will “touch” itself, and then all those countries whose troops marched through Red Square last Saturday won’t have America to kick around any more.

    • This is an interesting little tid-bit I never read before… I wonder how true it is? There are actually plenty of red brick roads, town squares, sidewalks, in the east… and not just harbor towns…
      . . . . . .. . .. … ….. . . . .
      “plenty of red bricks kept coming into Boston aboard British ships, where they were used as ballast for the return trip. This created the impetus to do something with them. But putting up brick buildings is a difficult, demanding process, especially if laborers are always drunk. And so the solution was to use the bricks to pave sidewalks—something one can do on one’s hands and knees. ”
      \\][//

  94. The Cartoon Bomb Guy Re-inserts Foot In Mouth

    The Great Divide
    Netanyahu and Reality
    by ROBERT FANTINA
    This writer has commented before on the increasing desperation of Israel to cling to some sense of legitimacy, as it continues policies of racism, oppression and genocide. Any nation indulging in such horrific practices, as Israel does against any and all minorities within its internationally-questioned borders, and of Palestinians outside those borders, cannot expect to be a respected member of the global community.

    This desperation was in full evidence on May 30, when Israeli Prime Murderer Benjamin Netanyahu spoke against those that he said were attempting to sully the good name of Israel, for nefarious purposes of their own. The Prime Murderer made some amazing statements in his speech. Just a few lines will show the Israeli departure from reality that began in 1947, but has reached astronomical levels today. Said Mr. Netanyahu:

    “We are in the midst of a great struggle being waged against the state of Israel, an international campaign to blacken its name.

    “It is not connected to our actions; it is connected to our very existence. It does not matter what we do; it matters what we symbolize and what we are.

    “I think that it is important to understand that these things do not stem from the fact that if only we were nicer or a little more generous — we are very generous, we have made many offers, we have made many concessions — that anything would change because this campaign to delegitimize Israel entails something much deeper that is being directed at us and seeks to deny our very right to live here”.

    Can we put on our thinking caps and dissect these few sentences?

    “We are in the midst of a great struggle being waged against the state of Israel, an international campaign to blacken its name.”

    No, Mr. Netanyahu, the campaign isn’t to blacken the name of Israel, it is merely to expose the blackness of that name. Publicizing crimes against humanity helps to do so; by committing those crimes for 60 years, Israel’s name is already ‘blackened’.

    “It is not connected to our actions; it is connected to our very existence. It does not matter what we do; it matters what we symbolize and what we are.”

    fantinaOne has to take a moment to wonder about the color of the sky on the planet on which Mr. Netanyahu apparently lives. Do Israelis really buy this? Is there anyone on planet Earth who does not know that the increasing ostracism of Israel is based entirely on its actions? We will counsel the Prime Murder yet again: it does indeed matter what you do. Bulldozing homes, killing innocent people, calling them less than human, saying they should all be killed – these are objectionable to the vast number of global citizens who are now taking notice.

    In a sense, Mr. Netanyahu does make a point: Israel today symbolizes injustice, genocide, cruelty and barbarism, and is the face of apartheid. So, in part, it is what Israel has come to symbolize that motivates people to boycott it.

    “I think that it is important to understand that these things do not stem from the fact that if only we were nicer or a little more generous — we are very generous, we have made many offers, we have made many concessions — that anything would change because this campaign to delegitimize Israel entails something much deeper that is being directed at us and seeks to deny our very right to live here”.

    It is this final statement that leads this writer to conclude that Mr. Netanyahu and his minions in Israel and the United States Congress are in need of significant psychological assistance. Let’s look at the ‘niceness’ and ‘generosity’ of Israel:

    * Bulldozing the homes of Palestinians, to make room for illegal settlements;

    * Displacing hundreds of thousands of Palestinians in order to make room for illegal Israeli settlers;

    * Shooting Palestinian teenagers in the back, crimes captured on video camera and shown around the world;

    * Establishing checkpoints, at which Israeli soldiers even prevent women in labor from passing, as they are attempting to rush to the hospital, not to mention preventing tens of thousands of people from getting to work, school, stores, or simply visiting friends or family;

    * Carpet-bombing the Gaza Strip;

    * Blockading the Gaza Strip, preventing building materials and other basic supplies from entering;

    * Shooting fishermen off Gaza’s coast;

    * Discriminating against Africans and Arabs who live within Israel’s dubious borders;

    * Building roads that only Israelis can use; if such a road crosses a Palestinian road, Palestinians are not able to drive across it.

    The list goes on, but in the interest of time and space, we will allow this to suffice.

    And now let us take a peek at the ‘many concessions’ Israel has made:

    Will negotiate with Palestine, while continuing land theft and settlement construction.

    Regarding the statement that the ever-growing boycott of Israel is to ‘deny our very right to live here,’ is it not true that Israel denies Palestinians their very right to live on their ancestral lands? Oh, but we must remember that members of Mr. Netanyahu’s new cabinet have said that Palestinians are less than human, so in the context of Israeli thought, they can be discounted.

    The U.S. government is poised to greatly increase its foreign aid to Israel, apparently to soothe the fractured Israeli ego, an injury caused by the U.S. and other countries participating in peaceful negotiations with Iran. This will provide Israel with more weaponry to kill Palestinians, which will only serve to increase the boycott. This effort has not slowed down. On June 2, the seventh annual, so-called Israel Defense Expo, carried on without the usual participation of some European countries, most notably the United Kingdom and France. Israeli Foreign Ministry officials have been quoted as saying that there is a ‘diplomatic tsunami’ hitting that apartheid nation, and fending it off will be a very difficult task.

    In reality, the task is not difficult. If Israel were to adhere to international law, the boycott would end, and Israel could take its place alongside Palestine in the world community. But that is not the plan: Israel’s goal is the complete annihilation of Palestine, and although it is increasingly clear to the world that that will not be accomplished, Israel will not easily accept that fact. So boycotts by individuals, universities, performers and nations will have to clarify it for Israel, as they did for South Africa a generation ago. The U.S. may be left behind, but Palestine will be free. And if it takes the delegitimization of Israel to do it, so be it. The decision is Israel’s, and it appears from its behaviors that that is its choice.

    Robert Fantina’s latest book is Empire, Racism and Genocide: a History of US Foreign Policy (Red Pill Press).

  95. The Tipping Point at the Crossroads of Time

    by Zen Gardner

    It appears we’re hitting that infamous tipping point in many arenas of late. So much is getting revealed and reaching the collective consciousness as the truth manifests. Remember, to finally tip a scale it just needs that last grain of sand to completely reverse perceived reality in the mass mind.

    Just look at not just the grains, but the flood tide of truth being released into the public mental, spiritual, economic and political domains, never mind the profound vibrational morphic field shifts with so many souls awakening in a whole range of areas. It’s astounding.

    There’s still a lot to be done but the landscape is changing fast.

    No doubt the external world situation grows more direful by the day, but it’s important for people to be able to identify these powerful shifts now taking place for their own encouragement and inspiration. While the forces of abuse and control seem to be making monstrous strides toward their end game, their machinations are becoming more obvious and clearly malicious. As people are able to step back and identify the fact that their world is a completely manipulated one they shed their fear of it and soon find their true spiritual and consciously aware footing.

    This is the very definition of empowerment and drastically weakens the power structure’s control over people’s minds. As a result the flame of true freedom grows brighter continually, further propelling humanity’s awakening and empowerment.

    The Alternative Mosquito Swarm
    Every email, every blog, every website, every post, every conversation, every independent media outlet broadcasting the truth is a massively powerful influence towards turning the tide in the perception of our world and hence its actual operation. It happens one seemingly small act at a time, but it’s spreading like wildfire, in spite of the doubts of naysayers and and even alternative cynics.

    Doubt is akin to fear, and its end result is apathy; i.e. disempowerment and inaction. It’s similar to one of the biggest lies ever perpetrated in the heart of mankind. “After all, what can little me do to make any kind of difference that matters? I’m just one little person.”

    The absolute opposite of the truth. As the oft used expression goes;

    “If you think you’re too small to make a difference, try sleeping in a closed room with a mosquito.”

    Now picture multiple swarms of truth-bearing mosquitoes, replicating as they go. Can’t you just see the wicked minions in assumptive power fleeing their pretentious little bastions of lies and pompous superficial sandcastles as a result of such an onslaught? Absolutely glorious!

    The Power of the Awakening Factor
    Few realize the power of change, whether it be conscious awareness or fundamental knowledge tools. What we have been handed is a very limited viewpoint that needs continual challenging, especially once we become aware of the vast social engineering programs.

    Researchers have discovered a very powerful dynamic in our social milieu, something we know in our hearts to be true but sometimes it’s good to have it affirmed by so-called scientific evidence.

    Scientists at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute have found that when just 10 percent of the population holds an unshakable belief, their belief will always be adopted by the majority of the society. The scientists, who are members of the Social Cognitive Networks Academic Research Center (SCNARC) at Rensselaer, used computational and analytical methods to discover the tipping point where a minority belief becomes the majority opinion. The finding has implications for the study and influence of societal interactions ranging from the spread of innovations to the movement of political ideals.

    “When the number of committed opinion holders is below 10 percent, there is no visible progress in the spread of ideas. It would literally take the amount of time comparable to the age of the universe for this size group to reach the majority,” said SCNARC Director Boleslaw Szymanski, the Claire and Roland Schmitt Distinguished Professor at Rensselaer. “Once that number grows above 10 percent, the idea spreads like flame.” (More)

    Pretty damn powerful, and personally empowering.

    tippingpointt
    Turning Tides
    Just look how the ISIS “terror” operation cover has been blown open for what it truly is, a ploy masterminded and funded by cooperative surreptitious interests out to destabilize and control the Middle East and beyond. This recent attack on Yemen by Saudi Arabia, of all despotic nation states, is another massive blip on the radar, as if that fascist state is interested in representative rule, all with the full on backing of Israel, the US and NATO.

    And into another spectrum, how about the moon mission being thoroughly debunked as NASA admits they can’t pass the Van Allen radiation belt? This fact has been known for a long time but is now evident to all. Not only the whole space program, but all of the information coming from NASA all these years comes into question.

    A new 9/11 novel titled Methodical Illusion by a former airline stewardess is chock -a-block with real information regarding what really transpired that day that’s going viral in the mainstream media, with pilots buying the book by the box to pass out to friends. The truth is being revealed by the minute in all kinds of arenas.

    Clearly multitudes are seeing the world’s economy is manipulated by central banksters, and that the unending war on this scripted illusory concept of terror that they keep propping up with new false flags and boogeymen has become a worn out old saw for anyone even half awake to see. Now rapacious Israel has openly declared its intentions to eviscerate Palestine and other foes while its vice like grip on America is laid bare before the world.

    And more examples are proliferating by the day. The obvious nature of this world game is now naked in the eyes of millions of people worldwide, despite Amerika’s comatose state – and these realizations are rapidly growing as lives change in the light of this awareness.

    Yet you won’t hear a peep about any of this in the scripted media. After all, big money and control rule all in this metastasized Orwellian spin off to which we’re subjected. Another aspect is the vast discrepancy between fat cat incomes and the rest of humanity continuing to distend as these psychopaths think no one is noticing, all while subjugated citizens’ income and food supplies run thin as the elite’s bankrolls blossom and our food supply is systemically attacked.

    The outrage is boiling and reaching the tipping point, in multiple ways. The tide will certainly shift, and already is in massive undercurrents. But now is the time to put our shoulders to the wheel of change while we can still operate freely in order to stave off as much of this draconian insanity as possible.

    It’s time to rise.

    Let it rip. Express these realizations loud and clear in whatever way you can to make the message heard while encouraging others that are sensing this same reality. The doors of opportunity are closing fast. If and when the temporally induced night comes, we need as many hearts ablaze as possible to light up the darkness while our work continues.

    When Humanity Awakens and Arises
    We’re about to see some fantastic cataclysmic changes on our planet, but way more importantly within human consciousness. This is not so much “their” doing even in lieu of the obvious socio-geopolitical arena, but is of cosmic proportions in ways they will never see coming. This awakening is what they inherently fear, as global takeover progenator Zbigniew Brzezinski articulated, and the very thing the would-be controllers are preparing for in their attempts to kill off, drug, cripple, transhumanize and militarily control humanity.

    The tide is turning, the scales are tipping. This is not wishful thinking. It’s fact. The question does remain however: what will we do with this empowering dynamic? Observe, or participate?

    Change, awareness and activation don’t just happen on their own. They work through you, they work through me. If we respond to them the changes happen. If we just observe, pass the buck and let it all just pass, it doesn’t happen or meet up to its full potential.

    It’s a choice. It’s yours, it’s mine. To not enter in at this point is stupefied insanity.

    Will you go all the way? Because that’s the type of commitment it will take at this stage of the game. All it is is simply responding to the need at hand. It’s not all that difficult. When push comes to shove most everything people are now preoccupied with will vanish as if it were a dream. That’s when the remorse sets in for all those who refused to take action.

    Something to think seriously about. We are now at the crossroads. What world are we helping to manifest? Or will we irresponsibly let things slide along as they are? The answer is up to you.

    It’s ours in which to participate. Passionately and with dogged determination. Because everything is at stake. Here and now.

    Fulfill your calling.

    Love always, Zen

  96. As Springmann on page 65 writes of the “Visas for Terrorists Program:”

    “This was not an ad hoc operation, conceived and carried out in response to a specific foreign policy issue. Rather, it was another of too many CIA efforts to destroy governments, countries, and politicians disfavored by the American “establishment” in its “bipartisan” approach to matters abroad. Whether it was opposing the imaginary evils of communism, the fictitious malevolence of Islam, or the invented wickedness of Iran, America and its intelligence services, brave defenders of “The City Upon A Hill,” sought out and created fear and loathing of peoples and countries essentially engaged in efforts to better their lives and improve their political world. Along the way, Agency-sponsored murders, war crimes, and human rights violations proved to be good business. Jobs for the Clandestine Service (people who recruit and run spies), sales of weapons and aircraft, as well as the myriad items needed to control banks, countries and peoples all provided income for and benefits to American companies.”

    That the American Empire has been able to carry out such a massive illegal program for so long is the saddest of commentaries on how deep the rot is, how effective the secrecy, how complicit the media.
    https://truthandshadows.wordpress.com/2015/06/19/whistle-blower-reveals-secret-u-s-program-to-recruit-train-and-provide-visas-to-terrorists/
    \\][//

    • Liberty is the concept of “inalienable rights”…
      This term “inalienable” means that the rights of Liberty predate states, constitutions, or statutory laws; in real effect; the natural and divine rights on the individual human being.

      Liberty is not an INVENTION of revolution. Liberty is a DISCOVERY of enlightened reason.
      ~\\][//

  97. The Pentagon’s New Boogeymen: The Rise of ISIS and the Decline of Al-Qaeda
    by James Corbett – TheInternationalForecaster.com – June 24, 2015

    It’s been a month now since newly declassified US intelligence documents confirmed that the rise of ISIS was not only predicted by the West, the Gulf States and Turkey, but an actually desirable goal as part of their quest to destabilize the government of Bashar al-Assad. That revelation, long understood but finally confirmed in black-and-white, underscored the fundamental hypocrisy of the entire War of Terror: the promotion of an increasingly tyrannical police state within the US’ own borders in the name of the shadowy terror threat at the same time the government itself was actively fostering, training and arming those terrorists abroad. And sadly (if not surprisingly) that revelation has so far changed absolutely nothing.
    \\][//

  98. A detailed analysis of the 2nd amendment was delivered by Mark Passio in this lecture where he “field strips” and reassembles the 27 words of the amendment.

    The Second Amendment of the United States Constitution reads:
    “A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

    \\][//

  99. On the 65th anniversary of the beginning of the Korean War James is joined by James Perloff of jamesperloff.com to discuss his in-depth article, “The Korean War: Another Conflict that Served the Illuminati Agenda.” From deals with the Soviets to protection for the Chinese to pulled punches and “missed” opportunities, we examine how the pretext for the war was created, why it was thrown, and who was behind it.


    \\][//

  100. The US Invasion of Syria

    Unbeknownst to the general public, their elected politicians do not create the policy that binds their national destiny domestically or within the arena of geopolitics. Instead, corporate-financier funded think tanks do – teams of unelected policymakers which transcend elections, and which produce papers that then become the foundation of legislation rubber stamped by “legislators,” as well as the enumerated talking points repeated ad naseum by the corporate-media.

    Such a policy paper has been recently written by the notorious US policy think-tank, the Brookings Institution, titled, “Deconstructing Syria: Towards a regionalized strategy for a confederal country.” The signed and dated open-conspiracy to divide, destroy, then incrementally occupy a sovereign nation thousands of miles from America’s shores serves as a sobering example of how dangerous and enduring modern imperialism is, even in the 21st century.

    Pretext ISIS: US Poured Billions Into “Moderates” Who Don’t Exist

    The document openly admits that the US has provided billions in arming and training militants fed into the devastating and increasingly regional conflict. It admits that the US maintains – and should expand – operations in Jordan and NATO-member Turkey to provide even more weapons, cash, and fighters to the already catastrophic conflict.

    It then recounts the rise of the so-called “Islamic State” (ISIS), but fails to account from where its money, cash, and weapons came. It should be obvious to readers that if the United States has committed billions in cash, weapons, and training on multiple fronts to alleged “moderates” who for all intents and purposes do not exist on the battlefield, a state-sponsor of greater magnitude would be required to create and sustain ISIS and Al Qaeda’s Al Nusra Front who Brookings admits dominates the “opposition” uncontested.

    In reality, ISIS’ supply lines lead right into US operational zones in Turkey and Jordan, because it was ISIS and Al Qaeda all along that the West planned to use before the 2011 conflict began, and has based its strategy on ever since – including this most recent leg of the campaign.”~Tony Cartalucci

    http://journal-neo.org/2015/06/26/us-to-begin-invasion-of-syria/
    \\][//

  101. The Euro-Summit ‘Agreement’ on Greece – annotated by Yanis Varoufakis
    Posted on July 15, 2015 by yanisv

    The Euro Summit statement (or Terms of Greece’s Surrender – as it will go down in history) follows, annotated by yours truly. The original text is untouched with my notes confined to square brackets (and in red). Read and weep…

    Euro Summit Statement Brussels, 12 July 2015

    The Euro Summit stresses the crucial need to rebuild trust with the Greek authorities [i.e. the Greek government must introduce new stringent austerity directed at the weakest Greeks that have already suffered grossly] as a pre- requisite for a possible future agreement on a new ESM programme [i.e. for a new extend-and-pretend loan].

    In this context, the ownership by the Greek authorities is key [i.e. the Syriza government must sign a declaration of having defected to the troika’s ‘logic’], and successful implementation should follow policy commitments.

    A euro area Member State requesting financial assistance from the ESM is expected to address, wherever possible, a similar request to the IMF This is a precondition for the Eurogroup to agree on a new ESM programme. Therefore Greece will request continued IMF support (monitoring and financing) from March 2016 [i.e. Berlin continues to believe that the Commission cannot be trusted to ‘police’ Europe’s own ‘bailout’ programs].

    Given the need to rebuild trust with Greece, the Euro Summit welcomes the commitments of the Greek authorities to legislate without delay a first set of measures [i.e. Greece must subject itself to fiscal waterboarding, even before any financing is offered]. These measures, taken in full prior agreement with the Institutions, will include:

    By 15 July

    the streamlining of the VAT system [i.e. making it more regressive, through rate rises that encourage more VAT evasion]and the broadening of the tax base to increase revenue [i.e. dealing a major blow at the only Greek growth industry – tourism].
    upfront measures to improve long-term sustainability of the pension system as part of a comprehensive pension reform programme [i.e. reducing the lowest of the low of pensions, while ignoring that the depletion of pension funds’ capital due to the 2012 troika-designed PSI and the ill effects of low employment & undeclared paid labour].
    the safeguarding of the full legal independence of ELSTAT [i.e. the troika demands complete control of the way Greece’s budget balance is computed, with a view to controlling fully the magnitude of austerity it imposes on the government.]
    full implementation of the relevant provisions of the Treaty on Stability, Coordination and Governance in the Economic and Monetary Union, in particular by making the Fiscal Council operational before finalizing the MoU and introducing quasi-automatic spending cuts in case of deviations from ambitious primary surplus targets after seeking advice from the Fiscal Council and subject to prior approval of the Institutions [i.e. the Greek government, which knows that the imposed fiscal targets will never be achieved under the imposed austerity, must commit to further, automated austerity as a result of the troika’s newest failures.]
    By 22 July

    the adoption of the Code of Civil Procedure, which is a major overhaul of procedures and arrangements for the civil justice system and can significantly accelerate the judicial process and reduce costs [i.e. foreclosures, evictions and liquidation of thousands of homes and businesses who are not in a position to keep up with their mortgages/loans.]
    the transposition of the BRRD with support from the European Commission.
    http://yanisvaroufakis.eu/2015/07/15/the-euro-summit-agreement-on-greece-annotated-by-yanis-varoufakis/
    \\][//

  102. The Byzantine empire was lost the minute Egypt (bread basket of the empire) was brutalized by religious fanatics seeking a Constantinople supremacy over Egyptians whose sense of religion had something more deep and mystical than the insecurities of the Patriachate in Constantinople.

    And the whole thing is uber ridiculous because now we know (thanks to the Dead Seas scrolls) that Jesus and christianity was nothing more than a Roman invention to rule an empire.


    \\][//

    • The Gospels
      Evangelion means simply “good news.” The Greek comes from aggelion which simply means “message or news.” (Note that two gammas together in Greek are pronounced as “ng.”) The word in question has an “eu-” prefix which simple means “good.” Thus, it is “good news.”

      Always start with the simple meaning. If it is good news of a military victory, that will be apparent from the context. In the NT, the word appears 77 times in 74 verses. According to Strongs, it is translated as

      1) a reward for good tidings

      2) good tidings

      a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God

      b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ

      c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ

      d) the gospel

      e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings
      Now, let’s look at the Tanak verses you give for the Septuagint (“1 Samuel 31:9 ; 2 Samuel 18:31 ; 1 Kings 1:42 ; but cf. 1 Samuel 4:17”).

      1 Samuel 31:9 They cut off Saul’s head and stripped him of his armor. They sent messengers to announce the news in the temple of their idols and among their people throughout the surrounding land of the Philistines.

      2 Samuel 18:31 Then the Cushite arrived and said, “May my lord the king now receive the good news! The Lord has vindicated you today and delivered you from the hand of all who have rebelled against you!”

      1 Kings 1:42 As he was still speaking, Jonathan son of Abiathar the priest arrived. Adonijah said, “Come in, for an important man like you must be bringing good news.”
      In all three of these verses, words from evangellion are used to translate the Hebrew verb basar, which simply means “bring a message, tell news, or give tidings.” A noun form of the Hebrew word appears in 1 Samuel 4:17 (which you list as “compare for contrasting”) and the messenger brings bad tidings.

      1 Samuel 4:17 The messenger replied, “Israel has fled from the Philistines! The army has suffered a great defeat! Your two sons, Hophni and Phineas, are dead! The ark of God has been captured!”
      http://hermeneutics.stackexchange.com/questions/5440/is-gospel-or-good-news-of-military-victory-what-evangelion-means-in-greek
      \\][//

      • Constantine I, by name Constantine the Great, Latin in full Flavius Valerius Constantinus (born February 27, after 280 ce?, Naissus, Moesia [now Niš, Serbia]—died May 22, 337, Ancyrona, near Nicomedia, Bithynia [now İzmit, Turkey]), the first Roman emperor to profess Christianity. He not only initiated the evolution of the empire into a Christian state but also provided the impulse for a distinctively Christian culture that prepared the way for the growth of Byzantine and Western medieval culture.

        http://www.britannica.com/biography/Constantine-I-Roman-emperor
        \\][//

  103. PRESIDENT OBAMA ON THURSDAY PLEDGED TO USE HIS LAST 18 MONTHS IN OFFICE TO WORK ON GUN CONTROL, CALLING IT “THE ONE AREA WHERE I FEEL THAT I’VE BEEN MOST FRUSTRATED AND MOST STYMIED.”

    “If you ask me where has been the one area where I feel that I’ve been most frustrated and most stymied, it is the fact that the United States of America is the one advanced nation on earth in which we do not have sufficient, common-sense gun safety laws – even in the face of repeated mass killings,” he told the BBC in an interview.

    “And if you look at the number of Americans killed since 9/11 by terrorism, it’s less than 100. If you look at the number that have been killed by gun violence, it’s in the tens of thousands,” Obama continued.
    http://www.blacklistednews.com/Obama_Pledges_to_Use_Last_18_Months_in_Office_Pushing_Gun_Control/45247/0/38/38/Y/M.html
    \\][//

  104. The FBI Allowed the 1993 WTC Bombing to Happen

    THE NEW YORK TIMES* * * * *Thursday October 28, 1993 Page A1″Tapes Depict Proposal to Thwart
    Bomb Used in Trade Center Blast” – By Ralph Blumenthal

    Law-enforcement officials were told that terrorists were building a bomb that was eventually used to blow up the World Trade Center, and they planned to thwart the plotters by secretly substituting harmless powder for the explosives, an informer said after the blast.The informer was to have helped the plotters build the bomb and supply the fake powder, but the plan was called off by an F.B.I. supervisor who had other ideas about how the informer, Emad Salem, should be used, the informer said.
    The account, which is given in the transcript of hundreds of hours of tape recordings that Mr. Salem secretly made of his talks with law-enforcement agents, portrays the authorities as being in a far better position than previously known to foil the February 26th bombing of New York City’s tallest towers.The explosion left six people dead, more than a thousand people injured, and damages in excess of half-a-billion dollars.
    Four men are now on trial in Manhattan Federal Court [on charges of involvement] in that attack.Mr. Salem, a 43-year-old former Egyptian Army officer, was used by the Government [of the United States] to penetrate a circle of Muslim extremists who are now charged in two bombing cases: the World Trade Center attack, and a foiled plot to destroy the United Nations, the Hudson River tunnels, and other New York City landmarks. He is the crucial witness in the second bombing case, but his work for the Government was erratic, and for months before the World Trade Center blast, he was feuding with the F.B.I.Supervisor `Messed It Up’
    After the bombing, he resumed his undercover work. In an undated transcript of a conversation from that period, Mr. Salem recounts a talk he had had earlier with an agent about an unnamed F.B.I. supervisor who, he said, “came and messed it up.””He requested to meet me in the hotel,” Mr. Salem says of the supervisor. “He requested to make me to testify, and if he didn’t push for that, we’ll be going building the bomb with a phony powder, and grabbing the people who was involved in it. But since you, we didn’t do that.”The transcript quotes Mr. Salem as saying that he wanted to complain to F.B.I. Headquarters in Washington about the Bureau’s failure to stop the bombing, but was dissuaded by an agent identified as John Anticev.Mr. Salem said Mr. Anticev had told him,”He said, I don’t think that the New York people would like the things out of the New York Office to go to Washington, D.C.
    “Another agent, identified as Nancy Floyd, does not dispute Mr. Salem’s account, but rather, appears to agree with it, saying of the `New York people’:”Well, of course not, because they don’t want to get their butts chewed.”
    http://whatreallyhappened.com/WRHARTICLES/wtcbomb.html
    \\][//

  105. The Corbett Report

    NASA Admits Antarctica Gaining Land Ice (But good news is bad news to climate alarmists)
    Corbett • 11/04/2015 • 4 Comments
    sea-ice-expanding-in-antarcticaby James Corbett
    TheInternationalForecaster.com
    November 3, 2015

    Do you spend sleepless nights worrying about the sea level rise caused by the melting of the Antarctic ice sheet? Well enjoy your slumbers, my friend, NASA has just given you reason to sleep easier.

    A new study–entitled “Mass gains of the Antarctic ice sheet exceed losses” and published in the Journal of Glaciology–overturns previous assessments (including that relayed in the latest IPCC report) that Antarctica is losing land ice and thus contributing to sea level rise. As NASA states in a press release, previous assessments had falsely assumed that increasing surface height of the ice sheets was due to snow accumulation, but the new study shows that the rise in elevation is in fact due to ice gain.

    The upshot is that previous assessments, including the IPCC’s, got the Antarctic contribution to sea level rise–previously pegged at 0.27 millimeters per year–precisely wrong. “The good news is that Antarctica is not currently contributing to sea level rise, but is taking 0.23 millimeters per year away.” Well, they were only off by 185%, I suppose, and got the change in the wrong direction. It could be worse…I mean better.

    But don’t worry, things are still bad. “But this is also bad news. If the 0.27 millimeters per year of sea level rise attributed to Antarctica in the IPCC report is not really coming from Antarctica, there must be some other contribution to sea level rise that is not accounted for.”

    You see, the same researchers who can’t even accurately say whether the Antarctic ice sheets are gaining or losing mass (let alone how much mass) are able to determine global sea level rise to within hundredths of a millimeter. No accuracy issues there, of course. So you can continue worrying, I suppose. (Except for that pesky little Stanford study from September showing that previous models vastly overestimated future sea level rise.)

    If this seems like deja vu all over again, then congratulations; you’re paying attention.

    Remember when “NASA satellites detect[ed] unexpected ice loss in East Antarctica” in 2009? The results were “unexpected” because East Antarctica was previously considered stable, with the continent’s ice loss (well, net gain) supposedly taking place in West Antarctica. It took a science-hating-denier-skeptic-heathenbeast to point out that the numbers were derived from gravity measurements which were picking up on isostatic adjustment, i.e. changes taking place beneath the surface of the ice, not changes in the ice levels themselves. And lo and behold a few months later a team led by another NASA JPL researcher found that the gravity measurements had in fact been measuring…wait for it…isostatic adjustment.

    But somehow “Unexpected ice loss in East Antarctica” generated more headlines than “Ooops, Sorry About That, We Were Measuring Something Else Entirely.” Go figure.

    This is not an isolated phenomenon, of course.

    Do you remember when NASA released this dramatic image of the temperature trends in Antarctica showing a clear positive warming trend of between 0.05C and 0.1C throughout most of the continent?

    antarctica_avhrr_81-07

    Did you notice the fine print at the end of the third paragraph where it’s casually admitted that the level of uncertainty in the measurements the map was based on was between 2 and 3 degrees C, or 40-60 times the increment they claimed to be measuring? This type of utterly meaningless exercise in map coloring would get you an “F” in any undergrad science course, but it’s good enough for NASA.

    So perhaps it should come as no surprise that the authors of the new paper showing that the Antarctic is in fact detracting from sea level rise, not adding to it, are being treated with derision and hostility by their colleagues. “Please don’t publicize this study” one University of Colorado researcher pleaded with Al Jazeera. After all, it can’t be right; it “contradicts 13 years of satellite measurements of Antarctica’s ice by NASA’s GRACE mission.”

    And that’s the point. You would think this would be treated as wonderful news by people who were genuinely concerned about the supposed disastrous effects of climate change. Any sane person would be delighted to find out they were horribly wrong about their dire predictions of doom and gloom. But not the other researchers whose $1.5 trillion climate change gravy train are threatened by a cooling off of global warming hysteria.

    Unfortunately, however, the unfalsifiable, goalpost-shifting global warming climate change global weirding pseudoscience is not just about business interests. It’s about a much larger agenda, one first mapped out by the Club of Rome in their 1991 publication The First Global Revolution, which stated:

    In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill. In their totality and their interactions these phenomena do constitute a common threat which must be confronted by everyone together. But in designating these dangers as the enemy, we fall into the trap, which we have already warned readers about, namely mistaking symptoms for causes. All these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself.

    Yes, this is the same Club of Rome that predicted the complete exhaustion of over a dozen resources in its 1972 “Limits to Growth” publication, every single one of which failed to come true. And yes, this is the same Club of Rome that then celebrated their “Limits to Growth” fearmongering failure by doubling down with a giant 40th anniversary “celebration” of…40 years of considerable growth?

    Failed predictions from “Limits to Growth” (predictions already falsified in red)
    Failed predictions from “Limits to Growth” (predictions already falsified in red)
    And yes, this is the same Club of Rome whose members include the Al Gores and Mikhail Gorbachevs and Tim Wirths and Paul Ehrlichs of the world with the means, motive and opportunity to indeed ‘make humanity the enemy.’

    And now we’re on the verge of the latest United Nations climate conference, the COP21 summit scheduled to take place in Paris from November 30 – December 11. Just like in Copenhagen in 2009, this conference is threatening a slate of new global governmental institutions, regulations and mechanisms to combat the (non-existent) climate change threat. On the table in the draft text of the new climate treaty: a new UN Tribunal to adjudicate on non-compliance with climate commitments.

    Given the fact that eugenecist Bilderberger Bill Gates is now piling on UNFCCC Executive Secretary Christiana Figueres’ admission earlier this year that the conference will intentionally “change the economic development model” of the world by admitting that only big government can save the world from global warming, coupled with China being drawn into the global warming fold as part of its five year plan bid to become more involved in international institutions and tripled with Obama threatening to do an end run around the Senate to get the treaty passed, I think it’s safe to say that big things are afoot in this global technocratic power grab.

    Stay tuned to these pages for ongoing coverage as we approach COP21.

    • Thank you veritytwo!
      Most important new information…as the march to the New World Order ambles on… It’s a pisser ain’t it!
      \\][//

  106. ON CONSPIRACY THEORIES

    “In many nations, rational people end up believing crazy things, including (false) conspiracy theories. Those crazy thoughts can lead to violence, including terrorism. Many terrorist acts have been fueled by false conspiracy theories, and there is a good argument that some such acts would not have occurred in the absence of such theories. The key point—and, in a way, the most puzzling and disturbing one—is that the crazy thoughts are often held by people who are not crazy at all.”

    Cass Sunstein- White House Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs

    If you don’t know who Cass Sunstein is, or what he does now would be a good time to do some research.Not only because of his position with the White House and the power that entails, but because he understands quite clearly what problems are posed by people who, in his own words are, “…neither ignorant, not ill-educated. On the contrary they can be spectacularly well informed…”

    Conspiracy theories are, in short, the belief that others conspire in secret to commit criminal acts. They do, no secret there. In fact the majority of prisoners in Federal Penitentiaries are serving time not for a specific crime, but for conspiracy to commit a felony, more simply discussing their intentions with another person in secret. It must be difficult indeed to simultaneously prosecute large numbers of people for the very activity that you are assigned to debunk and then somehow explain to people that it’s dangerous to believe in them. Yes, yes, you can imagine them saying, other people do engage in conspiracies, but we never would and you’d have to be crazy to even consider it.

    Point taken, Mr. Sunstein.

    Prior to the advent of the Internet there were few places where people could openly engage in any discussion of the misgivings they had about certain events. Mailing lists, fringe publications, but no open forum for expressing doubt and discovering the fundamental and underlying reasons behind such thoughts. Mr. Sunstein has often argued that the reason most people believe in conspiracy theories is because it makes them feel safe, a notion that is as hard to believe as the one that says the government would never engage in a conspiracy. If anything, the dawning realization that those entrusted to care for and protect you are engaged in a pattern of behaviors that are not only dangerous, but wantonly destructive to the very values and beliefs we hold most dear. To believe in a conspiracy committed by a government that is powerful, that is actively spying on it’s own people without legal justification and that appears immune to the law is not reassuring or comforting, it is terrifying. It is also, based on what we actually know for a fact, common sense

    Let’s begin by covering a few basics-

    Operation Northwoods

    In 1962 the Department of Defense acting in cooperation with the Joint Chiefs of Staff submitted a paper detailing covert operation by either the CIA or other Government operatives to commit acts of terrorism against innocent American civilians, specifically to either hijack US commercial aircraft, shoot down commercial aircraft, attacks and kill US soldiers at Guantanamo or an attack on the Organization of American States with the intent of blaming the actions on Cuba in order to destabilize or overturn the government. These plans were signed and submitted by a host of top ranking US Military officials including the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Lyman Lemnitzer and submitted to the Secretary of Defense, Robert McNamara who would later play a large role in the US war in Viet Nam.

    None of the people involved in the research, planning, drafting or submission of this authorized government conspiracy was ever charged with a crime or held accountable. In fact the chief defense has always been that it was rejected by then President John F Kennedy, rendering further discussion null and void. Think about it for a moment and decide for yourself what the implications of such a plan mean for people who are, in the words of Cass Sunstein, spectacularly well informed, i.e conspiracy theorists. The government of the United States of America, using top secret clearance and taxpayer dollars actively plotted to murder innocent Americans in acts of terror in order to instigate a war on false grounds. To know this, according to the leading expert on conspiracy theories, makes us feel safer.

    Incontrovertible proof that the government does in fact engage in criminal conspiracies that target innocent civilians in order to promote government sanctioned programs or military actions while it’s criminal participants escape justice has now been established as a fact, not a theory. Why this important piece of American history is unknown to most people is not puzzling, it is because it has been deliberately pushed off to the side, dismissed as irrelevant or pointless because it didn’t happen. Conspiracy theories do not require action, however, only the conspiracy.

    One of the greatest issues the Government has in dealing with the conspiracies currently circulating is the ease with which the Internet allows them to propagate. While the vast majority of Americans have never heard of the Gulf of Tonkin, quite a few have heard the term “9/11 was an inside job” or know that something is not quite right about Sandy Hook. The ubiquitous nature of cell phone cameras has given people the ability to see for themselves without having to look through the lens of the MSM and depend upon sanitized news coverage to inform them of the details of various events taking place around the troubled world. The time when the government was kept in check by the 5th estate has long ago ceased to restrain them. The news organizations have become a tool of the establishment rather than a check on their power. The only option left is for either whistle blowers to come forward or citizen journalists to investigate on their own time and dime.

    http://www.theburningplatform.com/2015/12/18/on-conspiracy-theories/
    \\][//

    • “They who have put out the people’s eyes, reproach them of their blindness.” – John Milton

      “It is difficult to get a man to understand something, when his salary depends on his not understanding it.” –Upton Sinclair

      “Civil disobedience is not our problem. Our problem is civil obedience. People are obedient in the face of poverty, starvation, stupidity, war, and cruelty. Our problem is that the grand thieves are running the country. That’s our problem!” – Howard Zinn
      \\][//

  107. “No man thinks more highly than I do of the patriotism, as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have just addressed the House. But different men often see the same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will not be thought disrespectful to those gentlemen if, entertaining as I do, opinions of a character very opposite to theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely, and without reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before the House is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfil the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offence, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the majesty of heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.

    Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.

    I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided; and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years, to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves, and the House? Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with these war-like preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to be reconciled, that force must be called in to win back our love?

    Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to which kings resort. I ask, gentlemen, sir, what means this martial array, if its purpose be not to force us to submission? Can gentlemen assign any other possible motive for it? Has Great Britain any enemy, in this quarter of the world, to call for all this accumulation of navies and armies? No, sir, she has none. They are meant for us; they can be meant for no other. They are sent over to bind and rivet upon us those chains which the British ministry have been so long forging. And what have we to oppose to them? Shall we try argument? Sir, we have been trying that for the last ten years. Have we anything new to offer upon the subject? Nothing. We have held the subject up in every light of which it is capable; but it has been all in vain.

    Shall we resort to entreaty and humble supplication? What terms shall we find which have not been already exhausted? Let us not, I beseech you, sir, deceive ourselves. Sir, we have done everything that could be done, to avert the storm which is now coming on. We have petitioned; we have remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have prostrated ourselves before the throne, and have implored its interposition to arrest the tyrannical hands of the ministry and Parliament. Our petitions have been slighted; our remonstrances have produced additional violence and insult; our supplications have been disregarded; and we have been spurned, with contempt, from the foot of the throne. In vain, after these things, may we indulge the fond hope of peace and reconciliation. There is no longer any room for hope. If we wish to be free² if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending²if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained, we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of Hosts is all that is left us!

    They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance, by lying supinely on our backs, and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power.

    Three millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations; and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable²and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

    It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace²but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!”

    Patrick Henry
    St. John’s Church, Richmond, Virginia
    March 23, 1775

    \\][//

  108. Pivotal Role of Allen Dulles in Shielding Nazi War criminals
    Allen Dulles was the longest-serving CIA Director who dominated American intelligence for a generation. He personified a cadre of Ivy League pragmatic elitists in high echelons of the government who greatly admired Germany’s scientific achievements. Princeton educated, Dulles affected the demeanor of a diplomat and professor rather than a spy. Prior to his CIA position he headed the operations of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) in Switzerland. In the 1930s Dulles served as legal adviser to the delegations on arms limitation at the League of Nations where he met with the world’s leaders including: Hitler, Mussolini, Litvinov. He was a senior partner in the law firm, Sullivan & Cromwell.

    Dulles and the other high ranking intelligence officials and in the State Department, had the highest regard for the Nazi elite – the Reich’s generals, chemists, medical doctors, and engineers – whose research and achievements were mostly in wartime technology, racial hygiene, torture, and genocide. Dulles exploited his post in OSS to quash war crimes prosecutions of senior Nazi officials and German business leaders who cooperated with him in a series of clandestine schemes to secure a U.S. advantage in Central Europe. Dulles personally intervened to ensure the escape from prosecution of major German bankers and industrialists complicit in the Nazis’ extermination-through-slave-labor program. Throughout the war and the years after, his reports to Washington ignored almost entirely the massacre of Jews – as though they were of no consequence.

    A revealing vignette told by Eric Lichtblau (Nazis Were Given ‘Safe Haven’ in U.S., 2010) is about how Allen Dulles, who dominated American intelligence for a generation, saved the highest ranking SS officer who survived the war, General Karl Wolff, Heinrich Himm­ler’s Chief of Staff, from prosecution – and almost certain execution – at Nuremberg. Wolff was a principal sponsor of the on trial at Treblinka extermination camp (Simpson, Splendid Blond Beast, 1995). He was Himmler’s Principal Liaison officer, one of the most sensitive posts within the Nazi regime, at the interface between Himmler and Hitler.
    http://ahrp.org/pivotal-role-of-allen-dulles-in-shielding-nazi-war-criminals/
    \\][//

  109. Seymour Hersh on My Lai and the state of investigative journalism

    In 1968, a group of American soldiers massacred more than 500 unarmed Vietnamese civilians in a village known in the Army as “Pinkville.” The following year, a young American reporter exposed the massacre in what became a watershed in the American public’s understanding of the war in Vietnam.

    “Pinkville” turned out to be the hamlet of My Lai 4. The reporter was Seymour Hersh, who went on to a storied career with The New York Times and The New Yorker, where he is a staff writer.

    When he first reported the My Lai story, Hersh was a freelancer. Magazines including Life turned down his initial account of the massacre, which included a difficult-to-obtain interview with Lieutenant William L. Calley, the commander who led the slaughter. Hersh initially published his blockbuster scoop with a small antiwar newswire called the Dispatch News Service.

    Hersh did his early reporting on the massacre story from the US, and he recently visited My Lai for the first time, writing an account of his visit for The New Yorker in late March. The story includes extraordinary anecdotes that never appeared in his very straight reporting on the killings in the late 1960s. The new piece is, in part, a media story—Hersh tells the background to one of the big investigative works of the 20th century.

    Among other morsels, he reveals the story of his interview with William Calley. At the time, the circumstances of how he obtained the information were left ambiguous because of an agreement with Calley’s lawyer.

    After tracking down Calley in Fort Benning, in Georgia, Hersh took down Calley’s account as the two stayed up late drinking beer. “At one point, Calley excused himself, to go to the bathroom,” Hersh writes. “He left the door partly open, and I could see that he was vomiting blood.”

    I spoke with Hersh about why he went to My Lai, the state of investigative reporting, and how, as a reporter for The New York Times in a different era, he could fly to Paris on a moment’s notice to pursue a story. I also approached New Yorker editor David Remnick for his thoughts on the role of Hersh’s brand of slow, painstaking, investigations in the current age of journalism.

    “A huge aspect of journalism—or any journalism worthy of the name—is the act of putting pressure on power,” Remnick said in an email. “This requires time and it requires effort and it requires resources.”

    What follows is an edited transcript of my conversation with Hersh….

    http://www.cjr.org/q_and_a/seymour_hersh_mai_lai.php
    \\][//